Radiochemistry of Plutonium
Transcription
Radiochemistry of Plutonium
1 National v Academy of Sciences National Research Council E The Radiocheunistry of Plutonium ,“. m . COMMlllEE ON NUCLEAR SCIENCE R. D. Evans, Vice Cluri7man Massachusetts Institute of Technology ~. A. Bromley, Chainmm Yale University Lewis Slack, Secrekq National Rese=ch COunCtl E. C. Anderson Los Afamo6 Scientific Laboratory Jerry B. Marion University of Maryland N. E. Baflou U. S. Naval Radiological Defense Labomto~ R. L. PLatman Argonne National Laboratory Martin J. Barger National Bureau of Standards C. J. Borkowski Oak Ridge National Laboratory Ernest C. Pollard Pennsylvania State University , Katharine Way Oak Ridge National Laboratory George W. Wetherill University of California Herbert Goldstein Columbia Uoivereity Bemd Kahn Taft Sanitary Engineering Center Marvin E. Wyman University of Illinois William S. Rodney National Science Foundation Harold Glsser Office of Navsl Reeearch George A. Kolstad Atomic Energy Commission SllWllMMITIEEON RADIOCNEMiSTSY Nathao E. Ballou, Chaivman U. S. Naval Radiolostcal Defense Lain-atow G. R. Chq@n Florida State University Herbert M. Clark Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Richard M. Diamond IJmrence Radiation Laboratory Jerome Hudla Brookhaven National Laboratory Jere D. Knight Los Alsmos Scientific Laboratow W. E. Nervik Lawrence Radiation Laborstory Julian M. Nielsen Battefle Pacific Northwest G. D. O’Ke!.ley Oak Ridge National Laboratory E. P. Steinberg Argonne Nationaf Laboratory D. N. Sunderman Battelle Memoriel Institute John W. Winchester Massachusetts Institute of Technology R. P. Schuman, Consultant Sri Venkateswara University Tirupati, AndhI= Pradesh, India The Radiochemistry George” of H. Coleman September UN17JERSITY Lawrence 1, 1965 OF CALIFORNIA Radiation Livermore, AEC Contract Subcommittee National Academy Plutonium. Laboratory California No. W-7405 -eng-48 on Radiochemistry of Sciences—National Reaearcb Council Prfmtedin USA. Frice82.00. Available from the Cles.rinfm Federal SciemUficondTechnical Information,National Bureauof Standards,U. S. Depnrbnentof CommercerSpringfield,Virginia. i FOREWORD The Subcommittee on Rsdiochemistry is one of a number of subcommittees working under the Committee on Nuclear Science within the National Academy of Sciences - Natioml I&aarch Its members represent government, Induetrlal, and council. unlverslt.y leti=tories In the areas of mmilochemistry and nucl-r chemistry. Support for the activities of this and other subcomnlttees of the Ccmuoittee on Nuclear Science is provided by a gmnt from the National Science Foundation. The Subcomnlttee has concerned Itself with preparation of publications, encouraging and appotiing activities in nuclear education, 6ponsoring sympo~ti on selected cum-ent topics in radlochemistry and nuclear chemistry, and investigating special A series of monographs on the mdioproblems as they arise. chemistry of essentially all the elements and on mdioclwnical techniques is being published. Initiation and encouragement of publication of artlcleB on nuclear education in various subject areas of chemistry have occurred, and development and improvement of certain educational activities (e.g., laboreto~ and demonstmtion experiments with mdioectivity) have been encouraged and assisted. Radioactive contamination of reagents and materials has been investigated and specific recommendations rmde. This series of monographs has resulted from the need for comprehensive compilations of mdiochemical and nuclaar chemical Each monogmph collects in one volume the pertinent tifommtion. Information required for mdlochemlcal work with an tiditidul element or with a specialized technique. The U. S. Atomic Energy Commission has sponsored the printing of the series. Ccumnents and suggestions for further publications activities of value to persons working with radioactivity welcomed by the Subcommittee. M. E. &llou, Subcommittee iii and are Chairman on Rsdiochemistry PREFACE This report chemistry on IWmlear review has been Science the radiochemist, The literature The author The staff search would was appreciate in possible author card of the LRL future wishes file Library” competently edit ed the final especially C. typed Dr. R. made aware of this thanks W. for Hoff, his draft for conthued aaaisted Earl through September to serve Hyde, for to Carl Vivian of the that they might the loan of his Wenari&h and the to Mrs. Mendenhall who the bibliography. and support Radiation Laboratory, the manuscript, during and Dr. the writing monograph. George iv and o~tted. search, R. at the Lawrence Lawrence Radiation Laboratory University of Caltiornia Livermore, California to 1964. the needs were in the literature and criticizing interest techniques, of such omissions, and to Mra. and prepared reading a interest monograph. to Dr. his colleagues is included plutonium. references of plutonium, draft, There of particular extensive that important editions the first the auf.bor thanks Stevenson being on the radioof the Committee “&d counting for apprmdmately is sufficiently who greatly *O P. disacilution completed to express of Sciences. of plutonium procedures on the rmiiochemietry Shauna Ness I%mlly of sample of radiochemical of monographs on RadioChemistry Academy features but it is to be expected be included extensive the National and chernic~ that the bibliography radiochemiet, as one of a series the Subcommittee a discussion a collection It is hoped for within of the nuclear finally, prepared of the elements H. Coleman of this CONTENTS I. General Reviews of Plutonium II. General . . Reviews III. Table rv. Chemistry A. of the Inorganic . Physical c. Plutonium D. Ions VI. . . . . 3 , . 4 . . 4 . in Solution . Reduction . . . 4 . . . 4 . . . 6 . . . 8 . . . 8 Reactions Reactions C. 4 Radiolytic Reduction of Pu Solutions C. 5 Hydrolytic Reactions of Plutonium C. 6 Pu(IV) C. 7 Complex Polymer . Ion Formation Methods D. 2 Solvent D. 3 Ion Exchange . Metallic Other c. Biological Source Preparation B. Criticality Collection Methods . Safety Safety Introduction B. Listing Procedure Procedure 1. 2. 17 . . . 24 24 28 . ., 75 for Analysis 96 . . . . . . 96 Samples . 96 . 96 96 Methods 96 . . . . . . . . 97 . . . . 97 . . . . . 99 . . . . . 99 . . . . . 102 . . , . . 102 . . of Contents . . . . . . 103 . . . . 105 . . . . . 105 . . . . . 105 of Procedures A. . . . Considerations Radioactive . . Electrodeposition A. . . Evaporation . 16 . . and Counting Counting Safety 15 . . and Environmental A. 3 Other 15 . Samples Plutonium Preparation 9 9 Methods . Compounds Source . . . and Precipitation Extraction of Plutonium B. 4 . Disproportionation Separation . to the Radiochemist C. 3 A. 2 VIII. 2 . C. 2 Oxidation A. B. 1 . . States A. 1 Direct VII. . . . C. 1 Oxidation Dissolution A. . . . D. 1 Co-precipitation v. . . . . . Properties of Pu . Chemistry of Plutonium Interest Properties A. 3 Chemical Compounds . . of Special Plutonium B. . of Plutonium of Plutonium A. 1 Preparation A. 2 . of the Radiochemistry of Isotopes Metallic . and Analytical Determination of Pu in solutions amounts of Feand Cr . . Separation extraction and determination . . v containing , . of Pu by TTA . . . large . . 108 . . 112 CONTENTS (Continued) Page Procedures Glossary References (Continued) Procedure 3. Separation U – fission Procedure 4. Plutonium . . Procedure 5. Plutonium . . Procedure 6. Separation of Plutonium from Fission Products in Irradiated Targets . . . . Uranium Reactor . . and determination product mixtures of Pu in . . . 114 . . . . . 116 . . . . . 118 . . 122 . . . 124 Analysis . . 126 . 129 Metal 130 and . 131 . 132 . 134 . 137 and Procedure 7. Determination Procedure 8. Uranium Procedure 9a. Separation Uranium. of Plutonium . . . from . Irradiated . . of Plutonium from Uranium of Pu . and Plutonium Procedure 9b. Separation “Procedure 10. Purification of Plutonium Fission Products . Procedure 11. Uranium Samples Procedure 12. Plutonium Samples from . Environmental . . Procedure 13. Plutonium Samples from Environmental from . Uranium . . . and Plutonium from Environmental of SO1l, Vegetation and Water Water . Water . . Procedure 14. Separation of Plutonium Fission Element Alloys from Chloride Solutions Procedure 15. Separation of Pu before Spectrographic of Lrnpurities Anion Exchange Method . in Uranium-Plutonium by TBP Extraction . . . . Procedure 16. Separation of Plutonium Analysis of Impurities. Chromatography Method Procedure 17. Separation Procedure 18. Separation of Np and Pu by Cation Chromatography . . . Procedure 19. Determination of Plutonium Procedure 20. Determination Electrodeposition of PU239 in Urine Procedure) Procedure 21. Determination of Plutonium Procedure 22. Determination of Americium Presence of Plutonium . Analysis . . Before Spectrographic Extraction Using TBP . . of Np and Pu by Anion Exchange Exchange . . . . 140 . 142 . 144 . 148 . 149 . . 150 (Small Area . . . in Urine . 153 . . 155 in the . . . 156 by Anion . . . 161 . 164 in Urine in Urine . . Procedure 23. Determination Exchange . of Plutonium . . . Procedure 24. Determination crystallization of Plutonium in Urine by Cowith Potassium Rhodizonate Procedure 25. Determination of Plutonium in Urine and Bone Ash by Extraction with Primary Amines . . No. in Urine . . . 166 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 vi The Radiochemistry of GEORGE Lawrence Radiation H. COLEMAhT Laboratory, University Livermore, I. GENERAL REVIEWS OF J. J. Katz VII, 2. Complex THE M. 1962 5. R. and Z. E. Eds. 6. J. 7, B. 9. and T. Nanowski) Chap. llo~dation Book Elements, Statea, and Vol. Metz, D. Nebel, Service “The NYC, 14A, I. Turton). New Vol. A. D. Gellman, Bureau, 1964; transl. New by E. Chap. and Oxidation-Reduction Natl. Nucl. 8, G. T. Energy Seaborg Series, Div. and J. J. Katz, in Qe 10, pp 371-434. 14A, Chap. Chemistry of the Compo~ds of Plutonium, JPRS - 11689. of Plutonium, ” 10, pp 371-434. ” Anal. of Plutonium, Chemistry Report Ed. 1962) pp 324-864. Equilibria, Elements, 14A; Chap. Vol. Analytical Genl. (Consultants York, and Properties Analytical AEC Pascal, Paris, Mefod’eva Co., ” Chap. Co., Inc., N-ew York, 1954) pp 221-300. Molecular Species of PlutOnium in Solution, ” Elements, “The Paul ElementsJ” potentials, Vol. Cuntigham,r’Preparation F. et Cie, Elements, 239-325. 2, pp 39-84. Record llIoni~ pp. Minerale, P. ”in The Actinide Project Hindma-n, B. N. (Macmillan in The Actinide C. by C. and M. Plutonium, ANALYTICAL of the Actinide 1957), of the Transtiranium Zaitsev, of Plutonium, Actinide 8. M. (McGraw-Hill c. York, (Masson L. Plutonium Chemistry New et Transuraniens” Compounds Connick, Reactions IV, , “The AND PLUTONIUM de Chimie transl. Taube, Lepa Seaborg, INORGANIC OF Traite I. Moskvin, York, T. and Sons Inc., in Nouveau “Uranium “The A. 4, Wiley “Plutonium,” xv, 3. and G. (John of California California CHEMISTRY 1. Plutonium transl. ” Joint from Chem. 29, Publications Chem. Tech. 1748 (1957). Research Leipzig, ~ 522 (1961), 10. P, N. Palei, “Analytical AERE-LIB/TRANS11. A. Co., 12. A. J. Moses, New K. W. Zeit. Bagnall, (See Analytical of the Actinides, also J. Anal. Chemistry Chem. ” transl. USSR by S. BotcharskyJ ~ of the Actinide 663 (1957 ).) Elements” (Macmillan 1963). “Plutonium, Schiffers, Chemiker 13. “The York, Chemistry 787. seine chemischen und physillilischen Eigenschaften, ” 86, 656 (1962). “The Transuranium Elements, ” Sci. Progr. (London) 52, 66-83 (1964). 14. V. I. Kuznetsov, Chemistry 15. R. Kraft, C. and Plutonium University S. B. Sawin, of Uranium, J. Wensrich Alloys: of California, and V. Thorium and A. Methods A. Mikhailov, and Plutonium, L. Langhorst, and Technique Livermore, Calif. 1 s,” “Progress ” Russ. Chem. “Chemical Lawrence UCRL-6873, in the Analytical Rev. Analysis Radiation 1962. 29, 243 (1960). of Plutonium Laboratory, IL GENEWL REVDZWS OF THE RADIWHEMISTRY OF PLUTONIUM 16. E. K. Hyde, Acthide Elements, Project E. Record CO. , New Book 1’7. K. Hyde, in Proc. 1955, 728. M. Faugeraa, Nouveau Traite “Uranimn 19. M. National Vol. 14, York. Nuclear G. 1954) A/CONF. Z. Nanowdi). Series, and J. (United “Radiochemical Div. J. Katz, Methods Nations, Paul ( ~sson Methods New IV, in The plutonium Eds. (McGraw-Hill the Actinide Uses York. Gen. Paris, York, of Analysis, Elements, of Atomic 1956) des Isotopee, PaBcal, et Cie, Co. , New 2 for on the Peaceftd et Purification Minerale} (Macmillan Elementfi~’ 15. Separations “Separation Plutonium Energy Conference 8/7, de Chemie of the Actinide Seaborg Chap. et !lh%sura.niens,” Taube, T. “Radiochemical Paper P. Separations of the International Geneva, 18. “Radiochemical pp 261-303, (of Plutonium), Ed., Vol. ” in IV, 1962) PP 339-385. 1984; transl. by E. ” pp 78-84. ” Energy, Lepa and ~ - TABLE Isotope ~u232 PU23 3 ~u234 PU235 PU236 ~u237 ., ~u238 Pu 239 PU240 Half Life Specific Activity (d/m/pg) OF ISOTOPES OF pLuTo~M* a Particle Energy (MeV) Type of Decay Method 36 min 0’270, EC 98$ 6.58 20 min -- ao.lye, EC99+7’0 6.30 9,0 hr .- 067’0, EC 9470 6.19 a3 x 10-37., EC 99 + ~. 5.85 c1 5.763 5.716 ao. oo370, EC 99+% 5.36 (797’0) 5.65 (217’0) 3.88 X 107 a 5.495 5.452 (72~0) (28%) 1.36 X 105 a 5.147 5.134 5.096 (737’0) (1770) (10~0) 5.00 x 105 c1 5.162 5.118 (76%) (24%) -- 26 min 2.85 yr 1.18X 45.6 days 86.4 yr 24,360 yr 6,580 yr 109 -- of Preparation U235 -- + 100 MeV particles ~233 + 40 MeV particles U233, 235 particles Cm238 U233, 235 PU242 PU243 PU244 13,0 y-r 2.57 X 108 a4 X 10-370, ,B-99+7’O 4.89 3,79 x 105 w 8.65 X 103 (Y 4.898 4.858 4.98 hr -- 7.6X107 42.8 D + 40 MeV Daughter + 20-30 a of MeV a particles (69~o) (317’0) ~235 + 40 MeV a particles Daughter Np23 6 Daughter Cm240 U235 + 40 MeV P- --- (2 --- Q particles ~238 + deuterons Dau hter Cm242 Pu2 $ 9 + high energy neutrons Np237 + neutrons U238 ~238 PU239 + neutrons + neutrons + neutrons Daughter PU241 a of Cm244 U238 + neutrons Dau hter of Cm245 u23 i? + a particles (767. ) (2470) U238 Am241 + neutrons + neutrons PU242 + neutrona w~u245 PU246 -- 10.6 hr 10.85 days Pfl- -- --- PU244 --- ~238 + neutrons + neutrons (ther - % The should data for this be consulted table for were further taken details from the recent and references 3 review of Hyde. 192 to the literature. Tfiis work IV. CHEMISTRY OF PLUTONIUM OF SPECIAL A. A.1 INTEREST Metallic TO THE RADIOCHEMIST Plutonium Preparation Plutonium metal electropositive of halide discussed A.2 metal reduced Physical the melting Table IV-1 point, the oxide coating Pu metal slowly. The which of five negative scale, while Anselin, scale. has a number allotropic coefficients physical intermetallic behavior or less the underlying acids. of peculiar modifications of thermal expansion. properties. However, and alkaline of Pu toward metal dissolves simple easily with volubility earth metals. prepared cerium and in several and the oxidation and rapidly in moderately solid are usually the liquid is given made or solid in Table IV-2. However, proceeds gases; solutions in its in a few days the is complete. by most series (Cc) occurs temperatures mixtures -4- in the EMF surface to PU02 in dry air. in either solutions (Th) snd resembles adherent, + e- is Pu = PU*+ and thorium U, intermediate eutectic little various the couple the oxidation at elevated compounds and very (Se) of a freshly is more is attacked for than does until finally Pu metal by alkali scandium readily oxide etc. elements. potential oxidation halogen S02, Va and VIa ‘“metals, hibited more accelerates protects The it between The air. reaction Pu forms have metal a total important metal. Superficial in normal metallic the more places in air. HC1 and other undergoes two of which Pu oxidizes oxidation halogens, on an industrial on a gram appearing metal reactive which of elements. more and Reas Properties Pu is a very hours The summarizes Chemical reactions to metal by a more combinations satisfactory reactions were PuF3, 164 and 0rth306 have Harmon the conversion silver-white properties. 2.03 volts, for ,of a halide various Properties below A.3 the reduction has compared Connor and found that the only of Pu salts a method Pu is a typically physical prepare~8by with Ca metal. the conversion describe et al.30 commonly such as calcium. and reducing , and PuC13 PuF is most metal Hz, N2, concentrated with most with the group state is ex- : TABLE A. Appearance Silvery IV- 1. Physical white; B. Melting point 639.5° C c. Boiling point 3508 * 19° C D. Properties allotropic of the various modifications 0? Metal’:< in air 6- ?’ e 125 210 315 460 475 640 Density (at T“C) (g/cm3) 19.82 (25) 17.82 (133) 17.14 (235) 15.92 (320) 16,00 (465) 16.48 (510) Crystal structure Bodycentered monoclinic Orthorhombic Facecentered Body-or facecentered tetragonsl Bodycentered cubic 67 X 10-6 41 X1 O-6 35 x 10-6 -8.6 x 10-6 (-_---.------) (80-120) (160-200) (220-280) (340-440) (---. --------) 490-550 958 140 156 17 470 940 Latent heat of transformation to next higher phase (cal/g-atom) E. oxidizes of Plu\onium Transition temperature to next higher phase PC) Coefficient of linear expansion (“C-l) (in temp range 0C) m quickly Properties Electrical (at 25” C) 1?. Self heating Ionization coefficient (1.923 + 0.019) X 10-3 W/g .!, from 15 5.1 * 0.5 eV potential ““Data compiled cubic 68.5M’i2- cm resistivity G. Monoclinic various secondary sources, including Francis, 137 Co ffiriberry and Walciron, 94 and Jette. 211 TABLE IV-2. Behavior of PU Metal H20 Very Salt water Rapidly HC1, HI, slowly Rapid HBr attacked attacked after induction Rapid HNo3- Very alow attack, limited surface is passivated Rapid H~S04” Very Sdfamic dissolution in concentrated HC104 H3P04 with II through compounds VI oxidation describe states the data by relating actinide The the insoluble hydroxides, and are described in Pu chemistry or neutral The to HN03 of those detail solutions. in that The polymeric to destroy. which and attempt numbers states are The can be quite on hydrolytic and peroxides the Of these of the reactions complicating by hydrolysis intractable reactions compounds with which and co-precipitation form prepared. to systematize interest. One of the great in dilute in msny reactions, of Pu gives details. Table 117-3 lists have been volubility information for the more stable Pu compounds which prepared. TABLE IV- 3. %lubility of Plutonium Compounds* Reference PuH2 -PuH3 “PuF3-PuF4 ‘u02F2 NaPuF5 s. ** HC1, H2S04, i. decomposes in fluoride i. H20, mineral acids i. HN03, decomp. completing in H20 agents; e. g. s1. s. dilute PuF6 decomposes PUC13 s. HN03HF, violently i. NaF-HF in H20 H20, acid CS2PUC16 S. acid, PuBr3 s , H20 H3J303 27 HZO H20 6 s. H3B03 128 table. are the ones of primary of a polymeric form been of the complex phosphates section. section have of the periodic in precipitation is the formation and Heuberger compounds and oxalates, interest of Pu in the compounds regions compounds Compounds and Faugeras Cunningham,7 as to other fluorides, in more and may be difficult coating. acid of elements. IV and VI oxidation of major factors acid number and the insoluble are to the otide behavior and coordination as well of the III, deals, in of Pu the data on complex the structures radiochemist III and IV states a large and properties elements, compounds Compounds are known. 3 emphasize ~. dissolution dissolution with the preparation Gel! man, principally similar slow acid in concentrated attack B. Pu forms acid; in concentrated dissolution slow Rapid acid period dissolution No visible reactio,n dilute acid acid to other Solutions Behavior Solution Acetic in Various TABLE IV-3 (Cont. ) Reference s. PU13 H20 PU(103)3 s. HN03, mo3 i. PU(103)4 s. decomposed PU02 s. slowly in boiling mineral acids; reaction speeded by fusion with NaHS04 or HF added to HN03; solubilit y is more cliff icult if ignited above 500° PU(OH)3 s. mineral acid PU(OH)4 s. mineral acid PU02(OH)2 s. mineral acid, PU peroxide s, cone. i. M2S04-H2S04, M=Na, MPU(S04)2> K, Rb, CS, PU(S04)2 M4Pu(S04)4, M=K, Rb, NH4 M2Pu(N03),6, M=K, Rb, Cs, POP04 Put, yH20 S. H20 H20, i. alcohol s. H20, i. alcohol cone. HTJ03, i. mineral alcohol Pu forms in HN03, ether, acetone ‘. H20’ ‘il acid S. hot cone. mineral acid; s1. S. NaOH; i. HC2H302 H3P04, s. acid - H3P04 HC1, H2S04, i. cold HN03-NaF2 cone HN03 S. hot cone. PUOC03 K6[pu(co3)510 mH20 K4[Pu(C03)41. mH20 i. H20, i. alcohol s1. s. cold mineral acids o mH20 K12 [ pu(co3)d M4[Pu02(C03)3] , M=K, NH4 xH20 HPUFe(c~)6° PuFe(CN)6 Pu3[Fe(CN)6] 4. XH20 (Pu02)3[Fe@’)6] PU(C204)2 H2S04 s. i. 264 ZH20 PU2C3 PU2(C204)3 T1 = 1.8 X. 10-23 XH20 PU2H(P04)3. PU3(P04)4. HN03, excess in H2S03 Ksp s. H O, colloidal aque 3 us soln. s. P;(N03)4 PU(HP04)2. NH4 HN03, H2S04-K103, .xH20 “6H20 2“ ‘H20 :: ~:::$a:~co,, i. HC1 i. HC1 i. HC1 i. HC1 i. H20, s. (NH4)2C204 NaPu02(C2H302)2 minersl s. acid; S. mineral HN03 acid; ‘2C 2°4 s1. s. hot H20, 7 - H20, s1. S. K2C204. i. H2Cl, s. H2S04, HN03, acid-K2C204, NH2C 204 in 1.5 ~ PU02(C204)-3H20 d. HC104 s1- s. minimum s. 0.025 M ‘2c204 s1. s, s. acid acid – 264 * Compiled primarily from the reviews of Cunningham and Faugeras Unless otherwise specified, the data are taken from these reviews. ** The following abbreviations are used: s. soluble i. insoluble S1. s. slightly soluble cone. concentrated dil. dilute C. C.1 Oxidation Plutonium resembling The taken both from Plutonium solution uranium (U), oxidation Latimer. exists in Solution in the +3, neptunium potential (Np) diagrams +4, and for +5, or +6 oxidation americillm Pu in acid (Am) states, in this and basic respect, solution are 2’0 ACID SOLUTION BASIC Pu ~ Ions States in aqueous formal and Heuberger ~(oH1 o 95 PU(OH)4 3 SOLUTION u = PU020H PU02(OH)2 -0.51 Formal Table oxidation IV-.4. tendencies TABLE The potentials for displacements of the anions PJ-4. with Formal Pu couples are 1~ solutions are for Pu Couples in Various Pu(IW)-PU(VI) Pu(fII)-Pu(VI) 1~ Solutions Pu(v) -PU(VI) HC104 -0.982 -1.043 -1.023 HC1 -0.970 -1.052 -1.024 -0.912 HN03 -0.92 -1.05 -1.04 ------ H2S04 -0.74 -1.2- 1.4 ------ ------ The lower oxidation Am, and correspondingly This effect of various is illustrated actinide ions. states shown in due to the complex-forming Pu. Potentials PU(III)-PU(IV) in various of the potentials become the higher in Table more stable oxidation IV-5, which -0.92 in the actinide states become shows the free more series from difficult energies U to to attain. of formation 128 TABLE Free IY-5. M Thus of Actinide +t++ M Ions MO; (kcal/mole) MO~ -124.4 -138.4 -237.6 Np -128.4 -124.9 -221.0 -194,5 Pu -140.5 -118.2 -204.9 -183.5 Am -160.5 -110.2 (-194.5) -156.7 the most stable +3 ion in this Pu is the first enough in aqueous fact selectively member solution is taken in which in the radiochemistry oxidation-reduction behavior stable +6 ion is state is stable chemistry. the +3 or +4 oxidation in many the most the tripositive importance ability -236,4 , wliie is Am+ series in separation in either of this series of this to be useful is of supreme maintained Advantage The +++ of Formation u uo~. This Energy of Pu, states of the collected since procedures of Pu is complicated Pu can be in separation schemes. in section by several VI. factors: (1) f/0~ disproportionates into PU+4 and PuO~ and under certain conditions PU+3, ++ +4 and PU02 can all exist in equilibrium; Pu. m a small, highly , Puo;, Pu charged many ion and therefore stable Pu(IV) complex forms polymer undergoes ions. This a long-chain extensive tendency compound is one of the more hydrcdysis at low is a dominant feature or polymer by hydrolytic aspects of Pu chemistry unpleasant acidity and forms of Pu(IV) chemistry. reactions. from Pu(IV) the standpoint of the radiochemist. C. 2 Oxidation-Reduction Table IV-6 Pu ions. lists Reactions reagents produce a large reactions may be taken change proceed as a guide In general, one electron the change is invalved bond are usually which C. 3 The with acid, proceed state potentials oxidation respect considered change. However, in oxidation state in conditions for may of the oxidation-reduction the listed reactions should +3 and +4 is rapid, since only ++ changes are rapid. PuO~ and PU02 involve the making 184 m a general Hindman, gives as some reviewed examples involving only the kinetics of actinide Pu couples are or breaking review of reactions electron of a Pu -O of the kinetics involving transfer. oxidation-reduction of M-O Newton and reactions. Reactions of the various may exist to disproportionation for some between Similarly reactions, states uncompleted change Therefore, state of Pu which as rapi~y slso Disproportionation several in this slower. have listed. in oxidation oxidation-reduction Rabideau302 those changes small and that in the equilibrium, beyond in the oxidation actinide to effect that a relatively only. Changes bonds and conditions It must be emphasized media. There an understanding in equilibrium. into higher are several such that appreciable Pu(IV) and Pu(V) and lower oxidation important eqtiibria of Pu oxidation-reduction quantities states chemistry, of are both unstable which in weakly must be TABLE IV-6. Oxidation-Reduction A. Reagents Solution of Plutonium Ions* R(m) Temp. Rate Reference Very rapid 1,5 ~HCl R.T. Very rapid 6~ R.T. Very rapid R.T. Very rapid 0.5 &lHCl R.T. Slow R-6 ~ R.T. Equilibrium at 907’” Pu(N) in several hours 145 R.T. Equilibrium at 80 -90~0 Pu(~) in several hours 145 rapid acid HC1, dilute H202 - R.T.** Dilute C12 Reactions Pu(IH) H2S04 HC1 4-8 &l HC104 235 235 (tllz >9 hr) cr207 H103 Dilute acid R.T. Extremely Dilute acid R.T. Extremely rapid mo~ Dilute acid R.T. Extremely rapid 115 ~ HC1 R.T. No oxidation 02 97” c NO; 2.5~0 oxidized more rapid rapid ITN03 R.T. Very 0.4 – 2 ~ HN03J Fe(H) Sulfamate, R.T. Complete 0.1 ~ 79 in 42 hr. in 4 hr, in higher 63 in few minutes 63 HN02 “This table is an enlarged version o~ the one given by Katz and Seaborgl which was compiled from data given by Connick. Unless otherwise specified, the data were obtained from this source. ** R. T. = room temperature. 10 B. Reagents Pu(~)~ Pu(LU) Temp. Solution Rate Hydroquinone mute HN03 R.T. Rapid H2, Pt 0.5 g - 4. O~HCl R.T. > 9~0 reduced Reference in 40 min I- 0.1 yKI+ 0.4 ~ HC1 R.T. Hso; 0.05 ~ NH4HS03, 0.3 ~ mo~ R.T. NH30H+ 0.5 M HN03 NH36H+ + 0.1 ~ R.T. HC1 ---- ----------------------- R.T. Rapid NH20H. Zn S02 Ti# .0.5 ~ HC1, HC1 ‘1/2 ‘1/2 1~ HN03 R.T. 6 ~ HC1, R.T. tl] 2 Very R.T. Very dilute H2S04 1 ~ HN03 Dilute HC1 or H2S04 Ascorbic HN03 Acid 0.5 ~HN03, 0.01 ~ Ascorbic acid = -2 min -40 65 min < 1 min rapid 235 rapid 235 Rapid + 1 ~H2S04R.T. Cr++ H202 ‘1/2 =2min R.T. 103 Rapid 235, 449 Rapid 416,402 Rapid R.T. 6 MHN03 O.1~ A s~orbic acid, Fe(II) Sulf amat e R.T. Rapid 7J~HCl R.T. Complete 11 65 65 in several hr 145 c.. 85” c 99~0 oxidized R.T. Complete in 15 min pH 4.5, -8,2, 0.1 ~ HOC1 80” c Complete in 15 rnin Complete in 5-10 BrO~ 0:1 ~ BrO~, 1 ~ HN03 C e+4 0.1 ~ HN03 HOC1 + 0.84 Ce+4, 0.5 ~ 45y’ K2C03 4@ c H5106 0.02 y H5106, o.22&JHN03 R.T. Ml-lo; l~HNo3, MnO~ 25” C 0,001 y or Ag+ Ce+3 catalyst 0.25 ~ HzSO+ catalyst 0.25 ;M_H2S04, catalyst 2 ~ HC1, no no no catalyst Ag+ + S20~, HN03 1.1 ~ 0.5 N H2S04, Ag(ti) cr207 0.05 ~ dilute HN03 0.55 ~ 1X Clz Solid tl/2 tl/2 HN03, than in 4 hr min = 100 min = 50 min Complete in 30 min 19=C Complete in 15 hr 150 65° C Complete in 1-1/2 hr 150 R.T. 2-8 hr depending concentration of 25” C Complete on Pu 275, 276 in 1 rnin O 361, R.T. = 15 min ‘1/2 Complete in 9 hr 129 98 * 1“ 8CF7Lcomplete 301 25° C HC104, H2S04 in less @ C in 2 hr 10-3 MPu 0.03 ~ H S04 + saturate 7 C12 800 C 0.1 ~ 22 c ~ Electrolysis Reference Complete 5 min 5 M HN03 g/Xt er Ag* Rate R.T. NaBi03 03 Pu(VI) Temp. Solution Reagents Pu(IV)+ Clz 0.5 ~ HC104, 0.025 ‘1/2, tl/2 = 35 rnin =2hr 0.056 &l ClHC104 R. T. Complete 12 in 30 min 454 39 D. Solution Reagents HCOOH HN03 Pu(VI) s Pu(~) Rate Temp. slow R.T. C20; 0.02 ~ I- 2.3~EU, HN03 H2C204 Fe~ 75° C ? tl/2 Rapid HC1 R.T. Rapid 2-6 ~ HN03. 1~ Ferrous Sulfmate R.T. Rapid 3.1 ~ Reference = 60 m.in 75 2-4 ~’ H2S04 R.T. Fairly NO; HN03 ? ? H202 HN03 R.T. Fast, reduction continues to PU(III) E. Reagents HN02 --------------0,5 M HC1, NH3mH+ R.T. slow ~ R.T. slow F. Pu(VI)~ 0.015 Solution Reagents I- pH 2 R.T. 0.5 M Cl.. 0.05 ~ NH2XH ? 25” C S02 pH -2 Fe+ 0.05 – 2 ~ ~=2. The first of these + 2H20 3PU+4 for which . (Pu+3)2 Rate Reference Rate Reference ‘1/2 = 180 min 25” C Complete 0-25° C --------------------- in 5 min of Pu(137) according 301 to the reaction ++ + AH+ + PU02 = 2Pu ‘3 (PuO~+) 295 Instantaneous is the disproportionation the concentration ~ HC104, 96 Pu(V) Temp. NH2NHj 361, 39 +Pu(IV) Temp. Solution NH30H+ Pu(V) fast equilibrium constant may be written (H+)4 c (Pu~)3 Table strength IV-7 for lists different Kc for this reaction under similar acids. 13 conditions of acidity and ionic of Concentration Equilibrium Acidm at 25°C* Constant P~%EV~;k H+~ Acid for the Disproportionation 1.0 M; ~=l.O 9X1 HC104 O-3 HC1 2x 10-3 HN03 4x 10-7 H2S04 Very low ** 3 *~Taken from Gel ‘man ~. Appreciable quantities of Pu(III), Pu(IV), and Pu(VI) cannot efist together in H2S04 s olution9. These The data show that strong equilibrium strong markedly formed by Pu(IW). complexes lowering the concentration hydrolysis The Puo; firat reaction order reaction only is slow sequence PU+4 PuOH+3 PuOH+3 range concentration ia 1.5 ~ while The second unstable Conrdckgg acid describes this solution 2 PuO~ (B) PuO~ by the to the right until the onset of Pu(IV). of bimolecular reactions. is involved, while reaction the second is secondThe in H+ concentration. discrepancies + H+ + H+ H.O amount + H+ of each oxidation concentration. concentration in a 4 X 10’3 of acid respect present over M Pu(IV) — solution is 8 — M. is the diaproportionation with state He found that the minimum of Pu(VI) of Pu(V), which is to the reaction + PU(VI) overall reaction as proceeding reactions (A) at least stabilize of the first third-order formation equilibrium rate with these the relative at 98” C the required = Pu(rv) The PU+3 + PuOT+ and ~03 important bond formation and inverae PU(OH)2H in moderately 2 Pu(v) Pu-O transfer, to prevent anion, strengths is shifted (Fast) + H20 of HN03 again +3 PuOH+3 of temperature ionic (slow) + H20 + Pu(OH)~ forming reactions is consistent determined Crocker’O’ wide because concentration reaction on the equilibrium. low the equilibrium + PU02+ electron medium at these probably occurs as a series 100 the reaction path may be = PU02++ + Pu requires in Pu(IV) following reaction . pu+3 + PU+4 even Conversely, hydrolytic and McVey, 2pu+4 The The disproportionation to Connick of the anionic to the left of the acid and complex at pH 1-1,5. According iniluence is shifted + 4H+ = Pu+4 + PuO~ + Pu+3 + 4H+ = 2Pu+4 + 2H20 + 2H20 14 by either of the two slow a by followed by the fast (c) Reactions Puo; + PU+4 only more by other alpha particles not. reaction Reaction A B to occur, followed first, in oxidation-reduction oxidation in the decay of Pu 239 of Pu by radiolysis. solutions depending the Pu, effect reduction of Pu(VI) of acidity over was on the nature first described to Pu(IV) a range cases per or reduction, by direct oxidation the oxidation or reduction proceeds to Pu(V), The rate radiolysis acid energy to the medi- products salution of reduction to allow The to be present. and the lower enough then oxidize and the oxidation state of 215 who noticed 0.670 and Sheline by Kasha The supply of the solution is S1OW enotigh states 239 day in perchloric 0.1 to 2 ~. the reaction of the various first of direct emitted urn to decompose II-I both C does for of Pu Solutions or reduce less. may be involved Instead can occur Reduction This while is formed product. Radiolytic the Pu. bonds, PU+3 than A. reactions reaction of the appropriate of Pu-O sufficient probable reagents. disproportionation The until disproportionation reactions + PU+3 the breaking important B is kinetically These C.4 = PU02* A and B involve is probably since reaction states h was independent considerably the equilibrium reduction obtained which HC1 was of Pu(VI) quantities probably by disproportionation of this ion. Rabideau rates confirmed ~.326 of HC104 the above and HC1 reduction production of Cl- to HC104 solutions, in HC104 qualitative results concerning and found that the situation solutions a net oxidation and C12 in HC1 solutions. instead is initiaJly approximately 4. x308 and Page; and Haissinsky Pages of reduction the relative is complicated Also, occurs by the if Br - is added if the mean ofidation number very strongly induced clo~ on the nature reduction ~ so~ by alpha Popov increase of NO~ The lesson C, 5 rates These external and total in a study of external of reduction results of reduction depended gamma-radiation decreased presumably hand found only x-radiation. also in the order apply to auto-reduction The oxidation rate by irradiation of oxidation of HN03 decreased with an states of old Pu acidity. to the radiochemist particularly low acidity is clear: HC104 The stated oxidation and H2S04 solutions, sho~d in aqueous solutions as highly be viewed suspicion. Hydrolytic Reactions Pu in all of its and therefore for >> NO;. et al. 320 on the other of Pu with with The found that the rate particles. solutions salutions, of the anion of Pu(VI). > Cl- 309 these tendency undergoes thus increases series states exists hydrolysis ions to undergo of the actitide of Plutonium otidation hydrolysis with reactions is dependent increasing and in the case in dilute atomic solutions. on the charge number of Pu increases 15 acid for charged The and ionic radius. all the oxidation in the order PuO~ ions tendencies states +++ < Pu The <Pu +4 . PU+4 has approximately +4 . Hf+4 and Zr The constant the same for along with the volubility Table IV- 8. the first tendency to hydrolyze displacement of a proton (H20)X 2+ + H20 PU02 hydrolyzes Puo;+ radius, showing TABLE IV- 8. (H20)$-~1)+ First = PU020H to a greater the effect + H30+ Hydroxide PU+3 Pu(OH) (H20);- efient of the highly Hydrolysis Ion Constants central s the most of colloidal polymer The is apparently completion. * 7.37 @ = 0.034, HC1) 7x 10-’6 * markedly aggregates adsorption spectra Pu(IV) polymer can be formed is favored by an increase in the acidi~. oxygen forma of the free from a radiochemical brown ion. standpoint by successive or hydroxyl remains to and has concentrations green has an entirely and the proceeds in solution In macro to bright hydrolysis bridges when the reaction the colloid of polymer from many solutions. the when the solution different character The formation in the Pu concentration As the total than nitrate concentration of Pu(l_V) and temperature increases or by a the polymer The presence of strong completing at 2-3 — M N03-. 104 Nevertheless, the presence of polymeric Pu 327 Polymer is be suspected whenever the acid concentration is below 0.5 — M. when solutions are diluted with water because of the existence of transient up to a maximum anions the formation inhibit of high pH, even 327, 64 of the polymer. metric (244) solutions. precipitates, regions those changes from solutions with however, from solution The should in Pu(IV) PU(OH)4 stages, cliff erent reaction y forms irreversible. of a 0.3 — M HN03 The hydrolytic monomeric formed x 10-’5 (3 * 1) 3 presurnabl In intermediate decrease Ref. 10-’0 important reactions. polymer of Hydroxide 2x et al. is the formation is heated. Ions. Polymer By far color Plutonium HC104) 1.27 (u = 2.0) in Gel! man for 7.22 (u = 0.069, 3.33 (1.86 X 10-4 ~HN03) quoted ion of the same Products ‘SP PU(OH)4 Pu(IV) in . dipositive ‘KH PU02 (OH)2 properties sphere, Pu ion and Volubility PU+4 reaction the hydration ; ~ + H30+ than a simple charged Puo~ C. 6 than that of -1+ of PU02 or in the case As from but leas product for the hydroxide of the various Pu ions, is given +3 +4 and Pu , the hydrolysis reaction may be written In the case of Pu PU (H20)X ‘+ + H20 = PuOH * as Ce ‘4 quantity of acid of polymer. though The the final polymer in the dissolution acidity is also may formed of PU(OH)4 16 be high enough to prevent by adding than a stoichio- precipitate. less Fortunately, formation PU(OH)4 can be precipitated appreciable from formation be completely originally precipitated (approximately 0.15 equivalents phenomenon fact was form utilized of cation The rate strong completing Care example Pu(IV) does agents Costanzo avoidance Polymeric positively charged. was necessary from are ability concentraof for The example, but formation of polymer 407 in observed. of polymerization concerning suggestions macro paper, the of Pu. indicating that it is 1 ~g/ cm2. than on glass, 10-8 to 5 X 10-10 con- of for amounts etc., on silica and de- and salt the formation give at approximately is greater The given Pu concentration, onto glass, reversible been (TBP), the rate occurs in radio chemical of the polymer. The references with polymer has been and shipping on glass was acid and addition M Pu(lV) — that 5 to 8 solutions, at pH < 4. 399 and (VI)346 on platinum (Pt) has been 17. to 4~0 of the Pu(IV) such as TBP, tri-n-octylamine, of the extractant or the aqueous phase the adsorption. decreased studied can adsorb (TOA), nitric acid from on a Pt 399 etc. phase in Ion Formation feature of complex ions of the aqueous reactions and may in the hydration of an ion to form may This the colloidal in moderate phosphate, information strongly extractants with the organic competing which for charges. concentration, (DBP).46 the above It was found that from The formation molecules Pu from has already temperature, equilibrium of Pu(IV) organic Complex important n -butyl in handling Saturation the concentration equilibrium C. 7 Both adsorbs on glass adsorption solution. Increasing of acidity, to reach and that adsorption ionic properties resin acid, found that the adsorption Samartseva345 The into tri- formation Pu(IV) 78 few lmay amounts and phosphate, of Pu(IV) chemical dibutyl ether (butex) 104 have determined solutions. of polymer polymer and sulfate. exchange has summarized Miner278 in nitrate surface glycol acid the formation phosphoric as a function centration. polymer aqueous not extract and Biggers polymerization without contains temperature stronger different on cation into di-n-butyl of diethylene iodate, to remove at room to prevent of non-adsorption solutions slow by heating, of the very does of oxalate, solved Pu(IV) than stoichiometric that the complex such as fluoride be taken polymer hours is very because extract of anion) and redis 239 reagents. by much less and Welch305 is increased must separations solutions excess exchange. Depolymerization tions. solution indicates by Ockenden by means by using from example. This monomeric of polymer be defined sphere in aqueous chemistry be looked with anionic Complex formation upon as the displacement by the anionic complexes solutions of Pu. is dependent ligand or by OH-, on the magnitude ligands is an and hydrolysis of the H20 respectively. of the ionic The potential by the equation d=zjr. z is the charge of Pu in different on the ion and r is the ionic oxidation states are given radius. in Table 17 The values IV- 9. of the ionic potentials TABLE IV- 9. Ionic Ionic Cation PU+4 Gel, For potential 2.91 0.81 2+ 2.47 0.87 1+ 1.15 3 relative tendency > Pu(HI) of Pu ions to form > Pu(VI) the positions complexes then is > Pu(V) 3 show that the anionic & alt example, Ionic 1.03 et al. ma Charge (~) States* 4.44 Gel! man Pu(IV) Oxidatioh 3+ PU02+ The in Various 4+ +2 *After radius of Plutonium , 0.90 PU+3 PU02 Potential of Pu(HI) ligand and Pu(VI) has some are effect interchanged on this series. in the case of onlate complexes. Singly multiply charged charged CO; Tables > C20; IV- 10, IW - 11, Pu(III), Gel! man also anions anions. Pu(l_V), ~. reviewed of several weaker order list and Pu(VI), complexes of complex > SO”; > F-> and IV-12 Pu(V), 3 form The NO; > Cl- available respectively, for comparison. 18 ability > C1O; stability which chemistry of complex compounds 97 by Comyns. Table IV- 13 lists stability actinides The with actinides forming generally with some than do anions is . constants are based and ions constants for complexes on the review of the actinides for some of of was complexes .- TABLE Complex-formation PU+3 + N03- IV-10. Stability Constants uf Pu(III) Ions* Ionic strength reaction K = ~0~2 Ref. 5.9 *0.5 PU+3 + 2NO; = PU(N03); 14.3 * 0.8 PU+3 + 3NO~ = PU(N03)f 14.4 * 0.8 PU+3 + cl- +2 = pucl 0.5 1.0 0.58 1.1 PU+3 + S04-2 = Puso: 10 PU+3 + 2s04-2 50 = Pll(so4)2- *3 3.6 x 1011 PU+3 Pu -2 = PU(C204); + 2c204 2.0 x 109 1.4 x 109 +3 ‘2= + 3c204 PU(C204)3 -3 2.4 X 109 4.5 x 1010 PU+3 + 4c20~2 = PU(C204)4-5 4.2 X 1011 8.3 x 109 PU+3 PU+3 + 4HC204 - = Pu(Hc204)~ +7 -4 _-Puy 1.0 -4** 9.1 X101O 1.OX 1.0 -3 (1.3-3.9) = Pll&” 7.7x 1.0 PU+3 + %27 -2 ‘2 = PU(C4H406)6 Pu ‘3 + 5C2H302 ‘= -9 of Geli man ionic 1011 5X1O’5 Pu(C2H302)~2 on the review at zero lx -9 unless otherwise specified. **7-4 . “ m the anion of ‘kthylenediaminet *3Values 1.6 X 109 = ;% + 6c4H406 *Baaed x 1018 1011*3 +2 + H+ Pu ‘3 + 4C6H507 “3 = fi(C6H507)4 PU+3 1021= 2.3 X 1017 0.1 PU+3 + H7 *3 6.3 x 1012 5X1016 et al. 3 The etraacdi strength 19 data are c acid. *en from this 511 source TABLE IV- 11. Complex-formation ~u+4 + cl- Stabflity Conetants reaction = PUC1+3 PU+4 + 2C1- +2 = PUC12 PU+4 + NO; = PU(N03)+3 of Pu(IV) Complexes* Ionic strength K 1 1.38 0.67 2.0 6.0 1.0 PU(N03) ‘3 + NO; PU(N03)2 ‘2 + NO; ❑ PU(N03)2 +2 = PU(N03): PU(N03); + NO; = PU(N03): PU(N03): + NO; = Pu(N03)- Pu(N03)~ + NO; = Pu(N03)~2 PU+4 +HF=~+3+H+ = PUF2 +2+ PU+4 + 2= Pu “+3 HF=~;+9H+ Pu “+4 HF=m4+4H+ PU+4 + S04-2 = PU(S04) Pu ‘4+ -2 2s04 PUM +2 6.0 0.96 6.0 0.33 1 1.7X 104 2 1.1X 104 1.0 4.6 X 103 -2 = PU(C03)+2 10.0 1.0 Pu ‘4 + 2C204 -2 = PU(C204): + 3c204 -2 = PU(C204);2 1.0 Pu ‘4 + 4C204-2 1011** 3.6 X 108 3.2 X 1020** 1.0 ~+4 9.1 x 1046 1.3X -2 = PU(C204)+2 + c204 4.7 3.46 + 0.06 ~H+ = PU(S04)3 + CO;2 2.9 + 0.6 = Pu@04): PU+4 + 3s04 ‘2 ~+4 Ref. = R(C204);4 6.3X1016 1.OX 1027** 2.5X 1023 6.0 X 1029** 1.0 3.OX 1027 9.1X1027 PU(HP04)2 ❑ + (n + 4 - 3m)H+ — Pu(P04)mH;w where m=l,2, 2Pu+4 + H202 + 3H+ (brown 2Pu+4 + 2H202 - 3m +(2..5andn= + H20 m) H3P04, 0,1, 2,. .3m = PU(OO)(OH)PU+5 0.5 6.8 x 106 0.5 6.3x complex) = Pti (00)2 PU+4 + 4H+ (red complex) 20 106 TABLE Complex-formation Pu +4 +-f Pu “++ Pu ‘4 -4** IV- 11. (Continued) Ionic strength reaction 0.1 = Puy 0 H27=; Pu2y + 4C6H507 -3 K Ref. 1.58X 1024 1.4 x 1026 1.7 x 102’ 2.0 x 103’ + H+ = Pu(C6H507)~ 8 ‘2 = Pu(C4H406)~8 + 6c4H406 - *3 = PU(ACAC)+3 PU+4 + ACAC 0.1 3.16x 1010 Pu (ACAc) ‘3 0.1 1.58X 109 0.1 2.51X 108 0.1 1.0 x 106 2.0 x 105 359 1 x 109 359 8 X 1013 359 2 X1018 359 PU+4 PU(ACAC)2 Pu(AcAc); + AC.AC- ‘2 i- AcAc+ AcAc- PU+4 + C2H30~ = PU(ACAC)2+2 = PU(ACAC)3 ‘ %@cAc)/ = PU(C2H302)+3 PU+4 + 2C2H30~ = Pu(C2H302)~2 PU+4 = PU(C2H302)3 PU+4 + 3c2H302 + 4c2H302 PU+4 + 5C2H302 ; +1 - = PU(C2H302)4 4X1O = PU(C2H302):1 22 359 NOTES: * Based on the review iess otherwise specified”. ** Values at zero ionic *3 Abbreviations are: of Geli man et al. 3 The data are taken strengtk 1. y-b” m the anion 2. AcAc of ethylenediaminetetraacetic - = [CH3COCHC~H3]-. 21 acid. from this source un- TABLE IV- 12. Complex-formation P.@; + cl- Constants of Pu(V) ati Pu(VD -2= + c204 ‘o; + 2c204 Puo; + y-4 +2 Puo2c20~ -3 -2 = PU02(C204)2 0,05 3.3 x 104 0.05 2.4 X 107 7.9 x 1010- . P@27-4** + NO; Pu02NO~ ~02 ‘2 + cl- 1.6 x 1010 72 = Pu02NO~ + NO; K 0.67 0.05 Pu02 complexes* Ionic strength reaction = PU02C10 + ’02 Stability = Pu02(N03)~ 36 & 0.3 = mo2cl+ 1.0 1.25 0.73 * 0.07 PUO;2 + 2C1- PUO;2 + 7 PUO;2 ~o+2 = PU02C1; -4. ~027-2 + c20p z + 2C204 = PU02(C204)2 + CH3C~”- PUO;2 + 2CH3COO+ 3CH3C00- ‘2 ‘2+ -2 * 2CO;2 Taken from 1.75X = PU02C20: PUO;2 -2 0.35 = Pu02(CH3COO)+ ■ 1016 6.9 X 107*3 1.0 4.3 x 106 5.0 x 1012*3 1.0 3.”0 x 1011 1.9 x 103 = Pu02(CH3COO): 2.0 x 106 = Pu02(CH3COO)3- 2.3 X 107 1 x 1015*3 P@2(co3 the review )2-2 of Gel lman et al.3 **Y’4 is the anion of ethylenediaminetetraacetic *3 Values at zero ionic strength. 22 acid. TABLE IV- 13. Stability Complex-formation ~e+3+ ~c Me+3+ Me+4 Me+4 Me+4 Me+4 y ~ 24 -4. + c204 reaction ‘2 = Me(C204 ‘2 + 4c204 + C20~2 -4 8.54 + 2c204 Me02+ 2 + 3CH3C00 MeO~2 + C20~2 Me02+2 + 2C20~2 + 2C03 ‘2 Pu 11.46*3 21.0*3 20.6*3 8.74 16.9 22.7 24.0 23.4 27.7 27.4 27.5 5.04 4,52 7.36 7.38 2.7 3.31 3.27 = Me02(CH3COO)20 5.10 5.83 6.29 - = Me02(CH3COC))3- 6.41 7.90 7.36 = Me02(C204)2 = Me02(CH3COO)+ 6.77 = Me02C20f = Me02(C204)~2 = Me02(C03)2 -2 values calculated by A. 23 6.64 12.0 11.5 14.0 15.0 Taken from the review by Gellman et al.3 -4. m the anion of ethylenediaminetetraacetic acid. I. Moskvin. Am 11.55*3 17.54 -3 7 Thermodynamic Actinides* 16.9 = Me02(C204)-2 + 2CH3C00- *3 -2 ‘2 = Me(C204)4 Me02+2 ** Np 8.61 r2 ‘2 = Me(C204)3 + C!H3C00- * u = Me(C204)20 Me02+2 MeO~2 of Several ~q-4** + 3c204 Me02+ of Complexes ‘2 = Me(C204)2- + 2c204 Me02+ Constants D. D. 1 Co-precipitation common the insoluble reactions reactions, and Pu(IV) trace snd precipitation in general, in precipitation important are only by LaF3 quantities Methods and Precipitation Co-precipitation because, Separation are not those and will different have and PuF4 volume, be considered properties reactions. Of the and co-precipitation the radiochemist large to the radiochemist desirable in co-precipitation of PuF3 Since problems of Pu which formed precipitation analogous. of Pu in a relatively to him, present compounds is likely of Pu(III) to have co-precipitation small reactions or are more first. Co-precipitation Co-precipitation of Pu. Indeed, the first co-precipitation method for The shown with arises selective precipitant discussion The separation illustrated with the carrying Only similar as many method 1949. The have The usually of absorption review takes degree advantage reduction a thorough of the afore- The procedure cycle of purity. and volume and a of Pu has been and the non-carrying oxidation- elements of co-precipitation behavior purification. is of separa- states, be repeated use of LaF3 reduction be on behavior may The may of Pu(VI) and oxidation-reduction separation acid-insoluble otidation 49 . gives and Kahn co-precipitation co-precipitation step, pre- since not fluorides. radiochemical procedures, 191, 83, 82, 446 Chenley of the thickness separate and a good and Pu(IV) LaF3 the Pu. because ti to effect to get any desired group by radiochemical The possibility state. of Bonner cycles with a valuable elements In many function review of Pu(III) elements accomplished the “classic” oxidation of co-precipitation and reduction as needed is also many determine in a given to that of Pu interfere. times cipitation very those has become of Pu by co-precipitation oxidation in the radiochemistry was of Np and Pu toward a number of precipitant 16 the review of Hyde. The behavior of these The is used. important of the element can be maintained of the mechanism mentioned very from all the elements through 253 by Leader. discussed LaF3. method “of the actinides when the elements extremely used. behavior IV- 14, taken are and isolation This widely co-precipitation in Table data for LaF3. Pu and is still is representative tion reactions separation et al. of the alpha of the counting is mounted for alpha counting to 83 report a 2.6 q. negative bias by this particles sample in the LaF3. and must This bias is a be determined for each pro- cedure. Calcium since is one of the elements the fluoride Ca concentrations Pu is oxidized duction, is moderately which insoluble. the Pu can either and CaF2 with One method ( >200 mg/ 1 ) is reported to Pu(VI) interferes by Scheichauer is precipitated be co-precipitated away from or separated 24 LaF3 co-precipitation, of solving the problem and Messainguiral. the Pu. by other Following means, of high 351 The re- TABLE Neptunium Carrier lV - 14. Co-precipitation Behavior in Principal Valence States. 16 Lanthanum fluoride Amounts of Plutonium and Pu(rv) Pu(VI) NP(IV) hTp(V ) C* c c c c c c c NC** C c NC c Pu(III) compound Hydroxides of Trace Np(VI) Phosphates: phosphate NC c NC Thorium pyrophosphate NC c NC Thorium hypophosphate c NC c NC c c NC U(IV ) oxalate c c NC Bismuth c c NC c c NC Zirconium U(IV ) hypophosphate NC Oxalates: Thorium oxalate oxalate Lanthanum oxalate c NC Iodates: Zirconium Thorium c NC c NC c NC NC NC c NC Poor*3 C NC c NC c Poor NC iodate iodate Ceric iodate Sodium uranyl Zirconium acetate phenylarsonate Thorium peroxide c Bismuth arsonate c c NC c NC * The letter “C” indicates that the co-precipitation has been observed to be nearly quantitative under proper conditions. ** The letters “NC” mean that co-precipitate’on may be made less than 1 to 2 percent under proper conditions. *3 “Poor” indicates an intermediate percentage of carrying. Co-precipitation of Pu with LaF3 ia a common 360, 349, 257, 125, 208, 53 for Pu . step in the analysis of biological material Bismuth widely phosphate. used methods of the process The of separating is reported carrying Pu from by Thompson both Pu(III) and Pu(IV ) when precipitated peculiarity is the fact conditions 1) for agents, from BiP04 precipitation, The LaF3, reported development by Adsmson. digestion after carries nitric than Pu(III). 2) the absence 4) minimum of the early, BiP04 concentrated carried volubility, and Like moderately been is another products. 401 efficiently of Pu have at the minimum 3) slow and Seaborg. is more the co-precipitation co-precipitation pleting that Pu(IV) of Pu on BiP04 U and fission acid. A The optimum 20 These of strong are: com- precipitation is complete. In addition cipitations Pu from Rydberg to being very successful in the large processing PUP BiP04 pre341,415 procedures to cone entr ate 126 Pu in urine, The procedure of have been used in general radiochemical 237 and to determine large volumes of water 341 uses the familiar oxidation-reduction cycle 25 scale to effect purification. Plutonium is first oxidized to Pu(VI) HN03, then reduced Pu(IV), in contrast Zirconium a NP-Pu zirconium phosphate. inor ganic of actinides were in the tetravalent made little equally A mixture BiP04 precipitated based phosphate which carry co-precipitants. peroxide, uranium of Pu(IH) peroxide and Pu(IY is a specific 118 and Aten co-precipitant elements. which has a similar which has a different described ) has been carried the co- All the elements the crystal For crystal for 16 Hyde precipitating peroxide. found, that in general, of these 0.1 — N and Pu(lV). before and uranium They state. in the co-precipitation from with BiP04. to Pu(III) Dupetit peroxide precipitated both Pu(III) on the reduction with thorium with thorium and with bismuthate, and finally Zirconium oxidation difference well ion, and LaF3, separation Other peroxide, sodium phosphate. to BiP04 describes precipitation with with ferrous type example, structure Pu carried to plutonium structure. on lanthanum iodate from dilute HC1 solution.2’3 Plutonium can be separated directly 102, 74 ammonium phosphate. calcium Pu(fV) and Pu(IV) which and Am(III) and Np(lV) are have have been been from quantitatively separated unsaturated in K2S04. Organic co-precipitants. The a urine sample co-precipitated by precipitation minimum by co-precipitation with with K5La(S04)4, of the Pu from Pu volubility in this 151 solutions system occurs at o.7g.152 Zirconium phenylarsonate is a specific carrier for Pu(IY) and has been used in analytical procedures to determine the oxidation state 193, 414, 227 227 and to separate Np and Pu after reduction with NH20H.392 King , used 2 X 10-4 ~ NH20H the same time Pu is nearly so from to prevent not oxidizing quantitative from, Voigt a formate Ice 1‘3 HC1 solutions. the reduction the Pu(III). buffer got quantitative of Pu(IY ) during the analysis, while 414 et al. found that the precipitation of pH approximately recovery 2, and slightly in precipitations from at of less 1~ HC1 solutions. used mandelic Merz273 Pu(IH) quantitatively acidities. at pH 2-4 The precipitation bromomandelic acid and p-bromomsndelic and above. was about Zirconium 85 ~. acid, and somewhat lower 422 quantitatively and Shipman Weiss by the formation of oxine homogeneously acid complete than this recovered in solution with Y(HI) was used for at 1 ~ for Pu(IV ) at higher HC1 and HN03 mandelic Fe, to carry Pu, for p- acid. C e, and Pr by the hydrolysis from solution of 8- acetoxy- quinoline. These workers rhodizonate.421’ 374 HN-03 solutions all elements Other dyes with butyl except were determined Kuznetsov Th(lV Pu in urine rhodamine. ) and U(VI). successfully by co-crystallization 247 co-precipitated and Akimova The method Repeated used to separate 26 with potassium Pu(IV) is quantitative precipitations Pu by the same from 3~ and separates effect from the separation. procedure. Precipitation Precipitation and radiochemical useful in practice purification factors most will steps for of macro procedures. be reviewed for Pu from quantities The in this Pu is illustrated Fe, Co, Zr, section. by Table Mo, reactions Ru, The in many which have analytical been use of various found precipitates as IV- 15, which gives decontamination 431 As usual, Zr and Ru give the and Ce. trouble. TABLE IY - 15. Decontamination Factors Plutonium peroxide Element for 50 33 co 30 47 Zr 1 Mo >140 Ru >14 Hydroxide. solution by sodium, hydrous oxides. vent formation dissolution. subject Both Care must Once formed, more of excess HF. precipitate precipitate is kept compounds dissolve but if heated sodium PuF3 to 500” 33 1 was several suitable months. for in nitric in contrast acid, oxidant only of PU(III)J and a reductant. with to the findings particle slowly Pu(IV) peroxide Pu(IV) peroxide precipitate. anion or less random from acid forms Metathesis standard widely solution a more always placement ion, by tractable, Pu, Jones214 at least This in this incorporates suggested7 between a period was readily volubility peroxide H202 to soluble is attrib- some is added to can act as both an of the anion pres- that the presence sheets of work. when hydrogen because for with found that It is interesthg in oxygen workers. prepared such as H3B03, to the hydroxide however. at 500”C and Pu(VI), It has been for used, PuF3 27 This Pu(IV). of solution. is formed Pu(V), solutions. the fluoride of PU02 Pu(IV), in acid to pre- during solution. of other size in acid concentration acid or complex method of this mineral is stable to oxidation if the 323 The freshly precipitated difficulty. has not been ent into the crystalline is due to a more very compound which is another by ignition fine Peroxides. solutions in reagents use as a gravimetric prepared acid et al. 325 found that PuF3 The from hydroxides Pu(I17) hydroxide a high dissolves PuF4. 1.1 as hydrated be precipitated method note that PU02 uted to the extremely in redissolving may 36 be precipitated and PuF4 hydroxide This ) may hydroxide on polymeric dissolve or potassium 8.6 1 in the supernatant readily > 95 > 38 by maintaining than does slurried 1.4 1.1 in the section Prevot 10 1.1 the polymer fully Plutonium (Hf) fluoride > 15 be taken PuF3 crystalline Plutonium (IV) oxalate > 13 and Pu(IY 431 Methods. >44 or ammonium polymer, Fluoride. addition Pu(IIZ) potassium of Pu(IY) is treated by Precipitation 3.5 6, Ce Plutonium Plutonium (IH) oxalate Fe acid of Pu is necessary precipitation of the of Pu and peroxide oxygen ratio in the ratio may 1:3. be lower. If an excess The extra of peroxide peroxide also is used serves in the precipitation, to hold the sheets the together. Precipitation of plutonium peroxide has been used as a purification step for Pu 72, 158, 329, 425 from most other cations and as a step in the preparation of high purity 329 Pu compounds and solutions. This precipitation has been used to separate Pu from 72 277 ~ Am, the Am remaining in the supernatant solution, and to separate Pu and U. the latter procedure as a holding were the Pu was oxidized and uranyl peroxide oxidant, Oxalates. used separation filter from precipitation and work own alpha with. which factors served of 2-4 obtained after five a gravimetric Dicesium Solvent The This handling facilities, separations carried written a recent deal for carbonate and CO, (IV) sulfate tetrahydrate use as a gravimetric a product solution, This standard of 99. 98~, purity compound is suitably was stable as 448 has also been proposed can be prepared of reactor These for as a primary by precipitation and ease for from an 8 carried easily of handling equally in this was taken section specific extractants, properties thoroughly a good have reviewed of this to remote to laboratory important. systems for and a large Pu has portion under the spur better radiation of a given or industrial principles of solvent extraction 292 and Freiser, and in a comprehensive over extraction processes, in the laboratory been are adaptability of large-scale general Pu have properties are on liquid-liquid more done by liquid-liquid of desirable easy data on the extractive applicable is largely U and Pu, advantages of research quest targets of a combination data reported The basic data for into to of their of C sC1 in HC1. specificity specificity never-ending equally The Methods etc. extraction and the like. extraction compound out in the development the solvent The hexachoride The great great solution 265 by the action of plutonium 18-months, (IV) is so because where A very for processing example, acidic or metal. is decomposed Pu compotmd impure ) by addition large-scale for dilute or Pu(IY). recrystallization. at least Extraction extraction. Morrison successive of Pu(lY from to oxide decomposition The precipitation a grossly plutonium method; seemingly with standard.27g HC1 solution Pu(VI) a high purity standard gravimetric course, either compounds. Starting oxalate conversion elements are not so great in some cases as in the 431, 141 procedure (Table W- 14), but the precipitate is easy used to prepare Pu.424 been bromate Separation other reduce Other has been of plutonium step before The se compounds undergo 134, 389, 216 The oxalate radioactivity. and the CO may D. 2 Precipitation as a concentration factors peroxide ~ by potassium precipitated. obtained. has been for to Pu(VI) solvent stability, are, of situation, been review put forth by Marcus. 388 by Smith. i’n the book by 267 The solvent Carleson77 has general survey of the processing chemistry of nuclear fuel for Pu, 450 contained much of interest concerning the newer extraction symposium systems. 28 of of the while In this coefficient save is defined which concentration concentration D. To the data will section D, space, most often of the solute of the solute “Dx” the notation be given in terms of the distribution by the equation for in the or~anic in the aqueous “the distribution phase phase coefficient of species x“ will be used in the text. Organo Phosphorous This acidic esters phosphinates acidic large of ortho extract while some class acid oxides. of a neutral the acidic an extractable extraction Neutral complex species. is beyond the scope earlier type. as an extracting of this agent have neutral organo-phosphorous be discussed of metal rium molecule phase, constant, The compounds by the phosphoryl by an ion-exchange may occur reaction in the organic phase in more summarized followed recent will serve on TBP papers by McKay by other Hesford nitrates into + q TBP(0) on the metal in the organic and species neglecting (C4H90)3P0, of the literature will as the typical extraction of Pu be emphasized, necessarily be included. A summary of early work 143 The physical and chemical p~5~rties of TBP systems. p is the charge organic and neutral The and Healy. aqueous systems, TBP-nitrate and finally other compounds. M+p + p N03- the nitrate been first, TBP-nitrate where will by Geary. will reaction solvation survey review. work given system traction into neutral The phase operate (TBP), A complete project has been in the organic and type. Tri-n-butylphosphate of this although naturally mechanism. in general, Further of this dividea the neutral the phosphonates, Compounds compound on TBP class ants includes compounds, in extraction compoumds, systems of extract and related The by the differences by solvation to form and important phosphoric and phosphine compounds oxygen, Compounds withofit activity and McKay TBP 178 = M (N03)P The subscripts coefficients, formulated the ex- (1) “ q TBP(0) ion and q is the number phase. have as subscript are of TBP (o) refers in the aqueous molecules solvating to species in the The equilib- phase. is then (2) and the distribution coefficient (3) Under diluent constant to make aqueous Eq. conditions, (2) valid, and at a sufficient the distribution 29 will dilution of TBP be proportional in an inert to the qth power of the TBP cone entration. system on a semi-empirical Tetra- solvates for complex shown and does from that Pu(IV) not exist several the organic Typical into are data for 19 volume shown ~. TBP in Fig. concentrations passes elements 1. because through (e. g. and obtained The . 2 TBP in 2-4 ~ There the extraction ‘in kerosene The nitric Th and Y) pass coefficients through an average rises effect steeply I Zr I I 40~. TBP other in kerosene attention pure Pu(IY) disproportionated CONCENTRATION, HN03, but fails at higher 30 acidities. ion plus hydrazine ylamine fail Br03- after and hydrox- the reduction lower acidities. found that solid Pu(IV) at room the oxidation Fig. 1, Extraction of mtrates at trace concentration mt~ 19 volume ~0 TBP in 258 solutions kerosene at 25oC from nitric aci The inTaken from McKay and Healy. dividual reference’s are: ~trium350; thorium 179. zirconium2 , uranium and neptunium2d: and plutonium44~ 258. re- at up to 2 ~ Ferrous did not oxidize AQUEOUSJM) Pu(llI) with added complete ) to Pu(IH) HN03 in the ex- for of Pu(IV to complete KBr03 to Pu(VI) in 1.55 temperature, was quantitative heating 2 Pu solution, duction at progressively HN03 Figure concentration sulfamate effects to an equilibrium agents curve Ferrous state. was necessary from reducing also to main- oxidation of an equilibrium hydroxylamine ~ solutions 76 used and paid partic- of HN03 and the extraction E(XJl LlBRi8M acid mixture. the effect on several of the ex- to requirements that NaN03 prepare Carleson 1), Some Carleson Pu in the desired alone. acid (Eq. nitric reported. ular He found ,o-’o&u+dLu+ concentrations studies tain traction concentration ion of Pu from been shows in again. traction I un-ionized concentrations. and rise ions data at low nitric of the nitrate acid have are of various Several I extraction at trace solution at higher minima r 2 TBP of 2.6 nitrate solvent of elements acid salting-out and then falls a maximum, data. to be di- then PU(N03)4 that the complexes of a number distribution of the strong with by combining evidence from shown with trivalent Pu has shown that 252 372 Laxminarayanan et al. 3 TBP. Pu(N03)3 is direct this experimental been are for Work HTT03 is associated Pu(N03)4 with have complexes Pu(VI). coefficients agreement actinides extracted is tri-solvated, distribution good as other for as undissociated solvents. 170 phase. has calculated Pu as well phase. 44 and PU02(N03)2 the extracted have basis and hexavalent in the organic Pu(IV) 391 Solovkin but that in 0.1 ~ to 95°C for several hours. - Codding TBP et al. in kerosene, 92, 93 Rozen used 307. and Moiseenko 334 /2 */3 1.0 4 / I / , I / 1 10-1 ; / / function / ,1 acid of Pu(IV concentration U(VI) equilibrium (2)) for / 0.18, ‘1.2 and3 I --2 / PUUII) 0.005 MFe(ll) sulphOm GtO(+ 0.006 -0.02 M hydr,oxylamlne) 0.005-o.02M -.-3 ,.-2 -..-4 ! 0.005 Fe OTl+hydrazlne; -0.04Mhydroxyla 1 Fig. 2. Distribution of Pu(III) and equilibrium Pu(lII), Pu(IV), and Pu(VI), mixtures in the presences of several reducing agents in 40~0 TBP in kerosene and nitric acid; after Carleson.76 decreases Moiseenko Pu(lV) 3, 4, and 5). In the absence temperature explained below ions with This at higher at nitric acid ) in the simultaneous species, lanthanides from 6 plotted ~. approximately This illustrates while nitric acid the importance trace nitrate below The order TBP from nitric acid solutions of atomic The acidities for of ionic is made elements. 31 coefficient of Pu(IW) is with of Pu(IY) studied with effect reaction coefficient of (Figs. decreases This the distribution tripo sitive Some along for on the extraction at higher with nitrate the same system results. of several radius increases concentration it increases. have 1007. TBP. if adjustment extractability actinides nitrate as:j:iation similar curves The of temperature and Federov number, the > M(VI) 258’26 in the activity into into for that of the hexavalent 44 < Np(VI) < U(VI). Pu(VI) constant with solutions while to a decreased 4 ~ of re- coefficients of extractability is M(IV) the distribution the distribution in a large 5). and uranyl at higher Shevchenko comparison. superimposable over of the Pu distribution Fig. the effect increase is ascribed as a function ’77 for i. e., in the equilibrium a compensating measured of 22, Rozen extraction resulting (see < Pu(IV), concentration of uranyl concentrations e~.43 in Fig. acid temperatures. U(VI) Pu(IV >> M(III)?4’ < Np(lY) HN03, increase Best Hesford 5 ~ by a decrease temperature, acidities. Th(lY) of nitric by Eq. while these actinides with atomic number, 281 and Rozen measured as a function of and Pu(IY) of macro of the tetravalent actinides results, the effect and 3 respectively, duction 3 M(HN03)\20 i. e., similar (defined HN03, competition 1 number, nitric mine. / with atomic as a aqueous, and Moiseenko334 and Codding et al 92, 93 get about 1.5 for Pu(IY). —“ These values illustrate the effective I — the on the extraction of 132 Flanary derived constants U(VI), All ) and Pu(VI) studied competition 20’7. and the distribution with also Pu(IV ) and Pu(VI). D // measured of equilibrium and several / 1007. TBP. workers coefficients ! used and Bernstrom 41 used Rydberg 364 and Federov in kerosene, above I i I ! TBP r i I and Shevchenko actinides of their data are with the lanthanide the two homologous to compare on the chemical ions behavior and shown data of series are of the same of these radius l? I () 3 n Ic D .Ib n . 20 30 40 50 Tempera 0 5 Concentration of HN03 In aqueous @ase, 10 & Fig. 3. Dependence of distribution coefficient of Pu(IV) into TBP on concentration of nitric acid in aqueous phase (for 281 solutions not containing uranyl nitrate). Curve 1-20°, curve 2-30”. curve 3-50°, and curve 4-70° 60 70 °C Fig. 4. Dependence of distribution coefficient of Pu(IV) into TBP on temper in solutions not containing uranium. tiYe Concentration of HNO : curve 1- O.5N, curve 2- lhT, curve 3- 2N, curve 4-3N, curve 5-4N, curve 6-1 ON, curve 7-5N, and curve 8-6 to 8N. I O LA NTHANIDES A [02 1.0 ture, ~ TRIPOSITIVE ACTINIOES ~ # 5*I HNO~ # # D, I:L Tempera ture, °C Fig. 5. Dependence of distribution coefficient of Pu(lV) into TBP on temperature with a uranium content of 0.42 M in the aqueoua phase. 281 concentrati~n of HN03: curve 1-0. 5N, curve 2-IN, curve 3-2N, curve 4-3N, curve 5-4N, curve 6-6N, curve 7-8N, and curve 8-1 ON. LaCe Pr Ndpm-u GdTb Oy HoEr TmYb Fig. 6. Distribution coefficient as a function of position in the lanthanide and actinide series. 43. 177 0 Lanthanid A Tripositive 32 es actinides n The salts ,02 ceived results Na(N03) Pu(IV are is used ). 44, 258 centration 10 effect considerable Typical D salting-out on the extraction shown as the salting At a constant as the proportion ‘o 5 10 Aqueous nltrlc acid concentratlankJ Fig. 7. Effect of NaN03 on the distribution of Pu(IV) between lg~o TBP in kerosene and nitric acid solutions.44. 258 of TBP-nitrate molecules by the lowering nitric concentration. Aluminum salting- nitrate out agent for processes. systems. Many away stripping the Pu into a relatively and finally from fission stripping products nitric This effect for of the extract- has been have involves from acid is increased, used as a Pu in several TBP 149, 165, 52, 354 papers into TBP-kerosene concentrated con- decreases of competition able acid for nitrate is always HN03. by the reduction the application of TBP to the processing of irradiated U for PU195, 132, 93, 148,325, 114, 202,365, 109, 133 The process and U(VI) acid TBP traction Applications agent total coefficient than that of pure is caused 7 in which coefficient of nitric but the distribution I in Fig. the distribution greater of non-extractable of Pu and U has reattention. 165, 43, 149,52 written extracting nitric solution been acid ex- about Pu(IV ) solutions, by reduction to Pu(IIf), with water. Nitrous acid is added to the feed solution in 76 the first extraction to stabilize Pu(IV). Ferrous sulfamate was first used as a re 335, 195, 132 although U(IV) as a reductant has been exductant in the Pu stripping stage, 209, 221, 67.385, 353, 342, 38 tensively studied. This reagent can be generated from U(VI) and stabilized scale processing waste streams, ducts and other the U(VI) by volatile plants reductants, of not introducing thus permitting a smaller elements in this process 88,161,431,133,367 and others. papers products, Pu and U, ing of the acid are successively 203 concentration. TBP was used in the isolation 362 and radiochemical Analytical traction from HN03 have An interesting various Pu(IV) heavy and Pu(VI) TBP from – other volume. has received A variant stripped of naturally 144, 114 has been described occurring phase Pu. for in large- irorr) into the of fission attention, the TBP procedures (e. g. The behavior much from is the use of TBP separations, 380 in HN03. moderately waste advantage materials pro- both in the primary in which the fission by stepwise lower- 315 Pu based on TBP ex- given. application element TBP into been with the considerable non-volatile aqueous in reversed-phase 124’ 156’157’190 systems. concentrated Tetra- and for and hexavalent HC1 solutions, 33 while chromatography the separation actinides trivalent for of Pu(IIT), species extract are well essentially Larsen unextractable. measured Seils249 and the extraction of U and Pu into 30% TEIP in CC14 (Fig. and used this analytical Pu (m) / Pu(m) ,.2 _ and Pu(VI) extract and “U(VI). while / for 10 the same Am cause and Seils report HC1 The value reliable be- oxidation of HC1 is much than HN03 less into TBP. Larsen D = 0.01 at 6 — M HC1 and HC1 into TBP 3070 in CC14.2’4’ Solovkin extraction TBP H efficients AQUEOUS CON:ENTR:TION I-& ([j) from trichloro decrease TBP with increasing The varied efficients for both Pu(IV) CF3COOH at low The Pu(VI), effect are diluent) f> m complex co- was by TBP Pu(IV) 183 The distribution The as great of Pu(IV) concentration was at 0.4 .M The determined dilution and Pu(VI) increase. extraction an initial acid 0.0045 about 4 to 5 times For perchloric distribution ex- to be experiments. extract well coefficients distribution for CC13COOH into 30~0 TBP coas in of 0.5 — M CC13COOH, D = 4. of addition sulfate and phosphate Pu(VI), and at lower 0.08 M in H2S04 acids. 1.1 &l (3070) HC104. than the usual concentrations. type nitric acid — TE3P systems sulfuric439 – phosphoric. corresponding rather and Pu(VI) acid 125 (a kerosene D = 21; for acidity, found that the from di-solvated - and trifluoroacetic into to 0.9 at 6.4 ~ tracted Fig. 8. Extraction of U and Pub TBP in CC14 from HC1 solutions .24 $3070 Amsco- of Pu(IV) in CC14 from HC104 390 et al. appreciable. ,0-1 ~ for partial at in 8 ~ more to Pu(IV). 0.12 at 8&l into Am(III) 5-6 report a -3 for 10 of about is considered extractable is true conditions. of possible co- above authors coefficient the Pu(III) I These and 10-4 for Pu(III) distribution the reverse acidities. Pu(IV) quadrivalent than the hexavalent HC1, higher, elements at all acidities The efficients under >U(m) better of an Both have distribution j’ these VIII). actinides lower P D for 15, Sect. than U(IV) ~ /pU(m) 8), as the basis procedure (Procedure 103 ~ system of sulfuric is invariably This effect complexes nitric lowered decrease of Pu. acid D for and phosphoric to lower The from 9 to 1.4. acid the distribution is presumably concentrations. Pu(IY) was from acid effect to l%(~) coefficient due to the formation is more For pronounced example, making or Pu(VI) – 438, 440>437 of unextractable in Pu(IV) than in the aqueous phase 16 to 9.5 in 4 JYJHN03; in 2 ~ HN03 the 437 On the other hand the lowering of D for 34 — Pu(VI) by the addition of enough H2S04 was only 2.6 to 2.2. Sulfuric from acid solutions.441 also decreases A solution throughout a change Other H2 SO ~ to 2 — M HN03 1~ the extraction in H2S04 neutral of Pu(lY) lowered in HC1 concentration to make Dpu the solution into TBP O. 1 M in — from approximately HC1 a factor of 10 of 3-8 — M. phosphorous compounds. A wide variety of organo-phosphorous compounds has been studied in an attempt to find other extractants for Pu and U, 181 et al. working with the butyl series found the order to be phosphate Higgins (( RO)3PO) (R3PO). < phosphonate (R(RO)2PO) < phosphinate (R2(RO)PO) < phosphine ThUS the extracting power increases with the number 69, 70 corrfirmed this series and correlated the extracting Burger of C-P power with the basisity 69, 70 Burger, of the phosphoryl oxygen as measured by the P-O stretching frequency. and Petrov et al? 18 found that electronegative substituents in the alkyl phenyl strongly the alkyl chain quadrivalent crease in the phosphate the extraction tractant Np, effects etiraction little The effect and Pu, found such as Cl and the length up to 8 carbon of branching the alkyl depress tri- solvation chain that increasing difference but to strongly and possible mechanism but not necessarily oct ylphosphine oxide as the di - solvate. 10 for extraction of several Pu(IV) HC1 solutions. by 0.3 ~ TOP0.187 is similar acid extractive the U with TOPO atoms chain that of Th. of the Th complex ant by using of for is to in- This effect at high ex- possible, noted. of this the series under the same case. extractant (TBPO) well while from (D = 4-30) from of nitric acid that for written as that for 267 Tri-n- extract Pu(IV ) and 269. 1s ~ven in Figs. 9 and in cyclohexane ) as a function higher, U(VI) HN03 3 ~ and H2S04 concentration and Pu(VI) a general conditions from large amounts 2 ~ HN03. 34 from of data for the extraction coefficients law, ” that is by assuming The in which stated separated The extraction power of experiments generally TOPO and ROSS427 have been reducing type. extractive same coefficients of U have “square but cases The extractant White oxide the same all elements. and Ockenden both extracted much for review show of the of TOPO. under in every is generally number O. 1 ~ of Pu(lV IV- 16 is a compilation of compounds solvated are but very dependencies. quantities Table compounds solvation into extraction TBP, properties Trace elements and U(VI) The to that for different of these with the same (!TOPO) and tri-n-butylphosphine 269, 408 The data of Martin Pu(VI) low made actinides. of U, to steric series Siddal~76 concentrations. The ,.i the extraction. and hexavalent is attributed TBP, depressed oxide bonds. distribution other where concentrations. and the relative were possible, large For extractive this conversion reason power 35 were taken complex since are only different to other values approximate. where comparison oxide the experiments the numerical is di- HN03 was by direct of the phosphine number to 1 — M extract- at 1 ~ or the acidity calculated or by comparison extrapolations, by a large converted that the extracted present was of Pu(IV) were coefficients to TBP The conditions. required ions relative of Pu by extracting TBP are in the data taken data to 1 ~ were done at of the distribution 100 100( I0( Ic 1( I & D 1.( D 1. 0. 0 0.0 Hydrochloric Fig. 10. Extraction of metal hydrochloric acid by 0.1 ~TOPO cyclohexane.269 0.00 Nltrlc acid Fig. 9. Extraction nitri~ acid by 0.1 ~ hexane.269 Acidic in recent years these chelation. In many organic phase. cl-, and possibly compoundfi phosphonates In general, his- 2- ethylhexyl molarlty Compounds and related attention ions from in of metal ions from TOPO in cyclo - These acid acid molarlty during compounds For cases example Mono-acidic ethylhexyl phosphoric attention. They and di - acidic for compound from compounds. (HDEHP) They more have complex several from type thus formed acids involves phosphoric are the compounds of phosphoric considerable or specific reaction extractants. analogous is further in the extraction the respective Di-n-butyl esters recieved versatile by an ion exchange the extracted acid in extractions acid the mono- the search extract the chelate phosphoric C104- are and phospbinates. of Th(IV) the anions 312 acids. acid that have to solvated (DBP) in the with such as N03-, and bis-2- received most been shown to be dimeric in the organic phase in a non-polar 310 solvent such as benzene. The dimerization is presumably due to hydrogen bonding 130 the phosphoryl oxygen. The extraction reaction can be formulated as M ‘p have + P(HA)2(0) - M(HA2)P(0) + PH+. 36 to (1) TABLE IV- 16. Extractant Phosphatea Tribut yl (TBP) Data on Extraction Extractant Concentration Vol. Y, (M) Ililuent Kerosene Gulf BT Compiled 19 (0.69) “ of Pu(IV) Nitric Acid Concentration (M) (a) 1.0 30 (1.09) Kerosene 40 (1.46) Kcroaene 20 (0.73) Benzene 20 (0.73) by Neutral Pu Cone. (M) , –. T(d) ~rgano-phosphorous D Given in Paper Compounds Datl M Extracta~t (b) Relative Extractability (TBP = I. O)(c) 1.0 Reference 1.5 3.2 T 3.0 2.5 92, 93 T 3.5 1.6 76 .9X1 O-4 44 2.6 281 14.1 26.3 364 Mesitylene 6.4 11.9 364 Heptane 4.72 8.8 Nonane 5.46 10.2 ------ 100 (3,65) -3.0 1.0 T 1.36 36. 1,0 I 364 364 41 (1) 1.0 T 3.0 3.0 n -Dodecane 30 (1.09) 3.0 T 16.1 13.5 Dibut yl methyl Carbon tctrachloride (o. 5) 2 (initial) 0.0038 0.71 2.8 0.45 69 Dibutyl - decyl Carbon tetrachloride (o. 5) 2 (initial) 0.0036 2.3 9.2 1.26 69 Triisobutyl n -Dodecane (1.09) 3 T 11.8 9.9 0.73 376 Tri- Xylene 187 376 n -Dodecane (1.09) 3 T 15.6 13.1 0.97 376 Tri-iaoamyl n -Dode cane (1.09) 3 T 17.8 15.0 1.10 376 Tri- n -hexyl n -Dodecane (1.09) 3 T 15.6 13.1 0.97 376 n -octyl n -Dodccane (1,09) 3 T 15.3 12.9 0.95 376 Tri- n-amyl NOTES: (a) (b) (c) (d) Equilibrium agueous concentration are listed except as noted. Calculated by aaaurning di- solvation and ideality in the organic phaae; i. e., the extractant. Calculated by comparing to TBP under the same conditions under the same wise the comparison is made indirectly. These caaea are noted. T representa tracer quantities of Pu. D1 ~ = Dfl ev~rime~al () ~ 2 where conditions x is the concentration where poaaible. of Other- Table Extractant Phosphates w m Extractant Concentration vol. 7’0(I@ Diluent IV- 16. Nitric Acid Concentration (.&l) (a) (Continued) Pu Cone. (M) Tri-2-ethyl hexyl n -Dodecane (1.09) 3 Tri-2-butyl n -Dodecane (1.09) 3 Tri-3-amyl n- Dodecane (1.09) 3 T Tri- 3 -methyl2-butyl n -Dodecanc (1.09) 3 Tri-4-methyl2- amyl n -Dodecane (1.09) 3 Tri-sec-butyl Amsco 125-82 (0.3) Tri-2-octyl Amsco 125-82 (o. 3) Dibutyl ethyl Carbon tetrachloride Diethyl a.myl Diethyl n -butyl Diethyl isobutyl Pho sphomt es Dibutyl butyl (o. 5) Relative Extractability (TBP = I.o)(c) Reference 21 28 23.5 1.74 376 18.1 15.2 1.12 376 T 24 20 1.49 376 T 22 18.5 1.36 376 0.5+ 0.5 M Al (N03)~ 7.1X 5 56 3.85 187, 420 4 44 3.07 187, 420 0.8M Al(N~3)3 4.2 X 2.62 10.5 0.62 I 0.75 ~ Datl M Extra cta=t (b) 25 1).6+ CC14 D Given in Paper 0,1M T T(d) 1.55 376 10-5 182 10-4 I T(d) U02(N03~ 3.76 15.0 0.89 3.73 14.9 0.88 3.69 14.8 0.87 1.23 2.2 17.3 181 CC14 0.5 2 (e) 0.0038 32 128 20.4 69 Dibutyl methyl CC14 0.5 2 (c) 0.0038 29 116 20.0 69 Dibutyl decyl CC14 0.5 2 (e) 0,0038 35 140 22.3 69 Di- n -butyl phenyl (f) 1.0 1.0 T 3.2 3.2 1.0 187 Di-sec-butyl Phenvl (f) 1.0 1.0 T 5.1 5.1 1,6 187 k) Initial (f) Diluent aqueous concentration, not stated, probably kerosene. Table Extractant Concentration vol. 70 (M) Extractant Phosphonat es Diluent IV-16. Nitric Acid Concentration (!4) (a) (Continued) Pu Cone. (M) D Given in Paper Datl M Extracta~t (b) Relative Extractability (TBP = lo)(C) Reference r -. Dibut yl but yl n-Dodecane 1.08 1.0 T 160 137 22.o~~l Di-2-amyl 2 -but yl n- Dodecane 1.096 1.0 T 53 44 14.7@) 379 11.15 44.6 16.6 318 7.43 29.7 11.1 Di- n-hexyl methyl 11.65 46,6 17.4 Di- n -hcptyl methyl 10.95 43.8 16.3 Di- n-octyl methyl 13,65 54,6 20.3 Di- n -nonyl methyl 24.15 96.6 36.0 Di- n-decyl methyl 21.65 86.6 33.3 17.35 69.4 25.9 1.34 5.4 2.0 11.60 46.4 17.3 17.85 71.4 26.6 7.58 30.3 11.3 7.67 30.7 11.4 Dibutyl methyl 0.5 — M CC14 I.O(e) + 0.21 0.004 Di-isoamyl methyl u w Di- cyclohexyl methyl C( Diphenyl methyl n -butyl n -hexyl methyl 0.: 4 n -butyl nheptyl methyl Di- n-but yl ethyl Di-isobutyl ethyl (g) Indirect comparison, i. e., to TBP under M — ~,o(e) ~ + 0.21 U02(N03)2 ‘i the same stated 0.004 conditions, but determined in a different experiment. 375 318 Table Extr actant Phosphomtes Nitric Acid Concentration (M) (a) I.O(e) + o-21 (Continued) Pu Cone. (M) D Given in Paper Datl M Extracta~t (b) Relative Extractibilit y (TBP = I.o)(c) 8,65 34.6 12.9 Di-isoamyl n - propyl 7.46 29.8 11.1 Di- n -butyl n - but yl 9,46 37.8 14.1 Di- n -butyl n - amyl 8.91 35.6 13.3 Di-isoamyl n - amyl 9.00 36.0 13.4 Di-isoamyl isoam yl 7.69 30.8 11.5 Di-isoamyl n - oct yl 8,92 35.7 13.3 Di- n -butyl benzyl 1.91 7.6 2.8 Di- n -butyl methoxymethyl 1.16 4.6 1.7 Di–n -butyl ethoxymethyl 1.50 6.0 2.2 Di 2-(n -butoxy) - ethyl- 1 3.26 13.0 4.9 Di l-methyl-2(n -butylcarbo~) - ethyl- 1 2.35 9.4 3.5 Di 2-(n -butylcarboxy)ethyl-1 2.38 9.5 3.5 Tetra- n -butyl methylene diphos phonate 6.72 Di- n -butyl n -propyl !+ o Diluent Extract ant Concentrate ion vol. 70 (M) IV-16. CC14 0.5 — M ~ 0.004 Reference 318 U02(N03)2 10.0 , Table Extractant Phosphonates Tetra-isoarnyl methylene Diluent Extractant Concentration vol. ~O(M) CC14 0.5 — M IV- 16. (Cent inued) Nitric Acid Concentration (M) (a) Pu Cone. (M) l-o(e) 0.004 ~ + O*2I D Given in Paper Datl M Extract~t (b) 8.45 Relative Extractability (TBP = I.o)(c) Reference 12.6 316 69 161 U02(N03)2 Phosphinates Butyl dibut yl 0.75 — M CC14 0.6 + 0.1 T (d) 49 87 U02(N03)2 Butyl dibutyl CC14 0.50 2 (e) 0.0036 170 510 108 69 Ethyl dihexyl CC14 0.50 2 (e) 0.0038 200 800 127 69 Butyl dibutyl 1.08 1.0 T 160 137 499 686 703 181 T 236 23,600 -Ioofg) 269 0.004 299 1,196 446 318 Phosphine m- Dodecane Oxides A F Tri-n-but yl 0.75 — M CC14 0.6 + 0.1 T(d) U02(N03)2 Tri-octyl Tri-n-butyl C yclohexane 0.1 0.5 CC14 1.0 1.0 + 0.21 (U02)(N03)2 Tri-isobutyl 0.5 CC14 1.0 + 0.21 0.004 21.9 32.6 876 318 (U02)(N03)2 Tri-butyl Tri octyl Tri-2-ethylhexyl CC14 0.01 1.0 T 110 1.1X106 -3 x ~05@ 406 T 100 I,ox -3X105 187 T 200 2.0 X104 ‘6000 187 Amsco 125-62 0.01 0.8 Amsco 125-62 0.1 0.6 106 In this equation, This valent times HA represents equation ions has been in general further may conditions employed. shown complex in the organic be involved phase no general behavior. 238 et al. studied of phosphoric for di- behavior. ions, extracted chloride, but tetra- complex and even depending reaction, reaction acid. and trivalent The and nitrate, in the extraction Thus, ester to be correct show a more solvated complexes for any monoacidic is some- perchlorate on the specific can be proposed which will aqueous account all of the observed Kosyakov nitric acid shown in Fig. solutions 11. by several The the extraction of Pu(IV) dialkylphosphoric distribution acids. coefficient and other Their increases results as the length Dlbutyl phosphoric acid (HDBP) 2. Dloctylphosphoric acid (HOOP) 1. \ actinides 3. Dinonylphogpharlc acid (HDNP) 4. Dldecylphosphorlc acid (HDDP) 5. Di-2-ethylhexyl phosphoric for from Pu(IV) are of the normal (HDEHP) 4.0 a : J 3.5 3.0 2.5 I I .0 I o ) LOG HN03 Fig. 11. Extraction HN03 solutions’. 238 alkyl chain is increased any of these. nitrate The completing extraction of Pu(IV) from butyl from first The extracted Pu is probably coefficient to decyl, of the slope in the extracted found to be inverse distribution by dialkylphosphoric non-linearity into HDEHP CONCENTRATION species. HC 104 solutions power in the region as a hydrolyzed was found to vary acids but that for of these The (~) (0.5 ~ 2-ethylhexyl extraction acid approximately species directly ionic at low as the square was than is ascribed to determined by strength of 1.0 and 0.05 to 1.0 ~ acid from is greater curves dependency at a constant from in isooctane) H+. concentrations. of the HDEHP The con- centration. The U(VI) distribution into HDEHP from coefficients nitric acid for are the extraction ahown 42 in Fig. of Am(III), 12. The Pu(IV ), Np(V ) and discontinuity y in the NP(V ) 5 4 3 ~- 2 x a ml 0 -1 I 0 -1 \ -2 I -1 -3 Log Fig. 12. Extraction HN03 solutions.238 curve at high acid Np(VI), at high acid are CONCENTRATION actinides concentrations both of which curve Am HN03 of various \ \ I 0 I 1, w) into 0.5 — M HDEHP (isooctane is due to disproportionation more extractable concentrations than Np(V). is probably diluent) of Np(V ) into Np(lY The minimum due to nitrate from ) and in the Am(lII) completing of the extracted species. Horner HDEHP. HN03 tion and Coleman As shown power using are dependence 0.01 ~ very much HDEHP larger on the extractant ference is the decreased ascribe this to hydrolysis to Pu(IIf) with hydroxylamine with nitrite, is concave 125-82. at 0.1 ~ of Pu(lV downward with increasing into account. acid. Horner ) by The magnitude of distribu238 ~ the second ~., of Kosyakov of the Pu(IV). Kosyakov the extraction is taken coefficient decrease while curve concentration distribution for in Amsco than those by reduction sodium result 13, the extraction in Fig. concentration coefficients 187 get a different Homer Another dif- and Coleman and Coleman prepared Pu(IY) and reoxidation and stabilization nitrate, 238 dld not state their method of preparation et al. of Pu(lv). Dreze phosphoric nitrate are (HDBP) concentration, stability They acid shown in Figs. constants consider which they from HDBP of Pu(IV + 2(N03 calculate investigated nitrate the extraction solutions concentration, 14 and 15. the extraction PU+4 for 121 and Duyckaerts These ) nitrate as a function and ionic experimenters complexes reaction of nitric strength. were by di - n-butyl acid concentration, Representative able to invoke to fit the various fwctional results the known dependencies. to be )- + 2(HDBP)2(0) the equilibrium of Pu(IY) - PU(N03)2 constant 43 (H(DBP)2)2(0) + 2H+ to be (1.7 + 0.3) X 109 (m/1 )2. (2) X[N05] = [HN03] ~[N03] 6 ~ ‘( = (HN03 + NaN03) ~ 10 HN03 (equlllbrlum), ~ Fig. 13. Pu(IV ) extraction by di(2-ethylhexyl) -phosphoric acid: effect of nitric acid and sodium nitrate concentration. ● 0.01 ~ D2EHPA; O 0.1 JvJD2EHPA; diluent, Amsco 125-82. Plutonium reduced with hydroxylamine nitrate,’ deoxidized and stabilized with 0.1-0.5 — M NaN02.187 I I I I I I -2.5 I -3.0 I -3.5 I -4.0 3 2.0 –4 lo –5 o so J – -1.0 / -?0 – -3.0 – I -2.0 Lag 2~2 Fig. 14. Variation of centration of the dirner, centrations: Curve Curve Curve A2] the distribution coefficient (HDBP)2 in benzene. 121 1-0.5 2-1 3-2 of Pu(IY ) as a function of the conHN03 + NaN03 = 6 ~; HN03 con- Curve Curve ~ ~ 44 4-4 ~ 5-6 ~ On the other 1“’’’’’’’’’”1 I .0 same system complex 0.5 by assuming Early work HhT03 system Zo J Hicks, o 0.2 0.4 0.6 Log [H N03] 0.8 Lo extraction are = 4 ~ + NahT03 included a strong and lowering when dibutyl instead used of the ether of hexane. as the extractant 241 by Pu to determine and counting pendency many in a liquid also. A later from the form similar determined of the distribution elements HDEHP Fig. workers done by Stewart has been Kimura225 other the extracted scintil- later.256 Fig. 15. Variation of the distribution coefficient of Pu(IV) from nitrate solutions by HDBP as a function of HN03 concentration. 121 ● HN03 + NaN03 = 6 ~ ■ HN03 on the on the Pu(lY)-HDBP- as the diluent in a procedure ~ and results free. coefficient used HDBP -1.0 1 was 394 who found distribution was Shevchenko their to be nitrate 0 -0.5 hand, interpreted Srnelov3’8 extracted T table, comparison. study was made de- coefficients from HC1 solutions. of a periodic 16 for the acid of 50 volume His results, are shown Some results on the solvent ~. in in from con- II I 1[ 3 m ml Eir’lFIFT$$l[ 7FT T P. Am Bk DFl)\ Fig. function 16. Extraction of elements of acid concentration.225 from 7[ HC1 solution 45 Ho . Yb E No 7[ by 50~0 HDEHP in toluene as a Di-acidic extensively studied a non-polar solvent, compounds. Mono-2- ethylhexylphosphoric of this type of compound. such as ~enzene310, 130 It is polymeric and extracts acid has been in the orgamic primarily most phase in by the ion exchange re- action. Kos yakov by mono-2shown 17. The conditions by washing studied ethylhexylphosphoric in Fig. aqueous et al. 238 acid distribution than those with a 5 ~. the extraction (H2MEHP) from coefficients of HDEHP. solution of Am(III), are Pu(IV) of potassium Pu(l!V), nitric in general acid NP(V), solutions higher can be returned and U(VI) for with results the same to the aqueous phase oxalate. 5.0 - 4.0 t NP(E) ~ 2.0 : -1 I .0 – o - -1.0 - I 1 -2.o~ -1.0 -0.5 Log HN03 Fig. 17. Extraction HN03 solutions.238 Peppard et al, of various 313, 270 from HC1 solutions over 103 and is a factor Separation Gindler ~. be returned in a great antagonistic) from (Fig. from The 14’ used this reduction effect the extraction actinides of several than the other to purify reagents, of acidic H2MEHP coefficient for (isooctane actinides Np(IV) diluent ) from by H2MEHP at 12 ~ non-tetravalent species HC1 is studied. of the Pu to the tripositive state. 236 Pu for fission counting. The Np(IV) by the addition in the distribution of these 0.2 ~ (M) by. reduction method phase into distribution of 104 greater to the aqueous applications other studied 18). Pu is accomplished Applications several CONCENTRATION actinides I 1.0 I 0.5 0 coefficient (cf Mixed compounds. Kosyakov of higher state, 46 to the organic because can resulting (or p. 71). compounds have et al. 238 used HDEHP and accomplish phase, of anti- synergistic ExtractantsJ Acidic in Pu chemistry. valence of TBP their been used in to purify mutual Am(lII) separation G . Am(III), Pu, ~ after HN03 and U, pentavalent oxidized 4 3 with to Np(VI) phase washing with n2 w \ : extraction is returned extraction is back- by 3 ~ HN03, by reduction and back to Pu(HI) with 3 — M HN03. to the aqueous with -1 ~ the and Am(III) the HDEHP and from to Np(V) O. 1 — M HN03. the U(VI) back I agent and recovered and the Pu recovered 0.01 Np(V ) is then by an oxidizing by reduction from from of the Np in the NaN02. by HDEHP, organic extracted \ stabilization state extracted ax-e extracted Finally, phase by ammonium carbonate. Chudinov c from preliminary step in the They 89 Ifp(V ) with of Np(lY extracted HDEHP U as a calorimetric ) with arsenazo (Il_f). a Np sensitivity y of 0.04 ?/ml by method. I 4 6 ~ 10 8 DBP 12 HCI to prepare Fig. 18. Extraction of some actinide cations into 0.48 F H2MEHP in toluene as a function of H~l concentration.313 Pu(VI) is thus driven + Pu(IIf) = Pu(IV) to effect was used a pure . from a mixture by Markin Pu(V) The method HN03 and McKay solution in 0.2 — M was ta extract of Pu(IIf) 268 Pu(IV ) and Pu(VI). The reaction + Pu(V) to completion leaving a pure Pu(V) 311 et al. used H MEHP in various 2 a sequential separation of various Peppard oxide state this 1 z Yakovlev and Pu away determination -1 -2 and solution in the aqueous diluents, tri-, phase. and tri-n-octyl tetra-, phosphine and hexavalent ions from urine. Peppard and from away et al. Pu. from The Amine HDEHP actinides. ‘2°2 “ phase. to separate to Bk(lY) The Bk(lY) Pu is not reduced Bk from other in 10 — M HN03 is then back to Pu(III) under tripositive by 1 — M KBr03 extracted these into conditions actinides and extracted 8 ~ HN03 by and remains Extractants These given used Bk is oxidized tripositive ‘eduction ‘ith in the organic tertiary 314 amines, general compounds reviews amines react organic phase, are and quaternary of the extraction with acids illustrated R3N(0) long- chain amine to form alkyl of inorganic an ion-association by a tertiary or aryl Moore286 salts. primary, and Coleman species complex by these which secondary, and 95 et al. have compounds. is soluble The in the amine +H++A-=R3NH+...A- (0) 47 (1) A may be either may undergo a simple anion . reaction a further or the anion of a complex with anion another metal acid. in a manner This, complex analogous to anion ex- change R3NH+ Much process work “ “ “ *-(0) has been and analytical than TBP for due to high extractant U and Pu(lY radiation “ B-(o) because will actinides have deleterious the radiolysis products mixtues, ( cf Mixed be in the order nitrate, exert effects on the distribution p. with the 71). sulfate, influence in coefficients do not interact chloride, a great compounds, distribution Extractants, relative > Pu(III) extractability and other. on the extractability of Pu in nitrate and the extractive power Id , I I I P cm : u“(m) 1 I [ solutions of the amines quaternary I I with these much higher less of the amine (2) + ‘- of Pu. Systems The > Pu(VI) They and show much synergistic and nature Nitrate Pu(IV) ), here “ done on Pu and other fields to produce structure = R3NH+ applications. The treatment The + ‘- is in the order varies in the order > tertiary > secondary 187 Pu(IW ) extracts very > primary. and selectively in analogy strongly with anion ex- change. reported Keder~.2° of several solutions , 10 t I Lo * w A— I I I I species I concentration. much more also 20 and 21. much less than for from other actinide dependencies mitting curve The maximum was unit y, was and Np(IV of the distribution no unambiguous while For of nitric distribution power are depen- was where all these can in the first 1.5. shown species is very elements concentration and second The trivalent results of these the amine complex. approximately species with separation species, between M is any of hexavalent, concentration, an easy were 48 the M(N03)6= however. for of the extracted two amine 1 and 2, the No conclusions coefficients ), indicating Pu(III) involves actinide. indicating involves to Eqs. properties acid the hexavalent given. complex about the nitrate phase, the etiraction coefficients assignment that for of Th and U. concentration, complex aqueous determined elements. ) and h’p(IV) than are and is (TOA)2M(N03)6, be drawn as a function Pu(IV) diluted quadivalent 19 as a function Pu(IV According quadrivalent Fig. 19. The extraction of the quadravalent actini v/o TOA in xylene. ‘~gtitrates by 10 actinides for show a second extracted extracted anion 14 in Figs. on the amine molecules. HNO~ Comaentr%on, ~ e~’” species dence that tie 024 Keder These (TOA) in Fig. extractable HN03 1 I and pentavalent the extraction from results shown HN03 .Aqueous are \ u I Their \l [ -1 A elements by tri-n-octylamine with xylene. D fact actinide slope power, per- of the Am(III) No explanation of this ‘“’m!r=%‘“”EsFF?E I Io+ I 1 f I D lo- 1 i ~ .x ,“* . 1.0 .17F%%F1 / I I I I [ 1 I 1 I 2 4 6 Aqueous HN03 I B 1“ 12 14 Concentrotlon, ~ O Fig. 20. The extraction of the hexavalent actinide nitrates by 10 v/o TOA in xylene.219 Keder quadrivalent I 10-3 ,O-LLLLLLU 0 I APa X Ref.(13) ■ Pa (X) vNPCZ) ● PU (m) o Am (~ r A r~[ I * 0 I I a [ AP D I 7 I I I I I - 2 4 6 8 10 12 Aqueous HN03 Concentration, ~ 14 Fig. 21. The extraction of pentavalent and trivalent actinide nitrates by 10 v/o ‘roA in xylene. 219 et al. 218 determined that the extracted actinides and M02 (N03 )3- for complex hexavalent is M(N03 actinides )62- for by spectrophotometric measurements. Homer tribution coefficients solutions, 23) although much A1(N03)3 (Fig. with similar The extraction lower salting et al. “tricaprylamine” 36 (TCA, results. The concentration. raises Their et al. The coefficients the D ~u(lll) determined from Pu(IV) results for 219 and Baroncelli other with the dis- of amines classes NaN03 at lower HN03 unsalted ~.~’ of amines at a constant acidities. with all classes to a relatively reached depressed a maximum is confirmed, of 1.5 ~ of a uranyl uranyl high value but reach nitrate Pu(III) of amines and (Fig. with tertiary trinitrate 100, ” of the TCA ion, which of the log D Pu vs log corresponding complex. 49 slope for HN03, saturates the formation solutions and and n-decyl-amines), an aromatic D = 140 at 4 ~ uranyl HN03 of n-octyl in “Solvesso of macro but the slope The of Pu(17J) between a mixture of approximately the concentration ion. 336, ” was diluted by the presence Pu(IV) complex the distribution as “Alamine amine varying mation and 24. with Keder distribution measured sold In experiments presence HN03 have a number 24). Baroncelli strongly 22, 23, qualitatively for 9 — M HN03. The effect of salting is to increase the distribution coefficient show very amines at a lower and Pu(VI) in Figs. agree 420 and Homer at around concentration Pu(VI) Pu(III), shown (TOA ) the maximum a maximum and Weaver of Pu(IV), with results tri-n-octylamine reach 187 and Coleman naphtha. and was the extractant. of the hexanitrato TCA curve U is 1, indicating is 1.4 in the the for- 104 I d Id Fig. 22. Pu(lY) extraction by 0.1 ~ amines: effect of nitric acid and sodium nitrate concentrations. Amine class: (Q) quaternary ammonium, (3) tertiary, (2) secondary, (1) primary amine. Pu(IV) stabilized with 0.04- 0.1 ~ NaN02. Amsco 125-82, TDA = branched primary tridecanol. 187 n 10 I 1 [No,] . A M(HN03. I$INOJ 10-1 a M“ , ,,81 I 0.1 1 &“’’’”! HN03 (EQuILIMIuM), M Baroncelli ~ eta136 also U ion and 4 ~ amine, ” TLA) in an aromatic T“) , and found them 5 ~. nomnol plex in the organic Other Np(IV), extraction (TNA, 2 ~ solutions o Zr, and Ru. Dpu value The to strip Several mixture. Pu(IY) been from for proposed, 4 M HN03, to work acid 0.04, (“ Shellsol had about of the comfrom U by is a very TLA Wilson42’ good stripping + 1~ TLA 50 Pu(IV ) in and 0.8 — M well from Valentini irradiated + 2% Octanol the Pu by reduction used the same extraction system, 409 used the TLA-HN03 . Valentini et al. for was ~.40g TNA used results. of Pu and U from [email protected] agent U(VI), amine curve HC104 was not stripped to expectations. with good used with tri-isononyl concentration 3 smines. on other both in 1 — M HN03 in contrast the separation and stripped ~ vs HNO the DPU(N 42 found that Pu(IV) HC1 solutions, processes have from Bertocci was found that, Bertocci42 in contrast found that perchloric by NH20H. H2S04 Chesne diluent mixture amine HN03, HhT03 + 0.2 — M HC104 Pu(IV) and a paraffirdc TLA-Shellsol 1.5 (“tri-lauryl- phase by increasing the volubility 409 achieve maximum separation et al, Valentini U(VI), at 6 ~ solutions. amines The amine HN03. with tertiary of Pu(IV), increasing ~i1son43 TOA 100”) 40. for Pu from” initially dodecyl of a third tri- 3, 5, 5 -trimethylhexylamine), still 1~ (“ Solvesso around factors with tri-n- nitric acid systems with generally similar restits 116 ‘ 84 on TLA extraction of TL(IV), and Chesne that of de Trentinian and Chesfie 231 232 on tri-iso-octylamine and Knoch and Lindner Np(VI) and Pu(IV); Knoch includes work diluent formation phase. Pu from the separation extractions to be similar, to prevent extracting determined HhT03 by amine system. in kerosene to Pu(IfI) but stripped U using to extract with ferrous the Pu(IY) tertiary sulfamate. by a HN03-H2S04 101 0.1 o M B-lu Reogents: in Amsco - w ● TDA ~-~ *A in Amsco - 8% TDA .*** .0 in xylene M TI OA ■ V S-24 in Amsco .“ ~.. ~ NBHA in xylene ’”” o Primene JM in Amsca ,c* p--~ 5% TDA Qm ●“ o TIOA ● ● \ 10 –% I [1 Z N03 .0.1 10-1 ~ = 6 IV (AI(N03)3 x- MTIOA in Amsco - B% TDA xO. I MTIOA in xylena ~0.3 MTIOA in xylene ~1).3 M TLA in xylene - H 0.3 itfAlamine 336 in xylene Ouo \ + HN03) /0~ ,’ ,0’ ,0-2 U~ltd 1’ 10 2 HN03 (EQUILIBRIUM), M Fig. 23. Pu(III) and Pu(VI) extraction by 0,1 ~ amines: effect of nitric acid concentration. Amine class: (Q) quaternary ammoniwn, (3) tertiary, (2) secondary, (1) primary amine. Pu reduced with 0.03 M ferrous su amate plus 0.05 ~ excess sulfamic d{ acid, or oxidize~with AgO. 1 Solutions x’ / ,0-3 I I I I 0.1 0.01 HN03 Fig. Pu(III) I HN03 (EQUILIBRIUM), M 24. Extraction by tertiary aminea from solutions in nitric acid with and without aluminum nitrate Plutonium reduced with 0,0 ~ ferrouB sulf~ate ~&%g05 M excess sulfamic acid, 18 ? — of The fact that Pu(III) basis of a Np-Pu nitric acid does not extract into tertiary amines 357 separation. The Np is extracted as Np(IV) perimental factors for metals equilibration a study from A summary in Table from for of the decontamination Fe, of their IV-17. was obtained process made laboratory extraction. Pu is given these 431 and Mararnan pyrometallurgical and amine from away made the Pu(lTf) in a solution. Winchester TBP has been They Co, Mo, Ru, in terms concluded in the secondary recovery Zr, results of Pu in an exand Ce by both of decontamination that the best amine separation system and described scale in a metallurgical of Pu on a 300-gram of Pu a batch laboratory. The Pu and U complexes separate zs a third of polar constituent, phase e. g. the extracted complex. of the effect of nitrous acid can have depending effect. acid added acid to stabilize in the organic The quadrivalent or depressing effect while molar acid nitrous coefficient of an alcohol-nitrous Decontamination Processes.43 phase, addition and of a small acid for This fraction Impurities TBP 1.26 74 >42 Secondar amine is explained in terms phase. in Plutonium in Various for(a) 120 -- -. >60 1.86 > 300 > 31 > 80 0.34 44 > 22 92 Mo 0.17 > 100 Ru 0.98 1.3 12 38 Ce 0.36 2.1 25 > 67 Pu 60.58 > 52 > 52 31 >18 >78 -- effect has a in the organic Quarternary amine co -- concentration factors $C) coefficient, always Tertiary(d) amine Zr >8 found that nitrous alcohol in the organic Decontamination Primary(b) amine They chain and alcohol complex Factors Pu. on the distribution the long is at a maximum. Initial concentration (g/ 1) Fe .aolubility concentration. concentration, At equal TABLE IV- 17. Solvent Extraction Element limited into the organic phase, increafies the volubility of 35 have made a study of this effect, and also et al. an enhancing the distribution of the formation Octanol, Baroncelli on the nitric depressing phase, either have at high metal >9 16 -- 13 >32 >29 -- -- Notes: (a)” Procedure consisted of 3 equal volume extractions with 35 vol. YO reagent in Gulf BT Solvent (aliphatic hydrocarbon) from 8 ~ HN03 solution (except primary amine extraction in which 6 ~ HN03 was used). The secondary, tertiary, and quaternary amines had 10 vol. ~0 decyl alcohol. The solutions were stripped with 3-1/3 volume portions of O. 1 ~ hydro@amine nitrate. ‘b)Rohm (c) Rohm and Haas Company and Haas Company “Primene “Amine JM-T!’ 9D- 178. ” (d TIOA . (e) Sterwin Chemical Maeck~.262 quaternary ketone Company determined ammonium (“hexone” ). The compounds aqueous “Roccal.” the distribution between solutions of a various considered 52 large aqueous were number solutions NaOH, of elements for and methylisobutyl HN03, H2S04, HC1, and HF. NaOH, No extraction and HF. extractions from periodic cedure for aluminum a better tainable nitrate The amine quaternary solutions as a salting as part amine is poorly Plutonium work the formation has been fission “Hyamine in the form nitrate of a hexanitrate appears of (TBAN) Pu(IV) to be stable. on this developed products, 1622” A pro- extraction system 261 et al. They by Maeck particularly Zr, has been used to extract 48 Pu. procedure ) and Pu(VI) extracted, chloride chemical acidity than is ob- Pu(IV) from HN03 for Systems Pu(lV Pu(ITI) of H2S04, 25 and 26 as percent systems. of an analytical Chloride of aqueous of Np and Pu based agent from in Figs. that tetrabutylammoniurn the tetranitrate determination decontamtiation in other caused of TBAN at any concentration given as a function into hexone radiochemical using was found and HC1 are volumes in the absence report HN03 and Kaplan 40 found extracted while or Pu(VI) for phase Berkman to Pu(IV) species, results equal tables. added of Pu(IV) The systems rather extract in analogy have well from HC1 solutions with the strong found application than in processes base anion mainly because by amines, exchange in analytical of the corrosive while system. and radio- properties of HC1 solutions. Keder217 measured and U from HC1 solutions distribution coefficients case, the slope the extracted more are of the log D vs log Shevchenko distribution has two The is shown concentration molecules for similar in Figs. curve the same in this results was approximately for 0.005 for and hexavalent dependence Iip, In every 2, indicating states. that Pu(IV ) is much conditions. The hexavalent system. Pu(IV), Pu(III) Pu, of the 27 and 28. is near both valence than the tetravalent obtained et al.366 of tetra- ( TOA ). and U(IV ) under extractable coefficient TOA TOA than is Np(IV) more coefficients on HC1 concentration complex extractable actinides the distribution into tri-n-octylamine and found that the extracted into 20% TOA in xylene. Moore282, xylene from Niobium 283 4.8 ~ extracted HC1, and ruthenium is possible by scrubbing trivalent and lower has been used to separate Sulfate using ~ solutions molecules. The decrease merization. 5 ~. tri-isooctylamine bichromate extent, did not extract. Pu(IV) before but separation stripping from analysis in oxidant. these of the Pu. The tri-laurylamine spectrographic (TIOA) as a holding elements Th(lV) (TL4)-HC1 of other or system 234 elements. Systems sulfuric and Zhdanov They acid showed from coefficient concentration of an amine 373 . investigated that the extracted dependence in the distribution As the acid to the formation to some with with .— 5 M HC1 and reductive speices by TOA. The Pu(VI) potassium extracted Shevchenko H#O tracer 0.01 ~ bisulfate 0.1 ~ at low is increased, complex. 53 TOA acidity the extraction complex is shown is ascribed the decrease of Pu(IV contains in Table to Pu(IY in D Pu(lv) ) from 2 amine IV- 18. ) polyis ascribed Fig. 25. Extraction of elements as tetraalkyl amine HI EXTRACTION )98% NO EXTRACTION ( I % m complexes from nitric acid, 262 EDEIEI QEIEIEI HCI SYSTEM EIElliiiJilk lii!EEIEl (I+OXYI)4 N+ I- (Butyl)4 N+ (PrOPyl)4 N+ — Fig.c~6. . . Extraction of elements as tetraalkyl 54 amine complexes from hydrochloric 102 TFEIFI: 10 ‘o’~lo I .0 lo~ 10 lo- I.0 u (Vi) ● D 1.0 , A :Vll :Vl) I ~410-2 ,0-1 10-1 I — A /l #-l II A I IO-3 FPhl-1 “-. : flv) ... ;::/;; 10-4 10-2 01 ‘0-30~cT- and by 1. 0~. Vdovenko extraction solved at equilibrium DPU(IV) (M) 0.01 11.3 0.037 15.2 0.1 43 0.323 18,2 concentration 0.1 hJ 2.34 X 10-4 — M. they that in this same amine increasing effect Pu sulfate HN03 is illustrated case mixtures complex concentration Pu(IY the anion because by the data in Table i, e. From spectra exists complex exchange process and HN03 of the formation IV- 19. 55 4 comparisons conclude primarily does and that the as a neutral phase. sulfate Therefore, not operate. by the formation coefficient of mine of the of the ad- in the aqueous they )4, dependence macroscopic in the aqueous proceeded but the distribution involves of the stoichiometry phases, Pu(IV) dis- determined (RNH3 )4pu(so4 concentration and by direct sorption organic ) of H2S04 above, complex molecules, the of 7 to amines They amine reaction. 0,008 aliphatic in chloroform. method, 2,44 investigated ) by a mixture that the extracted measurements 0.415 ‘a) Initial TOA concentration primary by the amine 0.88 from 9 HCI -.412 of Pu(IV 9 carbon Concentration Extractions ~ 67 Fig. 28. Extraction of hexavalent U, Np, and Pu from HC1 solution with 1. 0~. TOA in xvlene.217 TABLE IV- 18. Dependence of the Distribution Coefficient for I%(IY ) Between Aqueous Sulfuric Acid and Tri-n-Octylamine.373 conclude 5 234 5 M HCI Fig. 27. Extraction of U(IV) h’p(~) by 10~0 TOA and Pu lv) TOA from HC1 solutions.21 $ H2S04 1 I I ,0-2 decreased nitrate complex. of the with This TABLE IV- 19. Distribution Coefficients Amines as a Function of Increasing HNOq Concentration of HN03 (~) *Amine concentration 0.06 ~, By contrast, centration also 0.05 O 66.3 DPU(IV) for Homer amines. Their distribution H2S04 of Pu(IV distribution results coefficients ) from coefficients are shown in going 14.6 concentration 187 to more into Primary 0.30 0.50 0.90 1.50 0.11 0.01 ---- 0.2 ~. H2S04 solutions Pu(IV) 29, Solutions 2.08 get a third-power for in Fig. H2~04 0.20 0.10 50.1 63.3 and Coleman extractions determined of Pu(IV ) from Concentration.412 by primary of several showing complex dependence amines. secondary the successive amine on amine types. con- They and tertiary lowering of the report variable They ,04 I / / ,& I TZ:3 ‘Y$;; Primem JM/I@ma, 0“5 M 2.0 M ‘2s04 (NH4)2S04 /’ ./ A-3 / ,A= N-ba.zyl ~An-, [ Fig. 29. Extraction of Pu(lV) from sulfuric acid and acidic sulfate solution by primary, secondary, and tertiary amines. Diluents: xylene, Amsco 125-82, or 957. Amsco 125-82-5~0 tridecanol. For, primary amine extraction, Pu reduced with hydroxylamine sulfate, reoxidized and stabilized at (IV) with 0.5 ~ NaN02. Others stabilized at (IV) with 0.1-0.5 &f NahT02.187 M S04, PH-O.7 NBW/&mm 3 M H2S04 -I -undecyl -lw@/ 3 M ~W4 3 M SO , pH-O.7 Dltddecy f /#bncu-TOA, 3 M / ‘2s04 Am.inn 5-24/Annce, A3 .uS04, pH-CL7 Tri-lmavl/AmEo, 0 3 MS04, pH - I 0.I I 0.00I 0,01 AMINE distribution ranging ‘5 oxidation These solutions authors based for material, M Pu(III) 100 with to Pu(IV ), propose on primary The primary biological COfWENTk4T10N, to >> of Pu(lIf) I 10 I coefficients from 0.7 I aminee. g. by primary 0.1 ~ even amines. H2S04 urine for extraction. system or from This behavior in the presence a process amine amines solution recovery 186 has been of holding acid is attributed solutions, to partial reductants. of Pu from used for 61 of bone ash. 56 sulfuric sulfuric determination acid decladding of Pu in Other Systems Moore’” be quantitatively ~ nitric acid ferric (or extracted solutions Nb extracted ursnyl) with NH40H from from acetic or ammonium or reductively since Ketones, which Ethers, can solvate popular, but the newer attention in recent process separations. irradiated U, the as the primary extractive many HC1. of niobium carrier do not extract and the insoluble HN03 by these under improved from dilute be stripped – 0.1 Zr, A preliminary leached with acid Ru, m- HC1, reagents these conditions, the fact atom. that they This type compounds they are contain and amines still one of the large-scale a basic of extractant important oxygen was once have received more in laboratory processes for very and the processing of uses methylisobutylketone (MIBK or “hexone” 251 as do several laboratory procedures. U and Pu ) process, extractant for of the ethers Both systems Pu(IV) Pu(III) species depends the extraction for b“, Fe, and other acid is predominately than trinitrate solvation Similarly, species phase nitric elements have been The known for similarly. Pu extraction its use in processing. acidities higher as PU(N03 for Pu(IY) dichloride )3, 1.5 ~ phase for example, at low acidities is more must rather species. in- than 267 HN03 and as H2Pu(N0 245,’4636 in between. at high nitrate and H PU02(N03)3 for dinitrate and finally )2 PU(N03 extracted the dibutyl the extraction of the dinitrate of the organic into triethyleneglycol (DBC, plutonyl (3-6 N), )4 from The at intermediate acidities H(DBC for or at shown that, carbitol is the neutral of the extraction composition concentrations, concentration. and trinitrate the species into hexone foumd to be H2Pu(N03)6 concentration to form acid media such as aluminum by dibutyl species of dinitrate as extraction It has been solutions trinitrate at higher 171 At these 6N. with intermediate nitric by a salt composition. above extracts attention at any nitrate acid the extracted of a proton extracted at high provided of the Pu in the case Pu(IV) at 6 — M HN03, behaves extractable ( < 0.8 IS) is a mixture the solvation direct from glycol) the most inextractable on the aqueous of Pu(VI) of diethylene volve are by far concentrations is practically ether (0. 8- 3N), received and Pu(VI) nitric complex have high nitrate nitrate. been 5 ~ only could years. moderately The could in common or metal phosphorous Indeed, with be stripped and Pu(III) Nevertheless, “redox” properties Ifitrate Pu. have organo Pu(VI) acetic products U and Pu were could and Pu(VI) and Amides a proton years. The U(VI) and 1 ~ in the presence The Pu(lV) solutions be scrubbed uranium bicarbonate. The se compounds atom could the se elements. The actinides Of the fission precipitation acid. stripped, Alcohols, acid -xylene. and these hydroxide 1~ 1— M acetic by 5 ~. TIOA appreciably, the decontamination Nb205 found that the hexavalent Pu(VI). concentration 76 Dibutyl have ether 413 by hexone The has received extraction and the concentration the most of Pu(IV) of various groups. 57 attention, and Pu(VI) salts undoubtedly as a function has been measured because of nitric by several ) of acid 10~ Rydberg distribution elements I~ Pu(VI) coefficients including nitrate are 0.001 : both with shown those & separated tion curves HN03 Pu(lY) The enough from other extended and Pu(VI) effect all the but at low high to higher results elements. the distribu- aqueous as shown acid to be acidities in Fig. for 32. Fig. 30. The distribution Pu(IV) and Pu(VI), Th, Zr, La into hexone as” functions original was replotted from MacKenzie!s 388 data by Smith because the :~:;~s original was reported taken ratios of U, Ce(IV) and of &e “equiin the curve is _] et al. 14 calcium is to raise coefficients, MacKenziez’o con- Typical 30 and 31. of U and Pu are efficiently La and acid and without with Ca(N03)2 distribution 0,0001 . Pu(IV), agent. in Figs. measured several of nitric as a salting of salting for L’(VI), as a function centration 0.01~ D 343 and Bernstrbm ~;~~%i~h~f~~~ from Glendenin This curve phase a,cid concentration. .’, to aqueous phase original was made traction F 10 ‘ D pass by using Both maxima aPProximately u 7 ~ e. g. A1(N03)3,271J NH4N032’0 conversion concentration acid Pu(IV) ex- and Pu(VI) and decrease above salting t agents Ca(N03)2,343, for Pu(IV 393 (Fig. in salting effectiveness concentration ammonium, similar ether comparison was made was The nitric for order: acid, Pu(VI) resulting salts at high mag- and manganese. calcium, ammonium, 33). in this lanthanum, aluminum, co- of various ) into hexone by Stewart nitrate agent, the distribution comparison reported nesium, (y) A salting 153 increase total CONCENTRATION acid. increases A useful efficient. 0.1 HN03 The acid data on nitric by hexone. through of organic PU(VIWV] -z’ AQUEOUS in terms A into diethyl in this order: lanthanum, nitric acid. Kooi23’ Fig 31. The distribution ratios’ of U, Pu(IV) and Pu(VI), Th, Zr, La and Ca into hexone as functions of the equilib riurn concentration of HN-03 in the aqueous phase. Concentration of Ca(N03)2 4-3.52.343 curves for found that the distribution extraction into hexone did not decrease concentrations, workers. Pu(IY His ) reached approximately 58 of Pu(IV) in contrast distribution at high HN03 to other coefficient the maximum 7 at 8 ~ and Pu(VI) initial value for of HNC13 I .0 D Pu (Vl)n o. I 32. . of Pu(IV concentration. MacKenzie Pu(VI) acid port no dependence of Pu(IV). either Groot (). 03 ~ as oxidizing laboratory 260 in the range extracts or O.3 ~ and reducing agents procedure is very low by hexone from under . ,D into hexone 0,01-2 (Table .. . . aalustoa from HN03 coefficient mg/ml, while acid. These for processes. Rider Pu and U in reactor both Groot reagents 260 solutions. et al. for the extraction are are Pu(IV) and 153 re- not affected commonly by used has used hexone ~.332 targets. Systems reports from IV-20). 6 ~ HC1, reducing 9ulfOniC in redox to determine Aqueous conditions well Oadju6tBd 2 mg/ml d.,, found that the distribution increased Stewart3’3 various “ ) and Pu(VI) Na2Cr207 valence) # “ , on Pu concentration from 0.00003 to 0.5 mg/ml 153 et al. also find that the distribution coefficients Other initial ,, w II Distribution in nitric 1, ● Pu CONCENTRATION= Pu(IV) K Fig. Pu CO NCENTRAT10Nm2mg/ml o on the comparative hydrochloric, nitric, Plutonium but not from conditions for (presumably H2S04 or acetic all these 59 extraction sulfuric, acids. a mixture acid, of Pu (unspecified and acetic acids of Pu(IV) while under and Pu(VI)) the extraction in a 1“’’’’’’’”1 of total nitrate Fig. 33. Effect ion concentration on the extraction of Pu(lV) by methyl isobutyl ketone. 393 Curve No. I rI HI iY V VI Aqueous HN03 only IN HN03 lN HN03 3N HN03 3N HN03 lM HN03 + + + + + Phase NH4N03 Mn(N03)2 Mg(NO )2, P04--A1(N03 ? 3, P04--La(N03)3 loi- TOTAL INITIAL NO= IN Other Concentration AQUEOUS Extractants compiled Stewart3’3 ethers, alcohols, states from ketones, ammonium their entirety tried and to indicate general, the ability nitrogen variably decrease etc. for a table IV-21, the types of these or other acid the extractability These to show the of compounds compounds quadri- mixtures. and IV-22, functional of extraction Pu in the tri-, nitrate-nitric as Tables oxygen, PHASE which to extract group. e. g. number of oxidation reproduced in of compoumds efficient as Pu extractants. with the basicity electronegative diethyl a large data are variety correlates Thus, of Pu (see are data for and hexavalant ether In of the substituents in- vs dichlorodiethyl- ether). TABL,E IV-20. Distribution Composition 1. Acid of Aqueous of Pu Between Layer HC1 10 only + 0.7 ~ Various 2. Acid 3. Same, saturated U02(N03)2 4. Same, as 2 + 0.06 ~ with 6H20 S02 hydroquinone Aqueous Distribution Extraction HN03 8.3 Phases and Hexone. Coefficient for from 8 ~ Acid H2S04 393 CH3COOH 0.06 0.012 0.33 3.3 0.005 ----- 0.0012 0.25 ----- ----- 0.0033 ---- ----- ----- 60 TABLE IV-21 , Volume of Various Extraction of Plutonium Organic Solvents. 393 from 10 ~ NH4N03, 1 ~ HN03 % Pu extracted Solvent Ethers (IV) % Pu extracted (VI) -C ellosolves Diethyl <1 ether Di-isopropyl ether ether <1 ether Ethyl-n-but Dichloro ethyl <1 2-ethyl but yl c ellosolve 66 6 93 ether ride <1 ethylene Anisole <1 82 14 89 Cyclopentenone 91 Cyclohexanone 72 96 Methylcyclohexanone 82 73 Menthone 13 Isophorone 91(?) 20 <1 47 37 Hydrocarbons 3 3 5 4 Xylene (mixture isomers) 40 60(?) of 10 Pinene 1.6 Indene 5 Nitro - Compounds 43 Thiophene 1- Carbon 6(?) - Nitro 1 benzene Halogenated 1 Alcohols 1 Compounds Nitroethsne Nitromethane Disulfide 52 ketone Acetophenone 12 1 sulfide 79 Cyclohexene 1 Diethyl Methyl isobutyl (Hexone) <1 <1 Cyclohexane p-Fluoranisole Dimethyldioxane ketone Me sit yl oxide 3 ether n-amyl 73 62 Resorcinildimethyl ketone 72 O-Nitroanisole Sulfur 6 71 97 (VI) Ketones Methy 4a Triglycoldichlo 1,5 1.5 21 flfl’ Dibutoxyethyl 5.7 1 cellosolve Dibut yl cello solve <1 <1 Methyl ethyl 157’0 Xylene cellosolve IRh yl but yl cellosolve acid 1.5 3 ‘ (IV) but yl acetate 1 Benzyl Dieth yl cellosolve butyric - Phenyl <1 2- ethyl 3.4 1 ether (IH)* - Esters 4.8( ?)2- ethyl 2 yl ether Dibuto@etraglycol 50 71 N-but yl ether Ethylallyl <1 <1 ether Hexyl Solvent Acids ether N-propyl Allyl (HI)* by an Equal Methyl 34 61 58 70 8 28 Compounds Chloroform 4 3.2(?) Trichloroethylene 6 12 Hexanol 23 - Chlorobenzene 4 7 Heptanol 15 - Bromobenzene 2.6 2.5 10 - Iodobenzene 1.3 1.7 o- Bichlorobenzene 4 5 m- Dichlorobenzene 4.6 Ethyl 1 1 1.6 1 Heptadecanol <1 2- ethyl -hexanol <1 2-ethyl-but <1 amol Methyl-isobutyl carbinol Meth yl-amyl 1 alcohol 116 - 42 - 42 - iodide Isoamyl chloride Tertiary amyl chloride 1 Miscellaneous But yl phosphate *(III) Values out of 5 F q Cl,’~~HCl, Sat’d. 61 with S02. 99 97 TABLE IV- 22. Extraction Ethyl into Miscellaneous Composition of aqueous phase before equilibration Solvent Carbon of Plutonium tetra chloride acetate (III) Organic 393 % Pu extracted by equal volume of solvent (l-v) (VI) Nearly saturated NH4N03 1 1 Nearly saturated LiN03 5 25 Chloroform Nearly saturated LiN03 1 Ethylene Nearly saturated KN03 1 dichloride Solvents. 1.6 Nearly saturated LiN03 1.6 Nitromethane Nearly saturated LiN03 7.9 13 71 l- Nitropropane Nearly saturated LiN03 20 30 81 69 Ethyl bromide 2.1 2- Nitropropane Nearly saturated LiIiT03 39.6 72 Nitroethane Nearly saturated LiN03 72 83 Diethyl cello solve 207’0 U02(N03)2 6H20, 10~ NHN03 0.5 ~HN03 84 Di-butyl cellosolve 2 ~ Di-butyl carbitol 20~o U02(N03)2. 10 ~ 2- ethyl-but cellosolve yl HN03, 5 ~ NH4N03, 20% U02(N03)2” 10 ~ NH4N03, Ca(N03)2 6H20, 1~ 8 48 0.03 46 48 52 3 88 HN03 6H20, 1y 11 0.05 HN03 Diethyl cello solve 20% U02(N03)2. 10 — M NH4N03, 6H20, 1 ~ Hh’03 0.3 Dibutyl cellosolve 20% U02(N03)2” 10 M NH4N03, 6H20, 1 ~ HN03 0.003 20~~U02(N03)2’ 10 ~ NH4N03, 6H30, 1 ~ HN03 0.1 60 Nitromethane 20y0 U02(N03)2” 10 ~ NH4N03, 6H20, 1 y HN03 5.2 67 Methyl-isobutyl carbinol 20% U02(N03)2” 10 y NH4N03, 6H3Q, 1 ~ HN03 0.05 26 20% U02(N03)2. 10 ~ NH4N03> 6H30, 1 ~ HN03 0.03 1 Methyl isobutyl carbinol acetate 20% UO (N03)2 10 ~ NE?4N03, 6H O, 1 &N03 0.1 Xylene 3 g HN03, 5 ~ A1(N03)3. Dissolved BiP04 Nitrobenzene 3 M HN03, 5 ~ A1(N03)3. Dl~solved BiP04 Nitroethane 3 M HN03, 5 ~ A1(N03)3. Di~solved BiP04 47.5 3# 99.8 Ethyl butyl 2-ethyl Dibutyl cello solve hexoic acid carbitol HN03, Dissolved Ethylene Anisole dichloride 2y 10 ~ 47 0.001 5 5 ~ A1(N03)3. 5.3 BiP04 HN03, 10 &l NH4N03 NH4N03 1 1 0.003 62 ~uca245,246 His results, shown decreased IV- 23, alpha and (3) increasing oxygen carbon traction of Pu(IY) among a number at this acidity. traction of the side chain side chain for the symmetry Khalkin ketones chain the seven carbon of the is lengthened, ~.224 in the order while for U(VI) and Th extract Pu(VI) the order dibutyl was DBC at a lower carbitol > hexone HN03 Ketone -— hexone, 1.6 yl 0.12 0.12 of Pu from point. along for quoted sufficient is used ether or presumably process used with are applications worth mention- as one of the ex- TBP purification of HN03 power reactor over hexone to attack to permit agent, as the second in a two- solvent of Pu and recovery advantages resistance as a salting 450,188 facility. are by high (1) con- use of the and (2) ‘superior extractant because it gives decontamination Vdovenko chloride of the Pu from Ru. 411 and Kovalskaya used a mixture diethyl (e. g. ~, f3! - dibutoxydiethylether tractants, The TBP U. of other ) has been acid in a Redo-type process Dibutoxytetraethylene with glycol satisfactory (’ ‘pentaether” of dibutyl ether and hexavalent basicity analogous because to the neutral for actinides. of the presence ) has been used 28 mixture. Typical resdts He found that U(VI) quadrivalent a number extracted species (Pu, carbonyl complex Th, etc., and amides similarly involves ) are amides in extraction are two amide shown molecules. with more 180 as extractants compounds and therefore to the phosphorous extracted 63 tetra- as an extractant, in these nitrogen, compounds of elements behaved oxygen of the arnido organo-phosphorous IV-24. in that the The and carbon results. with a 507’0 pentaether - 5 O~o dibut yl ether Sidda11377, 378 has pioneered the use of N, N disubstituted tetra- TBP) the ex- > hexone, ethers are of extractants (“Butex” centrations factors results of U at the Windscale 0.23 Ethyl- n-butyl class process 0.62 n-amyl Di-n-propyl hanced for to Pu also. ing at this 0.22 for in branched (DEE) cyclic than with and these of this Methyl-n-hexyl along These of the and Bona 54 found that several A number 2.2 yl Methyl-t-butyl separation effects ether Branica with tetrahydropyran) 10 -n-p ropyl superior series. basicity coefficient > diethyl > DEE. concentration applicable Methyl- is series, and tert-) atom decreased and by steric (DBC) Distribution coefficient Methylisobut n-alkyl see-, found that the distribution TABLE IV-23. Distribution Coefficients for Pu(IV) Extracted by Various Ketones from 3.2 ~ HN03.245 Methyl-n-but the methyl(n-, for Pu(IV). of Pu(lT.T ) into hexone for the methyl- by the effect for from 5.0 — M HN03 was 11.5 by diethyl ether, and this was the highest of oxygen containing compounds, Pu(IV) was extracted as H2Pu(N03)6 236 Kooi found that for extraction of Pu(IV) from 8 &f HN03 the ex- decreased Methyl as extractants show that the distribution explained as the alkyl atoms. of aliphatic of the side can be qualitatively carbonyl a series the length the branching series, results in Table by (1) increasing (2) increasing butyl . investigated has enshould properties. in Fig. 34 and Table compounds However, than two amides (e. g. the per be TABLE IV- 24. Extraction of Actinides and Zirconium at 3 and 6 ~ ~— Amideb P (1:) u (w) HN03 9.9 N, N-Dibutylpropionamide 4.5 3.5 N, N-Dibutylisobuty 2.4 0.080 0.60 0.0009 N, N-Dibutylbutyramide 5.3 4.0 .63 N, N-Di-isobutylbutyramide 5.1 3.5 0.48 N, N-Di-isobutylisobutyramide 2,0 0.057 14 phase ~ N (1% HN03 21 9.4 N, N- Dicycloheqlformamide N, N-Dicyclohexylacetamide NP(IV) 0.23 0.024 .051 ~ 6.0 ~ ~(VI) Pu(IV) 0.119 3.6 ,138 6.4 Amides HN03 (1$~ 4.0 38 .112 4.5 7.2 1.2 .103 3.3 0.21 0.33 .057 1.4 0.0046 0.070 in the aqueous Th phase= Zr HN03 0.10 0.54 0.090 ,74 .21 .102 .11 .044 .094 .0040 .0026 .083 .0001 <.001 .060 .095 1.0 3,4 .114 4.7 8.7 2.2 .095 .039 0.62 3.0 .108 4.8 7.1 1.6 .028 .046 .088 .100 3.1 0.11 0.037 .0010 0.0012 .085 .150 4.8 11 .21 1.1 .100 .142 6.3 16 .68 0,026 .091 0.0070 9.9 2.2 11 N, N-Disubstituted 379), a 2.4 4.1 N, N- Dibut ylacetamide ramide by Various (Ref. in the aqueous 1+ (~~ N, N-Dihexylformamide N, N-Dibutylpivalamide m * 3.0 ~ HN03 N, N-Dicyclohexylbutyramide 7.9 1.7 .148 5.1 5.9 .16 .010 .103 N, N- Dibut yl - 2- ethylhexanamide 4.0 0.19 .125 4.1 0.29 .0043 .0022 .084 N, N-Dimethyldecanamide 4.9 .115 4.4 39 .63 .096 .091 .096 10 N, N-Diethyldecanamide 5.1 6.9 .120 5.0 16 .34 .049 1- Hexanoylpiperidine 7.2 8.7 .115 5.6 20 .32 .077 .096 2,8 0.60 .087 4,2 1.5 .025 .011 .080 1-(2 -Ethylhexanoyl) - piperidine N, N-Di-sec-butylhexanamide N, N- Dibutylcyclohexane carboxamide 5.5 .90 .120 4.0 3.9 .092 .0092 .094 3.1 .19 .103 4.1 1.0 .0040 .0034 .090 ,23 .086 2.4 1.,3 .0033 .0099 .085 1.2 0.69 .0099 .0070 .088 4.3 1.0 N-But yl- N-phenylbutyramide 1.4 N, N-Dibutylbenzamide 0.86 N, N-Dibenzylacetamide 3.3 aExtraction coefficient . “All 0.50 M in toluene. is defined as moles/liter .105 .34 0.22 0.077 in the organic phase divided by moles/liter in aqueous 0.014 phase. 0.021 0.077 metal atom efficient at high nitrate distribution carbon coefficient atom dihexyloctanamide slightly inferior (1) as selective for U(VI) and decreases of quadrivalent is increased. was for Zr concentrations. at about 7 — M HN03 while to TBP extractants for is only branced N, Zr-Nb, of these alpha carbon N- but compounds or (2) as selective actinides, with highly in the of the alpha moderately. of Pu from uses co- decrease as the branching The potential quadrivalent of amides distribution A large decreased in decontamination Ru decontamination. in the case a maximum acidities. Pu and Th occurs that of U(VI) superior exhibits at higher atoms are extractants (e. g. N, N- dihexyltrialkylacetamide). Chelating Agents A large complexes with in non-polar aqueous organic phase, number metal of hi-functional ions have solvents and are been reagents such as benzene therefore which investigated. or carbon extractable. strong complexes compounds salt soluble acetone (TTA ) and of N-nitrosophenylhydroxyl- ( “Cupferron” in radiochemical more than in the the fluorinated 2 -thenoyltrifluoro the ammonium coordination are tetrachloride Of these 13-diketone, ‘amine form These ) have been and analytical Thenoyltrifluoro This used most widely applications. acetone compound (TTA) has the structural formula _~_cH u and exists aqueous primarily forms ions, The in both solutions, strong complexes particularly general written 3 in the enol form and organic TTA metal _~_cF 2 s reaction those for with many of high valence. the extraction can be as M +m + m ‘T(o) and the equilibrium = ‘Tin(o) (1) + ‘H+ constant (MT)(0) (H+)m K= (2) (M+m) where HN03 CONCENTRATION EQUILIBRIUM (~) AT Fig. 34. Extraction of actinides and Zr by 1.09 ~ N, N-dibutyloctanamide in n-dodecane at 30°.378 (H%o) the quantities in parentheses are activ- ities. Thus, if activity coefficients, and no aqueous completing tion should 65 coefficient occurs, show a direct are neglected, the distribu~th power dependence aqueous on the TTA This acidity. The most Foreman’” concentration and an inverse~th expectation comprehensive is borne summary out for of TTA who found that the extraction power many dependence elements, on the including data is that of Poskanzer data for most elements could Pu. and be fitted by the equation [H K=D (HT)m in which (HT) K is a copstant, activity dependence coefficient Equation [ H+] These is extracted of these of the TTA. authors elements (see Fig. while other reader is referred No 35). ~~ Fig. phase con- phase of TTA (4) coefficients of the TTA phases into and the metal are paper more EiEa pH. OF 50 % EXTRACTIC+J “ PH,O - Extraction all available at which chelate the pH50 value for of acids more They WITH EQUAL VOLUME = - LOG HCI CONCENTRATION of the elements 66 with displayed in extractability is negative and acid-salt detail. extractable experimental 50~. of the ion 0.2 — M TTA in benzene. to show the trends a variety much (3) for pH table in which be for of Eq. pH5 o, the Am COEFFICIENT OF PH OEPENOENCE OF LOG @ D . OX IOATION STATE WHSN NOT IN OICATEO 35. TTA 228 of a periodic In cases ions ~=GATIVE ion in the aqueous x is the observed 1, and f is the organic solutions the parameters to the original . PH.. Mg volume data may that the quadrivalent JU benzene and calculated the form given, ~~ m is that of Eq. For determined by equal phase, phase. extractions data in of the hydrogen in the organic that the activity in the organic data on TTA is the activity of the TTA of the reaction, (3) assumes equal 1 = 1 - 0.24 (HT)0”48 ‘HT are (3) fH~- is the concentration centration +x However, only HC1 data are combinations. this figure than others. DTTI17 FrlrllTl 0.2 ~ TTA some of the in benzene.324 The shows The extraction Cunninghsme though other aqueous of Pu(IV chlorinated phase nitrate ) from nitric acid solutions was using CC14 and benzene 110’ 111 and Miles hydrocarbons completing were used of the Pu, investigated as solvents also. They by primarily, find that, the equilibrium al - by neglecting can be expressed by the equation 4 ‘HN03 They derive efficient, tracer the f‘ s from of Pu(IV that the rate centration solutions (1) represents the Pu(III) used. by Heisig co- benzene, aqueous determined boundary controls find that at low nitric is PuT4, while at 4.9 — M total acid nitrate con- from Other with concentrations. results 0.2 ~ are shown Pu from chemisorption with to time a direct Since zero were coefficients that Eq. coefficients — 0.01 ~ on hydrogen however. of a batch in Fig. process Their 37. 2.3 power ion. made, for for sulfuric acid as dependency These the distribution solutions co- and the extrap- Pu(IIT) scrub with Pu recovery and U of 3000 and 667, dilute properties for and Pu(VI) the Zr oxidize HN03, on a l-gram of a number separating procedure, is to pre-extract with hydroxylamine, a 99.4% Pu from ir- should be which from to Pu(lY) 0.5 ~ with HN03 with NaN02, and back-extract scale of the Pu into decontamination respectively. on the use of TTA for processing irradiated uranium for Pu are 105 An interesting variation is the use of U(IV) and Culler.lOg _et al. TTA 342 solutions The by reduction application cedures for Pu has been reported 287,50,356 for rapid analysis step combination of TTA, scale, to Pu(III) report reports and displacement. obtained dependency concentra- indicating perchlorate of the distribution TTA-benzene, They of Crandall on the TTA the distribution They 2.6 power extrapolations Plots to the laboratory Zr measured 0.005 — Mferrous in the development Their the Pu is reduced HN03. authors second-power ion concentration, are shown in Fig. 36. 111 and Miles determined the extraction impurities with direct from and Hicks U. adaptable are in the presence with time, were radiated to strip They rates. species These and an inverse stabilized possible those of the distribution in sec-butyl the organic on the hydrogen acid and TTA increased factors by TTA, across extraction by reduction Cunningham 8 ~ back the extracted the reaction. of nitric values extract solutions the dependencies concentration never while acid of Pu chelate second-power obtained a function easily dependence partially nitrated complex such as PuN03T3 exists. 174 found that for Pu(VI) extractions into TTA-benzene and Hicks acid obtained nitric (O. 5 ~) tion and inverse efficient concentration some Heisig olated f~T the TTA and reductive concentrations were ) from of transfer the forward on TTA (HT)4 and find that C is close to 1 X 10+5 over the range from 1 to 10 ~ HN03 for 173 m a very extensive study of the kinetics of the exPu. Heisig and Hicks, traction nitric ‘PuT4 (5) c = DPU(IV) many (see times, for co-precipitation on a CaF2 to Pu(III) of TTA either example, steps involving 352 suspension, or other 67 or a combination to analytical of reduction and radiochemical as the only Procedure pro- purification 2, Section VIII) or in 341, 237 136’351’50’284 BiP04, 332,315,168,261 separation steps. LaF3, 1000 100 10 f)l o.I 1.0 0.01 D 0.001 0,0001 01234567S9 101112 HN03 MOLARl~ Fig, 37. Distribution coefficients of various ions from nitric acid solutions into 0.2 — M TTA in benzene .ll O. Ill 0.1 —--L~,20 HNOO; CO&NT R’ATION Fig. 36. Extraction Pu(VI) into TTA-benzene of HN03 concentration nitrate concentration. Pu(VI) TTA cone. (~) 0.74 Total nitrate (M) 0.175 Aqueous condi~ons 2 X 10-4 ~ KMnOy TTA (~) small of Pu(IIT) and as a function at constant total LiN03 added. 174 vice has been amotmt versa,415to vironmental and Pu(VI) are extracted are together Pu(III) environmental 1,65 0.096 0.005 M Fem104)2 water.’ then calculated TTA 36 used to separate In this procedure hydroxylamine and impurity aqueous is then oxidized cedure phase both extractable TTA logical has been material, Procedure 21, LaF3. On a second The relative state In the latter procedure, 0.5 ~ raffinate sample, from the Pu(IV) amounts sea Pu(IV) HC1 and the adjusted acetate en- of Pu in including from a 194 or Pu from 352 and to samples, is extracted acqueous Pu, to pH 4.3 with which the Pu(III) and Pu(III) of the three valence are states by difference. has been 411 analysis. together. with samples the oxidation ammonium coprecipitated macro concentrate w-ater determine used to separate of b“ from used for impurities an HC1 solution elements extracted to Pu(IV) for of the metal with and extracted and non-extractable especially Section Pu from impurities TTA a spectrographic is reduced in hexone. into TTA-hexone. VIII). 68 with Pu in the By this pro- can be determined. several procedures for the determination 125,349, 360,257,56, 316 (see, for urine to Pu(III) The of Pu in bioexample, Cup ferron If-nitrosophenylhydroxylamine cipitating agent for many metal in non-polar solvents tion reaction is analogous Pu. et al. 138 have Furman out oxidation for from to Eq. phase Pu(III)from is shown these in Fig, Kirk CHC13 Fe, for extraction of reduced the extraction, recognized little the subject four solutions to be third 229 U(VI), Pu(VI), report that most U(IV), PU is lowered but a small and Penneman light v a He ruled molecule The pH dependence in accordance with of h ydroxylamine above Eq. 1. and Pu(lV speciesPu(III) for pH 0.8 in H2S04. ammonium ) They rePort and Pu(IV). Phosphate of Pu and Am, sulfate low The interferes from based with on extraction 1 ~ HC1 solutions. that the extraction rate cooling temperature from room that oxidation from port a separation Pu(III)INPRESENCE OF HYOROXYLAMINI recovery Pu(lv) cedure ~,417 of both Am has been Kooi by to 5°C suggests to Pu(IV ) is taking of cupferron. factor of The fact of Pu is slowed Pu(IIf) in the presence u by cupferron- is beneficial. Pu (Ill) 60 - not extracted extraction concentration of iron 304 report a separation of ferrous are as extractable place F power, elements complete 100 - z o cupferron sphere. the presence and Pu(fV) but essentially the Pu in the presence 00 - and U(VI). in extractions (U = 1.0 pH = 4.5 - 5). an “extra” coordination and without extrac- done on U(IV) Pu atom - complexes The has been data for per as apre date. work given molecules and postulated was found with quantitative cupferron the eightfold used of these at an early and have chloride has been and the volubility 38. extraction Nigon solutions years, was by the reagent of Pu(III) and Rodden and listed required to complete The pH dependence or cupferron many 1, although reviewed HC1-ammonium of the Pu(III) in the organic for such as chloroform Kemp 220 found that Pu(III) into chloroform ions They of 105 with and Pu. A similar used to separate and Hallatein237 re - quantitative pro- Pu from has used cup ferron 1- x w 8 tractions (2) water 40 - to concentrate samples. corporated general a cup ferron cedures determination t oo~ Finally, in procedures PH Fig. 38. Extraction of Pu(IH) ad PU(~-) from 1,0 M chloride into” cup2~ Cmve 1: Pu(III) f erron-CHCl = 2.16 X 10- 2“ ~, cupferron = 3,98 X 10-2 ~; Curve 2: Pu(III) . 3.65 X 10-3 M; cupferron = 3.68 X 10-2 M, 10 w/v~hydroxylamine hydrochlor~de. The curves are ~0 extraction for equal phase volumes vs equilibria PH. from biological Chmutova for determination in- step in a for Pu. used in several pro- Pu before of impurity spectrographic 296,45 elements. cupferron, has been widely used to separate and concentrate Pu 102, 387,.248, 272 materials. 87 developed a procedure et al. of Pu by extraction HN03 by a chloroform . phenylhydroxylamine 69 procedure has been to separate environmental and Lukens37 extraction radiochemical Cup ferron 20 Pu from Beaufait solution (BPHA ), from 3~ of N-benzoylan analog of ex- cupferron, followed by back extraction found that U, Am, NP(V), these The Nb and Zr conditions. Other Chelating Many Project for and various possible other separated organic chelating for such compounds” as well are Code mme are into (except sulfuric acid. Nb and Zr) in the back It was do not extract extraction agents Pu, other in Table were including Stewart diketones. as many shown completing Substituted group Rl(a) investigated acetylaceto,ne, 3’3 in the Manhattan trifluOr has compiled agents. OaCetylacetOne, extraction Extraction data for of Plutonium 393 Pu(rv) distribution ratio benzene 0.5 — N HhT03 — Relative concentration needed to give same extraction of Pu(IV) CH3 1.0 1 PTA CH3CH2 9.0 1/3 ITA (CH3)2CHCH2 BTA c 6H5 TTA HC - CH -1oo 1/5 -1oo 1/7 1/15 42 II ,C - s pFC 6H4 PB TA 03 NTA CH - CH F TA -1oo 1/7 -1oo 1/7 -100 1/7 -100 1 II II HC, ,C 0 ‘a) The general formula for these several into Benzene TFA FBTA data for IV-25. Comparison of the Extractability Various Fluorimted Diketones. II HC, under step. Compounds fluoridated TABLE IV- 25. Phases Containing products extractants chelating agents of the Pu(IV) and fission compounds 70 is R1-C(0)CH2C(0)CF3. Pu(VI) precipitate with and Pu(lV) complexes at pH 2-3 have TTA complex. solutions been with pyridine-N-oxide -2-carboxylic acid which 176 These compounds are iso-structural prepared. A possible application is the separation of U(VI) and Pu(VI) from of salts. Mixed Extractants Synergism traction taken of metals synergism extractants, separately. This Pu has received while The term by mixed its not many be expected gard, of phenomena be found. types described not completely Influence of Diluent TLA, exerted and (2) mutual rise increases a factor extractions. hexone, polar of three TTA, complex, disruption fraction Shevchenko ~ of H-type of the association tion of the induced decrease from dipoles @@.36g’ with pure diluent of the dipoles 37’ re- of the DBC, TTA, non-polar and proposed (L): a theory and the diluent in the diluent can be large; benzene complex mixt~e e. g., DPu(m) in TBP (Pu(IV) and Pu(VI) In the case of the by a polar The a maximum. diluent, diluent; however, extraction This with highly the as a function is explained followed by by participa- in the extraction. found that the extractability polarizability and in this of tetra- TBP, molecule diluent. in the P-type diluent The He found that the nature dipoles is favored as well etc. complex, chloroform, the extraction. thus exhibits in the H-type increasing (P): effects of a non-polar increases diluent, on the effect hexone, CHC13 to pure by a non-polar the extraction diluent studies of the organic The of changed is excellent benzene. permanent phase. the extraction of a polarizable of the mole Ce(III) in going polar (H): inert on the extractability on the extractability, between all cases discussion. including are the dipole etc. ) is favored Pu(IV)-TBAN presence used influence between in the organic In general, TBP. extractants, but polarizable interaction to structure extensive and it is to TBP-DBP, of Marcus267 diluents research, is thus diverse, complete years. phenomenon, are ex- extractant in recent of the supposedly review inert of diluents a large section synergism conducted various non-polar on (1) the interaction dipoles, giving Examples tetrachloride, of the diluent with in this a more of supposedly actinides and TBAN. carbon based 397, 398 and polarizability and hexavalent The to it for this such as TBP-TTA, the term understood. is referred for in the nature depressed) of the general appeared Considered under Tatie396, have (or by each attention than its share) of extractants and the reader polarity more enhanced the extraction considerable applications due to changes of different in general (perhaps will properties as mixtures range share as against has received radiochemical that more extraction subject is used to denote of the diluent of U(VI), Pu(IV), Zr(IV), by TBP solutions from and 3 HN03. Far mixed. greater The effects are enhancement (or observed depression) when two different of the distribution 71 classes of extractants coefficients are may be 104 or more. Siekierski mixtures (C+). based on classification Anionic etiractantfi act as organic TOPO, . anions etc. ) are and cationic cations are neutral authors have similarly that form complexes compounds In general class, and may define for neutral (B”), DBP, extractants through a basic (’I?OA, TBAN, be small effect or large coefficient synergistic or cationic HDEHP, neutral the synergistic a synergistic a system (A-), such as TTA, complex; basic proposed as anionic compounds strongly complex. of the same These acidic compounds are in the extracted classes. and Taube400 of extractors in the extracted extractants of compounds 381 and Taube, etc. that (TBPJ oxygen atom, etc. ) that act as is small in mixtures in mixtures of different as ‘1 2, ex s = 10g D1’ z adj ,, ‘1, (1) is the experimental 2, exp distribution is the calculated and ‘1, 2, add distribution coefficients. tween the extractants the two of different for types Additivity occurs, extractants are has made Taube400 Synergism phosphate mixed. and He aly The survey studied Healy of y ranged a y value found obtained at high Irving depending species were M is an actinide. These authors placement mixtures classification system. systems. M is an actinide and P is a neutral 196-200 in nitric acid of participation (P)y(o) di-, tri-, in the case of chloride in the ex- (2) + X H+. and hexavalent of TOPO 1 or 2 nitrates concentration. M(IV) With T3(N03)P1, were Thus postulate of a water found that they where ions. a value Th(IV) had of 3 was also M(IH) the complex that the reaction molecule M(m) T3P2, could by P, P2, for otide and M(~I) T3(N03)P1, is influenced mechanism into the complex, phosphine T2(N03)2 M(W) in the complex enter tributyl hexavalent T2P1, strength species a coordinately the T2 (N03)P2, and M(VI) by the basic giving (TBPO) of P. is the re- unsaturated thus M02T2 In the case with of synergistic on this ion with extractants and Edgington, ‘ M (T)x various except acid P = TBP where product, metal when be- P concentrations. on t$e nitric with not true extraction where that (1) no interaction of the extracted commonly 1 and 2, of the individual is thus 1 to 3 for and Edgington identified whereas from of mixed of extractants on additivity of examples no evidence reaction of 1 as did U02+, table by Irving ‘x +xHT(0) +J’ p(o) Values complex are IV- 26, based M- TTA-P, has been based on the assumption assumptions in Table in the system extraction is based A summary is given an extensive compound 169 inHCl traction. Both of a mixture coefficient and (2) no mixed occurs. U and Pu extraction coefficient distribution nitrates of tetravalent added MT4 H20 + P = M02T2P(0) one or more species, to preserve + mHN03 electrical + mP chelates neutrality, = MT4-m(N03)mPm ’72 (3) + H20. are displaced by P molecules, thus + mHT. (4) TABLE IV-26. Syner istic U and Pu Extractions. 38 f Synergism or antagonism occurs System and Antagonistic Effects in Two Examples for plutonium uranium extraction Extractant and Systems in References and remarks Ai + A; anionic + anionic S>o S<<o U(VI), HG2P0 A-+ B“ anionic + non- ionic S>>o U(VI), U(VI), Pu(VI), Pu(VI), Pu(VI), H S04, D2EHP0 + TBPO HkO , TTA + TBP Hh ,8 3, HDEHP + TBPO H2S04, DNNSA + TBP HN03, TTA + TBP Blake, 195959 Irving, 1960196 Blake, 195959 Oak Ridge, 1960443 Irving, 1961198 Taube, 1961400 S<<o U(VI), Pu(VI), H2S04 DDPA + TBP Pu(IV), H2S04, DBP Blake, Taube, ‘U(VI), H2S04, DBP U(VI), Pu(VI) HDEHP H2S04, + tertiary amines DBP + TOA A-+ C+ anionic + cationic S>>o BIO + B20 non-ionic non-ionic B“ + C+ non-ionic cationic Cl* S<o Pu(IV), S>o U(VI), + H2GP0 H2S04, TBP, DBP Blake, + TBP + TOA S<o s-o Pu(VI), Pu(VI), I%@ Y), + Taube, + TBAN s-o PU(IV)J HN03, 1961400 Siddal 1960376 no data HN03, HhT03, PU(~)J 195959 1961400 Deptula Mine 196111~ Blake, 195928 Taube, 1961400 TiBP ? + 195959 TBP TBP + 770A + TBAN Taube, Taube, 1961400 1961400 Taube, 1961400 + C2+ cationic cationic + + TBAN G* general alkyl group D 2 EHPO di-2-ethylhexyl phosphine oxide tri-n-butyl phosphine oxide TBPO DNNSA dinonylnaphthalene sulfonic acid tetrabutyl ammonium nitrate TBAN triisobutyl phosphate TiBP SYMBOLS The trivalent P molecules species The are ‘ synergistic to become of two water 8-coordinated molecules. The effects discussed so far is increased are for relatively to about 1~ and above, or antagonism systems as quoted judicious addition the aqueous by either addition addition reaction of two is 2P = ‘T3P2” If the P concentration synergism considered or replacement ‘T3 of P. TOA sets in. The P dependencies for 169 by Healy are shown in Table IV-27. of one of these compounds phase. 73 to effect several Thus the selective small concentrations a strong negative- M/ TTA/P/HCl it is possible return by of ions to TABLE IV- 27. Slope of the Dependence of the Distribution Coefficient Concentration of the Added Reagent for Mixtures of Phosphorous Esters, Alcohols and Ketones with TTA. 41 Valence Ion Th Am, Pm Uo. Fused salts because give a general U(VI) +2 -4 +1 -2 of their (where eutectic tribution of otidation the distribution similarly, although Borkowska U, system pair a maximum however of the LiCl phase PUC14, actinides TBP obtained separation effect of TBPJ chloride at The dis- as in acqueous distribution was to lower to behave 180° and HDBP of of 102 or the higher be expected mixture TOA, a factor dependency of added would ‘< to study the ex- in diphenyl. For similar of TOA behavior. is similar -50” ‘or ‘(IV)’ the distribution of a number It is perhaps noted distributions for Since UC14 (for curve of ions between not proper which to speak the SnC12 used to stabilize case for the U(IY) of this system basis) U from Pu and Th is approximately 100, as in favor as a reluctant), tri- also and tetravalent reduced Pu to separation is possible in this system. Similar results 290 and Lyon for the system KC1-A1C13-A1. In this case the for while that for were Th from Pa is up to 800. Cafasso including Pd:600, et al. U and Pu. U:21.5, 73 determined between Pu:7.3, the partition liquid Ce:3.4, lead and zinc Sr:O.05, 74 coefficient at 703”C. is the immiscible fraction SnC12 was added coefficients at ’40% in this to TBP. (Kd > 1 on a mole of the distribution occ~s The maximum an easy by -Moore TOA ‘U(IV)” HDBP The ratio was > 40. factor shows at 650°C. were state The and in a mixture solutions. is the same, actinides < ‘U(III) significant and FeC13. the trivalent concentration in the D vs concentration -3. LiC1-AlC14-K+ were nitrate the is in the order at 67% ‘Bp’ ‘here %(IV) measured Moore28’ salt TBP effect. by solutions < ‘Am(III) Du(ml extraction; aqueous from between and NP(VI), of TBP coefficients mechanism Quadrivalent and Am DPu(rrr) where the same salting-in find the extractability TOA, Np(V) solutions none was determined. 51 used a KC1- CUC1 eutectic ~. of Pu, or lanthanide), concentrated that the extraction coefficients. coefficients the distribution all showed indicating in LiN03-KN03 efficiently the distribution and dilute of fused 154 et al. Gruen of actinides of elements of mixtures reactors. and spectra actinide 120”C) than the corresponding due to the increased In this (MP In general, coefficients traction region properties eutectic power a number determined M is a trivalent mixture states extracts @.20’ extraction low-temperature use in homogeneous that TBP at 150”C. solutions, done on the solvent in relatively potential Isaac M{III) 103 higher has been discussion mixture. polyphenyls they DI VI elements in this being -2 and indicate mixtures, CO(H), +1 research and other eutectic Antis ynergism region Iv Salt Systems Some actinide Synergism on the Amides, of a number The results of elements, (Zn/Pb) are D.3 Ion Exchange The phenomenon tion of Pu. Cationic on cation Pu(VI) resin form of ion exchange Pu in dilute, in the hydrogen anionic and so will thus both usable or alkali complexes adsorb on anion Pu. in the laboratory because and the excellent decontamination been acid form. The anion inorganic adsorb will nitric and cation exchange fission cation separa- solution On the other Anion equipment from in the radio chemical concentrated re SWS. of the simple synthetic utfiity required, exchangers hand Pu(IV) and or hydrochloric exchange separation products readily is especially the ease by the use acids methods are valuable of manipulation, of redox such as zirconium cycles. phosphate have developed. A good Chapter introduction 7 of Seaborg separations many recent The books of commercially available subject the ion exchange Cation equation Thus, > Pu(III) > PU(Vl), the strong base Kraus in 1957, review of and properties and Nelso:~~’ while reviewed Hardy of these resin for reviewed an exchanger in the hydrogen action sulfonated for The exchange reaction is favored can be used to displace metal by completing. with Amberlite charge IR - 1: > CS(I) concentration, neutral Th(IV) > Sr(II) and are or anionic Pu may be desorbed from the ions from” the exchanger In general, ticreasing by a low the metal the absorbabilit and decreasing on cation exchangers for 358 Schubert found the following is y of hydrated PU is Pu(IV) adsorption afftiit y > Pu(IV) > La(III) Rare ++ . All Pu species are > U02 desorbed complexes at high with by reaction acid concentrations. Pu in all of its oxida- with the anion of the acid, displacement. cross -ltied the separation is Dowex-50. 470 or 12%, (1) way to remove +b Ba~) form and therefore materials of M example, acid anions popular means site. high acid Another Earths> at low The reaction of absorbabflity cation Rare many states, For as the mass which has a good of the names reviewed references + bH+ . increases the order > Y(III) well exchange bHR = M% actiom as well Typical +b + on ion exchangers absorbed materials. good in 1958. or conversely, radius. tion actinides the concentration However, a table separations R is an exchanger by mass to decrease Earths Samuelson gives has been are is concentration cations of ion exchange 348 and Samuelson Helff erich cation general solution) exchanger subject of ion exchangers. ion-exchange in the acttiides is contained in 17 M valuable for ion exchange of Hyde Exchange M acid of ion exchange review general 175 of ion-exchange data for The In this The The done on actinides. the general (acid 1 of Helfferich and applications work form to the subject and Katz. of the actinides. times. to the theory for metal in moderately exchange to separate Recently is of great non-completing, etc. This polystyrene of inorganic resti resins species, is usually divinylberuene was 75 have been including specified added by far as “X 4“ or “X to the styrene the most the actinides. in the 12, ” etc., polymerization linked of the resin resins greater volume change As solution, ever, elution anions behavior changing above, ionic under form linkage. In general, but also kinetics, Pu complexes the low-cross- have the disadvantage of milieu. non-completing of Pu is essentially elution behavior the distribution as a function the cross of faster conditions, independent at moderate i. e., of the aniona concentrate ions, dilute acidic How- present. which makes the of Pu variable. The where with mentioned the absorption many to provide have the advantage of Pu on cation coefficient of the acid for Pu(IU), resin Pu(IV), is summarized and Pu(VI) in Fig. on Dowex- 39, 50 is plotted molarity. Pu E k I 103 \ [02 10 103 It // t 102 /iclo4 HCI $1 \ 10</ ‘\HN03 II HN03 c1 j 10 2 46 MO LA RITY Fig. tions. 39. Typical These distribution data are coefficients intended In general, HC104 than for acidities HC1. is shown for The tion was classic of relative distribution points volumes 10 cm long for from on cation required plot. 3.2 to 9.3 — M HC1 is undoubtedly complex. The has the highest is in accord to elute tetravalent distribution actinides coefficient with the decreasing of Pu. adjusted case were taken steeper for HN03, coefficient occurs solu- In to corre from - litera- H2S04, and in HC104 in a great of the actinide principal tracer in diameter. at high number connected decrease in this of radii to make 76 in Fig. Pu, from Np, positon vs — in going position chloride U, Th; This Pu to Th. to the system. elution elution of an anionic sequence: 40 as a Dowex- proportional in this a crude of the Pu(IV) in going in HC1 solu- shown data are obtainable at any HC1 concentration. hydrated are of the ions from These due to the formation elute elements results amounts the separations “have been extreme acidic were increase exchange whose and illustrate The 50 in common of the behavior data in every This D 8 U(VI)) in the distribution et al. 117 the Pu species HC1 concentration illustrative are 6 Pu(IY). by 1 or 1.5 mm coefficients, The and Pu(VI). work 24 D of Pu on Dowex of the curves for AI (e. g. Am(llI), increase also done by Diamond 50 column The Pu(III) and probably elements,’oo a plot the slopes A strong OF to be only ,, some cases, the data of other actinides ‘\ , pond to Pu in the same valance state. ) ture mentioned later in this section. L 10 8 i. e., order Th(IV) Th of elution was not 3.2hJ I I [ I NP(II) Pyzn HCI I II I [email protected] Cs Yk. SrY / NPCLII / I ! II CEI Pu~a ThCUZ)~ NPCUZY— I I I LnRa Ac PU(.IIZ) Am — / 0 0 / /’ / / 6.2&fiCl , / // I I CaYb Y I [ NP~ U(WO Ill / I II I IM Th (IIZ)_ Pu (ILD ,. t’ I I /, I ‘ ,# I i 9.3~ HCI I 1[ I Ill II Pm EU I T(W ‘“l~b Pu m I N;~Am Srti I Th(IK)— AC La ~~ 1, I I i 1 N;$ I 1/ I I 122~ II 1 11 II I II RoY PuflV)W3Am C Yb Puod C, HCI I Th (IX3— EuEa CaLaSr Ac P“dIl I 1 1 I I I 1 1 1 II I 1 I I I I I I I I 1 1 1 1 1-l 1 1000 100 10 I VOLUME OF ELUTRIANT Fig. 40. Relative elution peak position of actinides and other ions in various concentrations. The positions of the Pu ions have been connected by lines. 117 eluted at all under the tetravalent the relative actinides the conditions actinides elution under position and lanthanides lanthanides the elements Dowex- summary the curves fo~ Th(IV), 117 of Diamond et al. Strelow with those distribution for Hg%. just below X 8 resin above. He arranged in 1 ~ distribution the cation is in Fig. was coefficient separation exchange the cation exchange The of Th(IV), Zr. 77 ranged of vs HC1 data for Pu are to the data of 43 elements on agreement of the equilibrium 7250 for actfide of the of most in general order from the OfiY of Dv few a norm~ization results in decreasing values positions table behavior up to 4 — M with of 41 to show of the trivalent behavior relatively Permit position in Fig. in the elution Although and Am(m) the elements HC1. of the elution is shown 42 as a periodic used. at HC1 concentrations coefficients The by the increase U(m), investigated 3’5 conditions well-known summarized 50 X 4 resin included, Dowex-50 The is illustrated The in HC1. concentration cliff erent of Th(IV). at high acidities. 300 Nelson et al. A plot of the experiment. slightly HC1 Zr(IV) studied, to 0.3 was 2049J 1000L co ; n z – z o ~ m o L 100 Fig. 41. tetrapositive molarity.11 u Elution peak position ions vs hydrochloric 7 of the acid NP :~ x z 10 Pu n z o F 3 d 1’ I I I 3 1 12 HCI 6MOLAiiTY Fig. 42. Volume distribution coefficient of the elements Dowex 50 X 4 cation exchange resin. Tracer concentrations for the most part. 300 78 vs HCI concentration for of the elements were used Prevot ~.325”. determined 1171.51 coefficients with of Pu(III) other ions concentration very as a function (Fig. C. 50 resin Pu(HI) 43). (similar strongly are below distribution out. A partial I I used expected ~ 4 ~, and Fe (ILI) curves ions 1 Of HN03 They separation can be achieved The low I at since are I I to absorb 1 — M acid. is very coefficient concentrations U (VI) along to Dowex-50). and Pu(IV) HN03 and Pu(IV), I the from \ D 10 flattening these in the elution ,i’ of ‘\ the Pu. Nelson used HC104 their survey The of cation shown most elements tion coefficients minima. be made state have coefficients the basis for They used acid decladding with in dilute HN03. The primarily iron ‘simfi~ group resin acid acid, washed acid distribution The to demonstrate which concentration re suits a process contain staiiiess contained to remove for The from might Pu(III) shown and in Table Pu from Pu is normally 0.5 — M acid, sulfate, of the original 5% for are recovering steel. and is adsorbed with water most common from applications of cation solution, or 419 Several such as hydra zine. impurities, phenomenon coefficients Their solutions. solutions, Pu solution and that this c- 50 separation. determined solutions to DC)w~~_~O)~I~sin concentration, and eluted stainless scrubbed with steel 6 — N materials, and chromium. (1) concentration processes in what- sulfuric product d 3 ACID($~NCENTRATION’ Distribution of Pu(HI) and Fig. 43. Pu(I~) and other ions between nitric ‘acid solutions and the catio state in sulfuric Dowex-50 0.5 — M sulfuric 2 NITRIC appreciable resins sulfuric ---Pu m I at high HC104 Iv-28. trivalent some distribu- and Higgins299 several \ FOau)~. gone of an actinide Neill Pu(IV) having all the actinides eve r oxidation \ 9 ~) The se authors that essentially distribution (> increasing after in the HC1 data. concentrations have \ , behavior. 44 show from . 1( medium exchange in Fig. cliff erences In high HC104 through also as the aqueous results striking gt@300 ‘\, \ a dilute of Pu from should process as adsorption solution of Pu(HI) HN03 containing 0.3 ~ sulfamic solvent be easily of Pu(llI) which 0.05 ~ extraction adapted processes plants to the laboratory from 0.25 ~ HN03 is O. 1 — M in hydroxylamine hydroxylamine acid to prevent oxidation exchange (2) separation sulfate, 79 for scale. Bruce purtiication developed. 60 Pu are These X 12 from washing with reports and describes Bruce by Dowex-50 and eluting for nombsorbable final have been sulfate, to Pu(IV). techniques from with 5.7 ~ the a 0.15 g/1 0.1 - 0.25 — M HN03 containing a concentration Volume distribution coefficient 4 cation exchange resin.300 Do~~~-%”X TABLE IV-28. Distribution of the elements Coefficients in H2S04 for Solutions Pu for vs HC104 Various concentration Cation for Resins 299 H2S04 Resin Duolite Dowex Concentration C-65 ‘Pu(III) (M) 0.5 50 X 8 5.3 0.5 50 X 12 0.5 factor of 330 for 30 for Zr Pu in this and Nb, and 2.4 to 8 for During among these are Purex process, process. the entire Decontamination most process (2) oxidation resin and (3) Pu(HI) Q. 325 during is more Durham and Aiken Lingjaerde 255 easily 119 other 144 -- 1470 -- factors ions were trivalent adsorption desorbed, describe and Sikkeland382 80 of approximately for several as it is stripped from liberates which permitting gasses a higher essentially the same elute 6-8 ~ with 20 to obtained. the Pu is kept trivalent (1) the Pu is initially --- 3.6 0.25 (IV) 35 360 3.6 Dowex ‘Pu reasons; TBP may in the channel concentration process. the factor, Prevot HC1 in preparation for anion exchange to elute the major and some contaminating tisert VIII). HN03 was eluted with fission Den Boer which actinides as a typical solution, and hydrazine I sources. The resin (KU-1 by elution KU-2. The with with 436 of 1 ~ of cation resin beads with this resin Several Rapid a very of Np from HN03 NP(VI) HN03, dilute from HC1 U, Pu and the cation is reduced to NP(V) and counted applications preparation of concentration qualitative analysis to acidic that these resins for et ~. 222 Kennedy analogous are for phosphorous are between Np and Pu by elution acid exchange resin polyvinyl and 1, 4-his- were 0.01 to O. 1 milliquivalents/ 3. of trivalent 45 with Am(III) exon the after reduction from cation to Pu(IU) - and C. and Gee. 172 ing from A combination the separation of U(WO by 1 ~ at 90-10@ adsorbed 2. report ahead with p-terphenyl The sample and Fig. 45. Separation of Am from some common impurities by elution with HC1. The abcissa is drop number for a 0.3-cm diameter by 10-cm column. The 86 resin used was Dowex 50 X 4. 0.02 — M hydrofluoric 20 minutes preparation Easy in Fig. the ions from 16 of NP(V) by Heimbuch 1. shown Pt(IV), 6 — M HC1. with 3 ~ HN03. 435 separated and Sel’ chenkov polymerized activity. are Fe (III), is then eluted and KU--2) scintillators. except No. In the presence Pu(IV) with S02 for was reported the reductant, purification results was to adsorb and elute and Nishanov Zagrai Np(IV) 1.5 — N and the Pu(HI) was in the laboratory 10 Zolotov resin scheme and Ce were procedure I : 6MHCI , 1 DROP change general Pm (see of NH4 (I), His procedure 1 — M HC1, 5 resin. procedure the behavior J- products was 2 — M HC1 wash of the Pu. in this used the same 114 contaminants His with fission use an additional elution activities mvestigated “ 8’ common actinide. wash HCI were product the U02++ spectrometer I,OM 0 workers before HN03. are for latter products and Dizdar used to elute 8~ fission Chetham-Strode Al(III), The in an HC1 system. the U (VI) beads with scintillating toluene-divinylbe 2- (5-phenyloxyazolyl) then surface- sulfomted, gram. Sr90, with efficiencies PU23’, to give 30 to 50% mixtures -benzene capacities and Pc1210 have from properties nzene as rang- been of the adsorbed suggested: adsorbable radionuclides. of ions from radionuclides prepared and tested compounds carboxylic dilute solution in dilute in solvent and sulfonic 81 and sample preparation. solutions. phosphorylated extraction resins resins, systems. in acidity. which They The are found adsorption affinity of several Co(II), Ca(Jl) ions was Th(IV), Pu was > Na+. U{IV) > U(VI), not measured, Fe(DI) but Pu(IV) > La(HI) would > H+> CU(II), presumably be with Th known, have been and U. Inorganic Ion Exchangers Although largely inorganic superseded capacities by the synthetic and more exchangers. pounds. tractable However, better separations from to radiation fission by Kraus et al. 31,13r reported. The fission products coefficients for concentration. column has been The colurnm After washing Pu and must be separated Ahrland and proposed for et al. 47, gel from silica gel to effect Cvjet canin Pu from long-lived 0.1 — N HN03, w~e Ru, and Cs activity Mn02 dried fission products. U(VI) to Pu separations. Pu has been sorption of Pu(IV) 13 in Sect. with only of ZrJ (see Procedure Pu(VI) of several acid onto a through the 8— M HN03. Cs follows ions similar coefficients The the U, are plotted PUJ and other 11 in Sect. and U(VI) on sflica gel to the one described Pu by adsorption 113 The used as a function ions by pH of the former on VHI). with hexone a column method in the presence composed 297 concentrated fluoride of Mn02 is adsorb through on the columm determined on calcium of of Zr The environmental from a nitric over capacity acid for U and products from of the Zr, 99~0 zirconium for gram. and Si oxyhydrates from the fission the colurmz to be 1 milliequivalent/ to separate has been water samples solution 352 prepared and by chemi (see Procedure V~). Ke nmedy and Nb from and distribution was loaded studied, products from and Pu(VI) adsorbed was An exchanger applied U, nitric and Ru pass removed has have step. Zr-Nb and Cvjet canin was oxides separation passing at 11 O“ C agairmt products Sr, the behavior separation solution plotted aqueous of quite materisls to separate Pu, 140 Equilibrium 46, Ce, distribution extracted a Zr-Nb of hydrous as ion exchange Of the ions U and fission The also properties the Pu and Cs are separated a 6 — M HN03 112 U, are applications. Pu and fission The column an easy Cvjet canin exchangers com- the finding in process phosphate in Fig. U, by an additional 21, 22 studied revealing inorganic phosphates shown containing above. and vale ncy adjustment. 341 Rydberg silica The by Gal and Ruvarac. of Pu, phosphate of pH in Fig. toward Inorganic on the a separation zti conium primarily of the ion exchange the column, in the synthetic has proceeded is an advantage are of the higher obtainable and synthetic + 0.02 — M NaN02. and most. of the Nb stay because they on natural products. of ions long has continued use of zirconium solution at O. 5 — M HN03 work reported a number principally characteristics which discussion 242 given been Zr this damage, A general been field have been resins, physical experimentation In the actinide resistant ion exchangers et al. 223 carbonate describe solutions the absorption by hydrated 82 of Pu(IV), titanium oxide U(VI), (HTO). Ru, Zr, About HN03 CONCENTRATION (~) Fig. 46. The dependence of the distribution coefficients of several ions on zirconium phosphate on the aqueous HN03 concentration. All adsorbates present in tracer amoumts. Solutions of Pu(~) were 0.005 ~ in sulphamic acid and 0.015 ~ in h drazine; solutions of Pu(IV) 0.02 ~ in NahT02 and solutions of Pu02~ 0.02 ~ in KBr03.1 & 1 I 1 , 1 , , 1 1 ‘/ I I 1 1 (2 -101 1 1 3 I ,4, a ‘7 1 1 1 1 I 9 PH Fig. 47. mesh) .22 Log D for some metal ions as a function 83 of pH on silica gel (KEBO, 50-100 95% of Pu(IV) volumes absorption tion was removed at a flow rate of Pu(IV) of Pu(VI) was from was not affected only of this system processing plants is discussed. Paper Chromatography and U(VI), 0.27 for U(m) valency The to have paper using using develop failed paper indicated acid The and Fink carbonate Rf values The column. The conditions. absorpA possible wastes for mixtures around (1:1) in Pu(III), Pu(IV) ranging from 6 — M HC1 and ranged in between. The U and Pu by several of solvent also reported oxidation states and U(VI) might paper The ions from of lower For are of the U and Pu were many combinations and Pu(VI). cases moved be separated cbromatographic use of ion-exchange w“orkers. the Rf values of both Pu(IV) but in a few and acid. by these mve stigated ’31 or streaked, Pu(VI) ions from ions falling 6 — M HC1 as a developer, chromatograms to move the same in HC1-butanol the other combinations respectively. Fink under a matium of 2000-bed an HTO of 5 mg/ 1 of U (VI). chromatographic Rf values. 47 separated et al. U and Pu was ET-20 and Pu, U(VI), different to separate Whatman “reached by passage through lower Bildestein methods, paper and Am(lII) Rf values to 0.50 for tended volumes Pu and other determined 90 U(IV)J solution by tb.e pre aence to recover Clanet 1 to 10 — M HC1. Na2C03 of the solution 20~0 in 1000-bed application and Pu(VI), a 0.5 ~ of 1 ml/ cm2/min example, of solvent and acid In most systems The ethyl U not specified. quantitatively. in a methyl with 0.56 and 0.98 for ketone to PuOV) results - dilute nitric system. Anion The strong 29. base Strong Exchange behavior anion exchange adsorption HC1 concentrations TABLE of the actinide (typically of the actinides above IV- 29. resin 6 ~ while Absorption elements (a)Kd resorption states 1 or 2) in HC1. is shown ondation occurs and Resorption oxidation states below of Actinides on a in Table IV- occurs at (IV-VI) 2 — M HC1. on Strong Base Anion in HC1 Solutions HC1 Concentration(~) of Absorption(a) for Resorption@) m Not absorbed IV 6-8 2-4 v 6-8 2-4 VI 2-3 . lo-10o (b) Kd = 0.1-1.0 for absorption. for resorption. A convenient elements wash Dowex in the higher Exchangers Oxidation State Actinide in various with is to adsorb HC1, way Pu(IV) and desorb of separating or Pu(VI) by reducing 0.1-1 Pu from other onto such a resin actinides from the Pu to the trivalent 84 and most other > 6 — M HC1 solution, with a suitable reducing agent. This laboratory by dilute from method methods for Pu(IV) may acid and effective the separation be also products are are slower, it has become as well one of the standard as in larger scale process from than in the HC1 system, resulttig in some Many of the procedures Wish and Rowell plants. 7 — M HN03 solutions and desorbed either distribution coefficients and separation factors The higher that of Pu, adsorbed or by reduction fission reactions is so simple loss collected but the room 325 of convenience. temperature in this on anion volume are based ex- change. coefficients in HN03 Several was actinide by these by addition Dowex - 1 is made the 2 resins actinides is quite HF mixture separate shows the curves e. g. for the effect for HF 2 in HC1, 48-51. equilibrium completing in Zr tion and in the resin shown usual in Fig. Hardy Fig. for The 53. various Pu(IV) Data for and HN03 solutions Many results, strong The base exist solutions. which The of reduction elution to Pu(DI) of Pu(IV) workers amounts oxidation of U, states of both in the solufrom obtained those above by multiplying the actinides resins. These cliff erences from for 7 — M HN03 elements are the by Fig. The shown different and in resins shown to be 1 from great in HN03 are has been on Dowex 54 and 55. HC1 solutions specificity 240 for 55. exchange resins for Pu separations, Adsorption in 8 to 12 M HC1 and elution by reduction 108, 382, 447, 185, 383 ‘. 185, 293 with Hl in concentrated HC1, has been HC1 434 used of the chloride by HC1- HF mixtures are 293’ 155 wash the column first with 7 — M HN03, HN03’ strip in 10 — M HC1 - 0.5 — M HI or NH41 solutiom of the somewhat greater selectivity and removal ease The data for anion of the use of anion with NH41 in 8 — M HC1, and NH41 in concentrated procedure Dv, significant is shown or with NH20H alternative These macro somewhat equilibrium adsorbed states 1. in the HCl- case. quatermry the adsorption of other 127 are shown in Figs. examples differ coefficients, in this show species valence on Dowex- data for of the 11 — N HC1 - 0.06 — M HF, spectrophotometrically which distribution data in HN03 in the higher both in HC1 and HN03 to Pu(III) The states measured bed density, 0.45, 162 has summarized and different workers. = 337, 120 PU(N03)6 . actinides were phase. 52 as volume D by the resin HC1 solutions and hexavalent experiments polystyrene, distribution and Pu. for in these no Pu data comparison, of the ions and the Pu and Np together with 6.5 — N HC1 - 0.0004 — N HF. 266 Marcus measured distribution coefficients and Pu in the tetra- for so that the behavior The behavior by eluting HN03, Although included with the ions elements distribution to cbloromethylated The 434, 240 Dowex-1. of strong and other amine U(VI) Dowex- are 175 with tr imethylamine. valid for in Figs. of dimethylethanol is also Zr elements equilibrium the Zr Np, Pu from determined shown results workers, similar, in Dowex-2 and other with solution obtained 2 is made Dowexwhile for and HC1-HF H2S04, have 432’433’434 then with This has been procedures. with Pu(IV) concentrated method of iron system 85 common is to adsorb combines of the nitrate resulting mentioned small before. An from HC1, 7 — M and finally the advantages system with the strip volume. 432, 433 These d I I I I 1 I I ,, , , x I Y . -.. , I 1 i I II ! 2 1 1 [ [ . I / II In I , , r 1 11, Iu I 1 1 I I r II i I [#’ # I 1.0 1 , 02 Fig. 48. Equilibrium (Mo, Zr, and Nb curves h 1 1 1 6 8 N Ha 1 1 10 di,stribution coefficients for furnished by L. R. Bunney 86 I 1 12 ll~~x,~ —. 1 I IL in HCl solutions.432J 433 ~ Fig. 49. Absorption of various HN03 ions by Dowex 87 2 from nitric acid solutionsf33 104 1 1 1 1 1 .— .-. I _-— , — ——— Ioa .. . . —. ..—. —— , —— ——— .-—— ~q:YI .- ... ..- —— I I I 02 .— ,. { “1 —-— - -—— —— - ..— —. .—— — .— / –-+~.o& ( . # X“ ..—. , i’1 - - “F’ , I \ I I 1 I — ,— I t 1 P . ti — ~—. 1.0 J \ ! z-_ .— 1 4 $. al 1 0 I 5 1 10 Is 20 ~ Fig. 50. Absorption of various actinide 25 30 3s H2S04 ions from 08 H2S04 solutions by Dowex 2.433 a/~ 9 / 4 / / ‘~(VI~ I / ●,, I Pu(rv: ~ / t \ f i I I I 1! l., l.~ t \ I I w \ i I f I / [ / \ \ %, .. , .. “-.., \ I lFU n ) Ik...-. [/ \ 1 o 2 1Ur( IV T .-. -.’,...~ ~ i}.... ... \\, 9 1 4 ,, ~ / I I 6 8 10 12 14 N HOl CCNTAINIXG 0.3N HP distribution coefficients 89 of various ions on Dowex 2 in HC1 - 200 100 50 20 I NPIX -1 $ PUIIT UISZ O.10 ~ I H:l Fig. 52. Pu between I I I C: NC’i NT: AT~ON (~) Volume distribution coefficients, Dv, for tetra Dowex 1 and hydrochloric acid solutions. 266 90 and hexavalent U, Np, and ANION EXCHANGE ANION ANION EXCHANQE EXCHANGE lo*~ ‘oAc’D’m FF e) !!!!$ Ion DwEt o lo~ AMBERLITE IRA 400 BFIEE CH 10 A BOOID 4LL 9,HNOS f&HN03 P.l 246el MjHN03 0246610 0246010 I I 01 0246610 0246a10 ~,HCl ~,HCl Fig. 53. Equilibr~um anion exchangers. 152 Individual a) Pa; distribution coefficients for actinides on various references: Hardy et al. 163 Th and U; Carswell b) C, d) e) Kraus Ward and Nelson and Welch De-acidite Dowex 1; Aiken Amberlite f) Prevot FF; 24T (unpublished Phillips 23 data) and Jenkins 1 RA 400 and French 319 A 300 D; Prevot et al. 325 91 @@.. 325 strong base Fig. 54. Adsorption of the elements from hydrochloric acid solution by Dowex 1. NO Ws.- MOutaGamONm 1-14” q m.us.-m.lar4D$owr10N Fig. 55. Removal of elements anion- exchange resin. 127 from solution in 1 ~ nitric acid with strongly basic 240 methods have been incorporated in sequential separation 108, 432, 433, 434 other elements. Np and Pu have been 204 Pu with NH41 before adsorption on the resin. The commonly for removal done by anion example in 60~0 ethanol separation which with hydroxylamtie a pure sorption amounts either HN03 Pu and many by reduction analysis of the of other elements is 280, 405, 319, 55 or HC1 solutions of Pu from U by adsorption of U (VI) is 2 — M in HC1 has been reported. and is not adsorbed in this form. aqueous one is low sbxinkage 298 The of the resin on anion exchange Pu is reduced advantage and rapid resin to Pu(III) of this system adsorption and de- of the U(VI). In the nitrate the distribution gradation Pu, a problem above at high adsorbed this acid 8 — M HN03, eluting with in the separation the Pu with Ce(IV) sulfate scheme from from Am. The applications are either Pu. Pu, and Np by adsorbing 0.02 — M ferrous in O.25 — M HN03. by adsorption 6 to 8 — M HN03 because and because resin de- concentration concentrations. other materials 333 and Brauer separate h~p by oxidation included Pu is usually decreases or to separate Roberts and Np from system coefficient becomes to separate eluting separated of Pu before from for . The over of macro exchange schemes sulfamate, In another of Th(IV), Pu(IV) the Pu and finally method, Th is and Np from 8— M and of Np by elution of the Th by 12 ~ HC1, of Pu by 12 ~ HC1 - 0.1 ~ NH41, ‘N03’ 4 ~ HC1. These authors report a clean separation with greater than 957. yields by both methods. Buchanan anion exchange methods Other syste”m rapid with separation about in analysis of Pu from half of the resin containing the other rapid adsorbed. separations of Pu-”f rate These half of U, issium” Mo, binary Ce, and Zr aUioys for Anion scale used a low reaction. an HC1-HF exchange processes The 7 — M HN03 The solution from these Pu by elements. from with again HN03 solutions types. of over 40 elements. the of the The the elutiom as a unit process are: separation; in a number (1) the concentration 338, 339, 340, 325, 255 of Pu following (2) the recovery of Pu metal scrap; 336’331 and (3) the main separation step from 23, 57 The separation of Pu and Th in HC1 solutions has also been products. 207 extraction these 1 X 2) to speed and purification fission a solvent is used the column than 99.97” recovery quantities to speed Among is slurried in a column of the Pu is already (Dowex greater substantial mixture, most resin report of the ions placing can then be run through because cross-linked They of different solution the bulk of the Pu before Pu breakthrough, when mixed with ions. of the re sin. without authors technique Pu is desorbed other to adsorb of the adsorption of large report eluting at a more Pu by this 66 agents for Pu adsorbed on anion exchange resin in the nitrate 159, 419, 319, 189 and 0.36 — M HC1 - 0.01 — M HF. 243 hydroxylamine 243 Kressin and Waterbury used a “ slurry- column” technique for the are kinetics et al. described. Anion determination exchange methais of Pu in biological have material, been used 33, 404 93 in several especially procedures for the 205, 74, 254, 421 urine. Toribara logical 403 et al. materials. aqueous solutions, methods but are In very work, electrodeposition Pu, varying the pH. stated conditions. density acetate and liquid counting mixture solutions are have at pH 6-7. been bioin used ~or radiochemical However, by electrolysis shown in Fig. conditions for (2) plating ma/ cmz, Pu from of sample scintillator. on electrolysis be separated results Optimum 750-1000 for Methods based and Np could His technique not common because of the relative complexity 101 found that Pu could not be separated Cook from that U, scintillation was done by a single-phase alcohol, Separation applications, early a liquid counting absolute Electrolytic Separation used The from the separation time of ~. are 2 to 3 hours, Np and U by Samartseva nitric 56 as a plot of the method. from found 344 acid ‘solutions yield stated by vs pH for the as (1) current and (3) solution volume 20 to 40 ml. Samartseva many Fe, competing Al, La, also ions Ba, found Cr, Mn, Ca, separation to an appreciable to complex the Fe. On the other was could strongly dependent deposition Pu metal of these could determined solvent that Bk, dirnethyl those acid 384 et al. at any pH from elements Cr, on a Hg cathode on a mercury sulfoxide only successful Fe interfered solutions Co, Ni, rrom and acetate Fe, Ph, 1 ~ HC1. from saturated were with the was added of U and Pu but that quantitative acid against the ions tested found that the deposition cathode solution 322 Among at 0.002 — M concentration density, nitric Pu from investigated. of Pu was Of these and Na. Oxalic on pH and current be deposited among Mg, Sinitsyna separation up to O. 5 mg/ ml. extent. separated Rein ~.329 best hand, not be achieved that electrolytic in concentrations separations buffers. Mn, Sn, and Zn hy 321 found that Porter an organic with the metal solution, chloride and was the NP PH Fig. 56. Relation of element yield to solution PH. The cathode was 100 mA/cm2 and the electrolysis time, 2 hr. acid.344 94 current density on the The solution was nitric Clanet phoresis e~.” using separated 10 ~ HN03 “electrophoretogram” U(VI) would mobilities is shown lie between in this U(VI), Pu(IV), Pu(IV) in Fig. the experimental in this plot, according I 10 Support: 57. conditions. to the measured 1 8 6 4 I Pu(lv) 1 1 I 2 2 DISTANCE Fig. electro scan of their system. ~\ km75 >+ -z I-=so Uo a~25 - by paper gives ‘z < 100 POLE and Cm(III) of a radioactivity which 57, and Am(IfI) Am(III), A plot as the electrolyte. 4 6 1 I e I 1 POLE + 10 (cm) Separation of Pu(IV)-Am(III)-Cm( III).91 Electrolyte: 10 NHN03. “Millipore” HAWP paper. Development voltage: 25o volts. Time: 95 6 hours. - V. DISSOLUTION OF PLUTON17JM A. Plutonium concentrated renders metal dissolves Dilute H2S04. Pu soluble.428 Pu-A1 as well H2S04 attacks acid can be dissolved The - NaN03. or HC1 after halogen Pu slowly. has been in 6 ~ ANALYSIS 1 but not in IZN03 of Hl? to HN03 210 Pu metal. - 0.02 ~ is to dissolve elements or addition - 0.05 ~Hg(N03)2 method actinide acids, The used to dissolve HN03 An alternative Pu and other 317,166 FOR Plutonium in HC1 and other Sulfarnic as HC1 and HC104. of NaOH HN03 alloys Metallic SAMPLES HF,317 the Al in a solution can then be dissolved in boiling filtration. B. Other Compounds with if ignited, dissolves only with great difficulty in the usual acids. Boiling P*2’ 445,328 with 85-100~0 H3P04 at 200° or concentrated nitric acid plus O.005 — M Hl~’, with 5-6 — M ammonium acid.107,62 H1451 have bifluoride, Ignited potassium been Pu oxalates The plutonium the residue The Pu-containing C. Pu in these in excreted and Beasley for procedures with HF or a basic VI. Biological for counting. foreign Owing material counting problem fallout without serious loss. isotopes an alpha will particle and the resulting Most developed project important be degraded pulse height used for in the Manhattan Project. Source in the case of metabolized of fallout biological samples the Pu soluble COUNTING samples. samples. involve treat- in acids. METHODS is the preparation particles is limited requirements in energy will of sources in matter, to approximately are much by energy by interaction be smeared suitable the thickness of one mg/cm2 more severe analysis. for if the ratios This is so because with the surrounding medium, out. preparing mounting alpha counting sources in use today were 206 Jaffey and Hufford and Scott 189 summarize the techniques on the one hand with thinness to be quantitative soluble Preparation of alpha distribution with Samples environmental AND to be determined of the methods experience. quantitativity range sample The are of Withers various renders with or Pu(OH) and finally 4534’ et al. has been in the case or other is fusion nitrate by fusion dissolving in Pu radiochemistry to the short dissolved refractory for Source method aluminum to precipitate readily PREPARATION on the counting of alpha-emitting from step which A. A universal been tube method 454 methods fusion SOURCE have in water to extremely dissolving Another aqueous and Environmental ranges samples, 303 describe Most sealed samples. samples ment with and fluorides ” dissolving 263 the hydroxide. used to dissolve methods. by treatment bisulfate, dissolving Nielsen recommended followed are, in general, on the other. but not so important 96 to have In assay a “thin” a trade-off work sample. of it is very On the other hand, for the separation the source isotopic dilution Table reviews mentioned detail suited for a discussion Two of the most counting and (2) electrode adsorption from method classic “LaF3” of LaF3-Pu, method great source general of and should of alpha evaporation preparation. reviews may 212,386,307 thin sources. are sources for produces example The be con- be con- on a metal of an aqueous not so widely filament (See or organic of the sample in However, used. very the satisfactory Procedure are sources 4 in Sect. VIII.) only principle methods a method over for direct alpha to an is to be done. evaporation reason for of even this area organic failure “thick” is that the Pu and impurities the entire The of a slurry effectively plate. in the of the plate. solutions thus confining of a circular plate, 426 to evaporate sulfuric used by Westrum the edge was of areas. 1 in Sect. counting The produce regard evaporating thick evaporation direct analysis, satisfactory. effect in this evenly total energy not be completely local the Pu 446 (Procedure if only on alpha concentration and the disadvantage to produce of Pu utilizes to determine is satisfactory spread describes by heating and simplicity in the solution counting will of other to be plated of speed present depend mentioned advantage Tuck40’ which solution The A. of in the case such as volatilization solution, a tungsten alpha preparation methods, the determination the method free” in the above same for by alpha in methods lies The the thinness at least information Other for laboratories. any mass followed In general, terials Other for of this arc (1) direct has the advantage to concentrate solution analysis Evaporation tending a “carrier methods from use in some source of mounting an aqueous “flashing” and is in routine However, used position. method references. or spectroscopy of vacuum VIII). the primary widely solution This are of the problem for by energy is not required, of the project and literature backing energies methods. above more A. 1 Direct particle quantitativity is a summary for a vacuum, while analytical VI-30 sulted method of alpha is paramount, of alpha-emitting the liquid acid ma- to the center. solutions. 2 Electrodeposition This analysis method apparatus gives He chose formate The also and Smith288 Mitche11452 gives HC1- ammonium from conditions solution a rapid a O. 1-0.2 of formic, for method for g/ml chloride to produce or sulfuric occurs precipitated of ammonium electroplating He gets solution 1 A/cm2. 97 oxalate trace essentially acid quantities 1 using energy Th to and ammonium of 100-300 reaction (hydrated). at the Moore to elect redeposit quantitative at pH about from densities as a precipitation is PU(OH)4 for complex can be as much of the actinides perchloric elements suitable a relatively one sample up to 100 ~g of Pu at current solutio~ solutions. plates of requiring electrodeposition the compound used an acid chloride for of all these of Pu, thin uniform The time effort. high yields deposition In the case cathode. minutes a buffered and achieved mA/cm2. greater specific of producing and the disadvantage particles, and relatively as two hours. ~0233 Cm. has the advantage of the alpha Pu. of actinides from deposition in 15 a current density of TABLE Method 1. Normal solution usually under a Solution tatively m m VI- 30. Source Preparation and Principle Methods for Alpha Applications Evaporation - Placing on a suitable backing, Pt, and evaporation heat lamp, and igniting. may be pipetted quantiif desired. 1. Preparation of sources for alpha counting from aqueous solution. 2. Preparation of sources for alpha counting from organic solution. Radioactivity Measurements(a) Disadvantages Advantages 1. Rapid, convenient, quantitative. 2. Easier to get uniform spreading. Organic may not have refractory impurities. 1. Sample not uniformly spread if >25 pg of material. May cause error due to self adsorption. 2. Same as 1 + more difficult to prevent loss over edge of plate. May require edge heating or stippling small volume at a time. of Carrier 2. Slurry Transfer Salts - Co-precipitation with ~dle salt, transfer to plate, spread, evaporate and ignite. Volume reduction for cases where solvent extraction or ion exchange methods are not applicable. Relatively fast, easy method. Co-precipitation and transfer may not be quantitative. Requires at least 0.3 mg of carrier. Self absorption losses may be serious. - Electrolytic 3. Electrodeposition reduction of plutonium at a platinum cathode. Preparation for energy Very thin, uniform films arc attainable. Method can be made quantitative, Requires special preparation of solution, requires relatively long time to prepare 1 sample. Sublimation 4. Low Temperature in Vacuum - Prepare volatile compound, place in low temp erature oven in vacuum, cone ct vapor on suitable cold plate. The volatile compound is rendered non-volatile and the organic material destroyed by ignition. Preparation of extremely thin sources for highest resolution alpha energy analysis. ExceJlent sources any kind of backing may be used. Orily a small fraction of sample cone cted. Volatile compounds are difficult to handle and constitute a health hazard. Not a routine method. Sublimation 5. High Temperature in Vacuum - Place material in oven with suitable orifice, evacuate and volatilize at high temperature. Collect on a cold plale. The oven may be a dimpled W or Ta strip heated by rcsis~ance heating. In this case the plate need not be cooled. Preparation of high quality thin samples for alpha energy measurements. very good sources obtainable. Resistance heated strip method applicable to routine isotopic dilution analysis. Not quantitative, however under favorable conditions - 90~0 yield can be obtained, Yield is usually about sf)~o The apparatus is relatively large and expensive. of sources analysis. — (a) Compiled from References 206 and 189. . Miller and Brouns27’ 1-2 — N KOH solution. that all elements A. 3 Other which precipitate plates from The method The dilute report basis ( ‘0.01 ~) is not quantitative. 98% complete for solution electrodepositon This method interfere of Pu(VI) from has the disadvantage with the deposition. of the method method is adsorption HC1 solutions, presumably reports %rnartseva’” for preparation of Pu(IV) of ex- onto glass as the polymeric that adsorption or form. of Pu(IV) is 97- 10-1 to 10-3 ~ HN03 solutions. 81 and Milstead made thin sources of U and Pu by electrostatically a jet of the material to be plated B. The an interesting on Pt from Car swell focussing procedure with ozone. in basic 122 and Sikkeland thin Pu sources. metal a detailed Pu was oxidized Methods El Guebely tremely give “ The which was dissolved in a volatile solvent. Counting of the determination of the amount of alpha radioactivity has been re213 206 and Hanna. 1’0 These accounts and recently by Johnson et al.. by Jaffey viewed should subject be consulted Table VI-31 disadvantages The pared details the major of the various types detection of counting systems systems with and literature applications, references. advantages, and of each. ratios in the energies The for lists of the isotopes of the alpha of Pu can be determined particles Pu 236 is very isotope in alpha useful pulse by making use of the difference analysis. as a tracer in this method. This isotope is pre- by the reaction U235 using highly (d, n) Np enriched U made “by any neutron isotonically occurring pure. isotopes 236~ 235 PU236, to make reaction on U, Since the alpha 239 (Pu , Pu240, and PU238 ), is not very much precaution is that imperfections result in low-energy The alpha care than the activity particles subtraction as possible. Since Pu236 is not 236 is an unspiked sample need not be run if the Pu 236 1s higher than that of the other commonly Pu activity the spectrum. as pure energy for this greater the PU236 must of the other in the sample which of this appear tail be taken difficult The Pu isotopes. and detecting as a continuum becomes that the added instrument or low if higher reason always energy energy PU236 “tail” isotope in pre- dominates. C. Another mass long isotopic spectrometer reactor method as the detecting 239 irradiations of Pu . of a particular a mass spectrometer Schwendiman Pu analysis. of Pu in biological sample Methods uses the rare Isotopic This is needed. isotope Highly instrument. of the Pu 23g-Pu240 A determination activity level dilution Other ratio Pu enriched must determination 242 as the tracer and a 242 1s a product of Pu be made must if the specific be made by means of since the alpha particle energy of these 2 isotopes is the same. 360 have described a nuclear emulsion technique for lowand Healy 303 have reviewed the radiochemical determination Ifielsen and Beasley materials and include a critical 99 comparison of various counting systems. TAIIT.E VI-31. Method A, Total 1, Air Alpha ionization Techniques for Measuring Alpha Application Radioactivity. Advantages Disadvantages Activity chamber Total assay instruments. - survey Simple, easily repaired and cleaned, reliable, inexpensive. Long decay time of pulse makes inherently wide pulses - limited to low counting rates. Low tolerance to ~ activity. 2. Free-electron-gas ionization chamber (A, A-C02, He, N2, etc. ) Total assay. Sharp pulses permit high count rates and tolerance to ~ activity. Not microphonics. Reliable and stable. A known relatively unchanging geometry, Signal-to-noise inferior to proportional counters, therefore more prone to spurious counts. Must be corrected for low-angle back scattering. 3. Alpha Total assay. High signal -to-noisd ratio, good j3 discrimination. Not at all microphonics. Count rate sensitive to applied voltage. Requires pure gas for stability. Difficult to maintain stability for long periods. 4. Scintillation Total assay. Very Lower tolerance to O radiation than ionization chamber or proportional counter. Greater sensitivity to sample size, and position. 5. Low-geometry Total assay. Can count sources of greater activity. Counting rate not so sensitive to sample thickness. Reproducible and reliable. No low-angle back scattering correction. Not suitable for low activity. Sensitivity to sample position and area. 6. Nuclear Total assay. Great sensitivity and stability. Very simple apparatus. Limited accuracy, considerable technique required in exposing and developing emulsions. Counting tracks is time consuming and tcdimls. proportional counter o 0 alpha counter counters Emulsions low background. TABLE VI- 31, Techniques Method B, Alpha Energy for Measuring Alpha Application Radioactivity (Contl d) A dvant ages Disadvantages Measurement 1. Magnetic deflection spectrometer alpha Energy measurement mainly for determination of energy spectrum. Very high precision and accuracy. 2. Total ionization and pulse analysis. Frisch grid ionization chamber Energy measurement determination of isotope ratios. Convenient, easy to use. High geometry up to 5070. Tolerates large area sources. Resolution can be improved by collimation. Semiconductor charged particle detector Energy isotope Very convenient capable of high resolution. 3. measurement ratios. - - Large, expensive equipment. Requires photographic technique for recording data. Counting tracks is tedious and time-consuming. Very low geometry. Thin sample required. - Requires tion. gas purifica- Requires low gecmetrY. for high resolution. Detector may become irreversibly contaminated by volatile radioactivity. Solvent eliminate extraction of Pu into a liquid preparation in radiochemical 241 . of Pu n low-level biological the @ activity The incorporation has been reported has been of a scintillator 172 (see Scintillation page counting used to monitor Hazards causes. biological criticality view, half-life, may but some The occur. general of personnel monitoring 32 and Dunster have written Appleton A. The are prbnary eaHily isotopes shielded since composition missible and the gamma “tie biological of Pu varies concentrations data are be consulted for taken to concentrate (MPC) from by NaI 123 VII-32. detectors radiation activity, surveying inadvertent the scope of ingestion, associated of the activity is done by the alpha VU-32 of Pu isotopes Bureau lists for since Hazard body burdens continuous rather soluble occupational Assuming per- exposure. 69, which should Isotopes. Maximum Permissible Concentration for 40hour week (microcuries/cc) 0.04 Air 10-4 2 x 10-’2 3 x 10-” 10-3 9 x 10-’1 0.04 (=J 4 10’6 PU242 8 X 10-4 soluble (b) Assuming t.lmn and the isotopic and mtimum Handbook Plutonium 0.9 7 x insoluble (a) particles long-lived level radioactivity of Standards Data for insoluble ~241 by Morgan. the alpha Water PU240, re- of Pu. with the common in terms Mtimum Permissible Body Burden in Bone (microcuries) Isotope PU239, of this can be made. has been treated handling two Safety stated the National from alpha and techniques on the safe Radioactive Table Health the gastro-intestinal 256 resin detafls. TABLE PU238 of reported. prtiarfiy Second, is beyond precautions a manual arise specific in the bone. and radiation damage 239 streams. of these hazards is better widely. in Pu of its high is due to the possibility The hazard is alight. the mass, These hazard gamma-ray because concerning subject has been of an ion-exchange with Pu in the laboratory discussion comments method to CONSIDEFUiTIONS poisonous and tendency A full by this of RI in process SAFETY who work samples 0.4 MeV the concentration Pu is extremely aa a method determination details). of the weak to personnel First, has been proposed 135,403 The procedures. in the polymerization 61 for VII. long scintillator source tract the lung to be the critical to be the critical organ 102 ‘a) organ. x ~) ~) 291 The most common alpha-emitting air control isotopes pressure by means with respect with remote manipulators ae equipment necessary 1. This monitoring tories, safety. special air, of high survey done either a variety of enclosure of the actitity, are: release “ spilling” or instruments, and by personnel are to the enclosure. laboratory, these of at a negative Operations to the primary Among activities is maintained sealed activity of the accidental of the laboratory Protective respirators alpha gloves in addition personnel to the working 2. length or high-level which atmosphere. can be done by hand-held and monitoring at exits arm and practices monitoring containment of an enclosure or with to insure Adequate is total to the laboratory In an intermediate auxiliary practice of radioactivity. by continuous monitoring filtering instruments placed area. devices clothing and clothing. is part to prevent In most of the laboratory inhalation of airborne high-level radiochemical practice. The labora- availability radioactivity in the event of the laboratory as well of of a spill is essentisl. 3. Procedures procedures especially The out in advance or the maintainance kind, for laboratory amount, normal warning and distribution This of large beyond work and the skill the level total and care care limited. “Good space, should as well as laboratory chemical be handled be is taken, while operation. In any case, This hazard is most an “ always which will not be a critical While the determination the scope of this from for review, the U-SAEC further generally safe” amount mass levels Table information on this is not very subject. 103 is well can be done become becomes At if more necessary of the activity defined. of the operation and for any is essential. Safety amount ‘‘ Nuclear as a laboratory. must be considered. the operations laboratory or area. in any configuration Publication radiochemical in the radiochemistry basic mainly materials as the nature which of Pu in any room 32 gives radioactive procedures monitoring of the always-safe from of the handling to serve a necessity as well containment Criticality met for in an ordinary factors total proper B. permitting are at higher level to the subject is intended becomes laboratory in detail 142 material, of the operator, ordinary considerably of enclosures containment At the millicurie activity and Nielsen, of the alpha- active of one microcurie, reasonable subject devices, vary introduction of alpha of course, which of protective brief by Garden can, concentration very The in a review activity The limit sulted as emergency by all personnel. and orderly operation, amounts to the uninitiated. fully Low tracted and understood of a clean and emergency to laboratory. and manipulation treated operation emphasized. practices more normal must be worked housekeeping,” The for or dispersed in a particular data for Safety This by only is an amount in any medium. situation is beyond PU239. This table was ex444 Guide” which may be con- TABLE VII-33. Basic Data for Criticality .LIass Form of Isotope Hazard of Isotope Recommended for for (kg) Plutonium-239. which is maximum Safety Minimum Critical Metal, a phase(a) 2.6 5.6 Metal, 6 phase(a) 3.5 7.6 0.22 0,51 Solution (a) The metal is assumed to be surrounded 104 by a thick hydrogenous layer, VIII. COLLECTION A. The literature of Pu is replate procedures. A survey enough to do justice detail developed criteria 26 survived for in detailed arbitrary criteria equally The The for target Pu. Two analysis fission solutions group examples are impurities included in this were written which could or more collection. be complete. (2) completeness and (4) utility. procedures in easily The basic in chemistry, in application, between separation In some which cases met these procedures concerned sufficiently analysis. ages samples. The the purpose starting to fresh There with purifying for are materials (2) samples Pu from other at hand, usually range of nuclear 13 of these with a specific the separation of Np and Pu and the removal from reactor explosion procedures is concerned category, all purporting step is, included of course, were B. Radiochemical are procedures, procedures. of procedures is a separate urinalysis group products of varying radiochemical and (3) urinalysis debris included. separation involving of Pu before in Pu metal. in the literature, separation Procedure No. which methods quantitative into (1) general pulse environmental the initial General more (1 ) distinctiveness procedures, or alpha second for divided in the first and from Urinalysis cedures are procedures dilute and are had to be made separation counting The with procedures the directions fourfold: and analytical well. dissolver to very radiochemical and many (3 ) generality procedures emitters alpha were choice purpose alpha by making instructions, a rather with 54 papers screening screening Introduction to the name, into procedures Of the 54, special disclosed OF PROCEDURES primarily similar chosen Listing because to do the same there thing. are The to that in the other primarily for so many chemistry categories. distinctiveness proafter The of chemistry. of Contents Procedures Author (principal) Title or method m 108 1. Welch Determination of Pu when large of Fe and Cr are present (LaF3 2. Moore Separation and determimtion TTA extraction 3. Maeck Separation and determination of Pu in U-fission product mixtures (extraction of quaternar y alkylammonium - pluton yl nitrate complex into hexone - TTA extraction 114 ~ 4. Morrow Plutonium (anion exchange 116 5. Hoffman Plutonimn (anion exchange) 105 amounts method) of Pu by ) 112 118 Author (principal) Procedure No. Title or method 6. Hart 7. (No 8. Rider U and Pu determination in highly irradiated fuel. (Hexone extraction, TTA extraction) 126 9a, Lingjaerde Pu from exchange 129 9b , Rydberg Separation of Pu from U and fission products (BiP04 precipitation, TTA traction) 10. Separation and determination of Pu from U and fission products in irradiated reactor targets (anion exchange — TBP extraction) author ) Rydberg 124 irradiated ) U (cation Geiger U and Pu from soil, vegetation 12. Sheidhauer Pu from environmental water (chemisorption on CaF2, TTA 13. Kooi Pu from environmental (BiP04 precipitation, ferric cupferride) 14. anion 131 ex- Separation of Pu from U and fission products (adsorption of Zr-Nb on silica precipitation of CUSJ TTA extraction) 11. Special exchange, 132 gel, environmental samples of and water (TBP extraction) samples extraction) water samples co-extraction with 134 137 140 Procedures Larsen Separation and spectrophotometeric determination of Pu from U-Pu-fission element alloys (TBP extraction from solution) 142 HC1 15, Trowell Separation of Pu before spectrographic analysis of impurities in Pu metal (anion exchange 144 16. Trowell Separation of Pu before spectrographic analysis of impurities in high purity Pu metal (extraction chromatography using TBP) 148 17. Jackson Separation 149 18. Zagrai Separation of Np and Pu by cation chromatography Urimlysis of Np and Pu by anion exchange exchange 150 Procedures 19. Brooks Determination of Pu in urine cupferride extraction) (ferric 20. Perkins Determination of Pu in urine cipitation, TTA extraction) (PrF3 106 153 pre- 155 Procedure No. Author (principal) Title or method 21. Everett Determination precipitation, 22. Bokowski Determimtion of Am in urine in the presence of Pu (BiP04 precipitation, LaF 3 precipitation extraction of Pu into di - (2- ethylhexyl) phosphoric acid 161 23. Campbell Determination of Pu in urine earth phosphate precipitation, exchange 164 24. Weiss Determination of Pu in urine (co-crystallization with potassium rhodizonate, LaFs precipitation, anion exchange) 25. Bruenger Determination of Pu in urine and bone ash (extraction by primary amines from H2S04 solution) 107 of Pu in urine TTA extraction) (LaF3 (alkaline anion 166 Procedure Cr. — 1. G. A. Determination Welch Outline ~. of Pu in solutions (Ref. Hydroxylamine is added carrier Lanthanum added. amount fluoride of fluoride counting against amounts of Fe and 446). The acidity state. precipitate large of Method to the trivalent ammonium containing tray, fluoride and carries added is separated to reduce the precipitation measured and mounted with a limited By strictly and chromium washed and chromium and lanthanum by adding with it. of iron by centrifuging, plutonium is adjusted is precipitated the plutonium and the a -activity standard to the sample of the solution nitrate amount controlling of the is prevented. on a flat a scintillation counter The stainless-steel calibrated sources. Reagents All reagents 1. Ammonium are 2. Nitric 3. Hydroxylamine 4. Lanthanum 5. Ammonium acid, Dissolve Store 6. reagent hydrockiloride, nitrate available. 5!70 w/v solution, 5 mg La/ml. hyxahydrate solution, in a polythene 12-57. in 500 ml of distilled water. wfv bottle. lacquer. “ZAPON” Standard Dilute where 2~ fluoride Cellulose quality 9~ 7. El g of lanthanum Dilute 7. analytical hydroxide, lacquer Pu solution, a solution tration of known of the diluted constitution requiring with should amyl acetate. 0-5 ~g/ml. Pu concentration. solution need be essentially The not be known, the same exact Pu concen- but the isotopic as that of the samples analysis. Equipment a - scintillation 1. Type 2. to dry to cool trays. Stainless steel, for and paint and store equipment. or B scintillation Counting Prepare Allow 1093A flat, mirror use by heating a ring the pr:epared finish, in a flame of cellulose trays unit with associated lacquer in a closed equipment. 1-1/16 in, diameter. until the surface is straw round Allow the lacquer @ass centrifuge the edge. coloured. container. Procedure 1. Transfer tube. a suitable Wash to the tube. portion out the pipette [ Note (a)]. I 08 of the sample with 2~ nitric to a 3 ml acid and add the washings 2. 3. Add O . 15 ml (3 dr opfi) [Note and stir well. Add ammonia 9~ of hydroxylamine hydrochloride solution (b)] . solution until a faint permanent precipitate is formed. 4. Add 2~ nitric acid until the precipitate just add O . 1 ml (2 drops) in excess. 5. Add (2 drops) of lanthanum 6. Add O .15 (3 drops) of 12 .5% ammonium well and centrifuge for O. 1 ml dilute 7, the solution Remove [ Note (d)] and wash fluoride 5 min before removing slurry to enter Wash tray. Spread additional 10. Dry Measure tion Using ment 13. Calculate for it to a Do not allow the (e)]. of distilled precipitate water and to the counting within the cellulose of solid matter with necessary. heater and ignite heat to drive “ZAPON’ the counting off excess ring. Allow tray ammonium to cool. using stable a-scintilla- (f)] counting [ Note ml centrifuge [ Note the tray on the counting [ Note and correct ground. where a radiant off the the activity a clean 5-10 drops over and O .25 and transfer pipette. of the tube. evenly with a acid wash, pipette liquor. up agglomerations to a dull red equipment stir a transfer by stirring of water a transfer part of water and burn solution, nitric each and the residual beneath in a flame fluoride 12. drops After tube with and break the slurry tray 11. the wider the slurry ring with twice 2 drops with the washings lacquer (c)] the supernatant with tray the centrifuge transfer (~ mg La/ml), well. fluoride O .1 ml of 2~ solution. the precipitate counting [ Note the precipitate of ammonium prepared 9. liquor of 1 ml of water, Slurry 2 ml and stir solution then 10 min. the super natant mikture .9. to about nitrate redissolves, tray, measure the counting rate the background of the sample of the equip- source for back- (g)]. the concentration relation Pu (dpm/ml) (a) Usually not more (b) After of Pu in the sample = 100 Cel/ EE2 V [ Note solution from the (h)] . h’otes with (c) (d) each addition a platinum About 0.1 after each A piece rubber than 500 IJ1 should of reagent the mixture should be well stirred wire. ml of liquid should wash to ensure of glass be used. tubing be left behind at this that the precipitate drawn teat. 109 out to a capillary stage and is not disturbed. and attached to a The precipitate (e) tube, wider The (f) is easily but it is difficult part of the counter plutonium The background (g) (h) The ratio from may be checked source should (see Appendix not normally El/ E2 may be replaced of the plutonium the time the narrow portion it if it is allowed of the to dry on the of the tube. stab flity standard washed to remove control of sample source statistically exceed a 2 cpm. by the ratio at the time count provided using H). of the counting of standardizing that the same control rates and at source is used. Where C Counting rate . Volume v E Percentage source E2 (para. I. Using para. D, 7) obtain paras. background as cpm. equipment for the standard equipment for the Pu control I). of the counting of calibration the Pu control of the a-counting 500 IJl of the standard a series for (Appendix source I). at the time of sample count 11). Calibration of standard equipment. Pu solution sources (O. 5 Hg Pu/ml) by the procedures (see Section described B, in Section 2 to 10. Measure the counting Determine counter at the time for corrected of the coumting (Appendix efficiency Percentage = APPENDIX source Percentage ‘ source in ml. efficiency plutonium ‘1 of sample of sample of known a low geometry rate of each the disintegration efficiency. counter. Calculate rate (This efficiency case the ratio source and correct of each source is measured for background. using an a -proportional with a source calibrated in ) in each Corrected counting rate as cpm Disintegration rate as dpm and calculate the counter APPENDIX II. efficiency Preparation Prepare a standard approximate@ 20 mg of this tray, that the liquid ensuring the liquid the tray on the tray to cool in acetone the counting a-proportional solution forms the spot rate of the control counter from of known a weight by warming source Allow pipette gently equipment. 110 10 pg/rnl to a clean beneath to dry Calculate at room of Pu. heater. 10 ~g/ml the efficiency counting Evaporate Allow of collodion temperature. the disintegration Transfer prepared of the tray. a radiant containing and determine efficiency. about spot in the center of a solution of activity. source. containing a small sufficient to cover ratio. of the Pu control Pu solution to dryness and add just E = 100 mean Determine rate using of the counting an Efficiency NOTE: same time equipment disintegration of Appendix and E ~ , the efficiency of calibration is measured The procedures 100 Corrected counting rate (as cpm) Disintegration rate (as dpm) = of the equipment, with each at the time is obtained. set of sample of sample I and Appendix of the equipment The for counting determinations count, is calculated rate. 111 II are carried the control rate out at the source of the control and E2 , the efficiency using at the time the previously source of the obtained Procedure 2. and J. E. Separation Hudgens, Outline LaF3 which (Ref. of Pu by TTA extraction. F. L. Moore 287). of Method The ting and determination Jr. sample is pre-treated and dissolving in Al(No3) may be present Pu(IV) is extracted plate, and counted. and assures from 2 ~ Yield if necessary, 3 -HN03. the proper HN03 with either HN03 The pre -treatment valence and stripped state into (IV) 10 ~ or by precipita- destroys for any polymer the TTA extraction. HN’03 , evaporated onto a is quantitative. Reagents Hydroxylamine of C.P. grade hydrochloride, and diluting Sodium 1 Ll, is prepared 2 -Thenoyltrifluoroacetone -xylene diluting nitrite, 1 ~, is prepared by dissolving 69.5 grams it to 1 liter. by dissolving 69 grams of C. P. grade and it to 1 liter. the ketone and diluting may be obtained from St., Chicago D1. ) 51, it to 1 liter Graham, is prepared O. 5~, with C. P. Crowley, xylene. by dissolving 111 grams (2 -Thenoyltrifluoro and Associates, Inc., of acetone 5465 West Division Pr etr eatrnent acid method. into a 100-ml Nitric volumetric flask tion carefully is heated under boiling water. The for acid ~luoride pipetted to a low boil 5 min. nitric A suitable The concentration of this cone. aliquot acid and O. 1 ml of lanthanum mixed Then 0.3 ml of hydroxylamine fluoric acid (27 ~) are a 5-rein Next, 0.1 ml of lanthanum stirred, digestion added After care being at room temperature, removed with mild 1~ nitric acid lanthanum fluoride aluminum nitrate This removing tion. suction. precipitate treatment not only the Pu from for precipitate containing several aids interferences, extraction years for is washed acid, and 1 ml of 2 — M nitric The liquid-liquid successfully The with is added the precipitate. centrifuging ml) ( 5~) the aoiution is centrifuged hydrofluoric of the sample solu- just with distilled be approximately (5 mg per is stirred ml) The is held 2~. solution is of 0.4 ml of concentrated hydrochloride (5 mg per not to disturb the solution — 1~ carrier temperature, carrier taken ( 1 ml) addition and the solution at room should is pipetted acid. to a known volume solution After hydrochloric well. solution nitric and the temperature is then made A suitable centrifuge of the sample 13 ml of concentrated on a hot plate solution method. into a 5-ml a.liquot containing the solution is and 0.4 ml of hydro a platinum stirrer. is centrifuged for 3 min. and the supernatant After another is 5-rein digestion 3 min and the supernatant twice with each time 0.5 -ml for tbe Pu is then dissolved is portions 3 min. of The in 0.3 ml of 2 ~ acid. in depolymerizing as sulfuric technique described to the purification 112 Pu(IV) acid, before in this and isolation but offers performing paper a method of the extrac- has been of Pu isotopes. applied Procedure The centration choice solution. The the health hazard per of the sample of Pu activity minute presence will size and of the beta of high levels involved by the magnitude ray of radioactivity and because interfere is governed and gamma a beta with the alpha ray counting emitters of the con- in the original must be considered counting rate because of over on the Simpson of 109 counts proportional alpha counter. One ml of the sample a 10-ml beaker. chloride Three solution mately 80”C. for by the addition ‘ 30-ml The until gas solution off and discarded. of 1 ~ nitric acid for The 3 min. is discarded, care stripped the organic of 10 — M nitric alpha being acid. readily an equal volume in the aqueous the last by a 5-rein of 0.5 ~ phase. in the organic strip solution phase aliquot is pipetted to dryness under an infrared in a suitable tional counter is washed have solution oacetone for heat lamp. plate a Fisher phase. 113 phase wash pu is then into strip nitric stainless steel) containing barrier may solution a red acid. plate for organic the methane color) The 1 min. and evaporated the evaporated to destroy be with quantitatively (produces 10 ~ volume radioactivity Pu remains extracted volume solution an equal and protactinium acid - is an equal The 2 min with nitric In this laboratory, exclusively. with tube and centrifuged (or is used almost of extrac- 2-tbenoyltri the aqueous -xylene. of iron onto a platinum over by mixing of the 10 ~ The of 0.5 ~ is too high in gamma off into a centrifuge counter. and at the time the aqueous settled, when tbe Pu is stripped alpha to a thoroughly volume of radiozirconiurn percentage to a dull red heat and counted alpha small phase disengaged, thoroughly re-extraction is drawn A suitable is heated traces 4 ml is transferred mixed any of the organic 2 -thenoyltrifluor The aqueous phases by mixing strip an equal have phase not to lose phase If the aqueous remains aliquot tie to approximately solution aqueous at approxi- acid. 10 min with organic After taken measurement, removed The in nitric for The into hydro- and heated is adjusted nitrite, is pipetted hydroxylamine thoroughly acid. sodium When the two phases drawn from nitric ceases. 1~ is extracted fluoroacetone-xylene. for evolution and 1 ml of 1 ~ is mixed 2 ml of 1 ~ be approximately if necessary) of the solution of 1 ~ using acid solution volume drops funnel (pretreated nitric The The of several to stand should ml of 2 ~ added. 5 min. separator allowed tion are solution flow sample matter propor - Procedure 3. Separation W. S. Maeck, Outline M. E. Kussy is oxidized fission (Ref. to Pu(VI) as a tetraalkylammonium deficient of Pu in U – and J. E. Rein product mixtures. 261). of Method Plutonium extracted and determination G. L. Booman, aluminum nitrate reduced to Pu(III) with nitrite, then quantitatively with complex salting -iron(II) extracted into and quantitatively isobutyl Pu is stripped solution. a hydroxylamine permanganate into methyl ketone from mixture, from an acid- the organic oxidized phase to Pu(IW) and with TTA. Yield Overall recovery of Pu is 98.870. Decontamination Overall carry-through fission is less product decontamination is greater than 1 X 104; U than 0.0570. Reagents Reagent grade tetrapropylammonium Chemical Research, Inc., Aluminum in a 2 -liter plate. dissolution, and stir 50”C. for several Add dissolution with chemicals, Eastman and thenoyltrifluoroa Gainesville, nitrate nonahydrate After inorganic hydrotide, Fla., salting beaker were until the hydroxide Co. 1050 grams Warm (14.8 ~ ) ammonium reagent is complete. volumetric flask nitrate on a hot hydroxide dissolves. hydroxide to a 1 -liter Peninsular of aluminum of 800 ml. precipitate Label from purification. 50 ml of 10~0 tetrapropylammonium Transfer White obtained without to a volume add 135 ml of concentrated minutes used Place solution. and add water Kodak cetone Cool and stir below until and dilute to volume water. The pared 0.2 ~ fresh permanganate ganate Unless purity The solutions solution 100,000 ferrous daily. otherwise Hanford of the metal are is stored disintegrations metal was sulfate 1.25 ~ and 0.22~ stable for in a dark stated, per sodium hydroxylamine min dissolved 95.QClqO PU239, nitrite solutions hydrochloride a month should and 0.05 ~ or longer. be pre- potassium The potassium permsn- bottle. the Pu levels The (dpm). in 6 ~ in extractions stock hydrochloric 4.31% Pu240, were solution acid. approximately was prepared The 0.28q0 PU241, isotopic from high composition and 0.017. PU242. Equipment The were made extraction centrifuge methyl isobutyl ketone in 15 X 125 mm test wheel cones was used. tubes (4-methyl-2 Thenoyltrifluoroacetone with a motor-driven -pentanone) with polyethylene wire stirrer. 114 stoppers. extractions The samples extractions and strips An end-for-end were plates made were in 50 ml 1 -in. stainless Frisch An alpha steel. grid chamber, scintillation 256-channel counter analyzer was used system, for for gross pulse counting height and a analysis. Procedure. Add potassium permanganate. of methyl wheel. 6 ml of salting 2 ml of 1.25 ~ into another centrifuge. to facilitate Carefully containing ture to stand for until gas evolution and stir vigorously planchet under for Add 20 min. Remove Ignite into the tube. for Pipette 0.1 ml of 0.05 ~ 3 ml of 3. 125~ the tube and strip 0.2 ~ strip ferrous prepared 5 ml of 0.5 ~ an aliquot and count. 115 Add 3 ml 5 min on the extraction and 2 ml of the above Stopper 3 ml of freshly ceases. a heat lamp. separation. prepared containing of sample 2 ml of the aqueous 0.1 ml of freshly Add tube. tube and extract hydrochloride, transfer 5 min. the tube, phase hydroxylamine to a test 1 ml or less stopper 15 X 125 mm test tube stand pipette is ob utyl ketone, Centrifuge solution for phase organic centrifuge nitrite thenoyltrifluoroacetone of the organic and then and allow sodium phase acid, phase 10 rein, to a 50-ml sulfate 0.22 ~ nitric the mixand let -xylene and dry on a Procedure 4. Plutonium Outline Pu is co-precipitated precipitate repeated is washed using La(103)3 the Pu adsorbed successively a mixture (Ref. 293) of Metkod The The R. J. Morrow from with NaOH with HN03 resin column and 2 portions of HC1 and HI and mounted solution from 8~ of 10 ~ for with La(OH)3 dissolved precipitation HN03 HC1. with NH40H. and the co-precipitation The hydioxide as the carrier. on an anion acid solution, . The Finally, is repeated column and is washed the Pu is eluted with counting, Purification This alpha- counted; emitters. procedure it does Samples day old solutions and the beta is designed not yield containing primarily for separation highly purified from samples 1013 - 1014 atoms No foreign of 5 X 1013 fissions. content was of Pu have alpha of Pu samples betabeen to be and gammaisolated activities could from four- be detected, 105 dpm or less. Yield 60% if an electroplating vacuum volatilization technique is used for the final step, and 35% if is used. Procedure One operation can do 12 samples in 6 hours, exclusive of volatilization or electroplating. 1. To an acid solution add - 1 mg La+3 carrier Pu alpha-emitting depending Add 2. of mixed five minutes. Add enough supernatant the isotope upon the isotope 2-3 drops sat’. NaN02 cone. in a plastic and an appropriate tracer. sought solution bath for centrifuge amount added and heat of activity level of activity. in a hot-water the solution five basic. minutes. cone of standardized and its level and its estimated \TH40H to make at 60° C in a hot-water 3. activities bath for Stir, Centrifuge and digest and discard solution. To the precipitate add 5 ml min at 60”C in a hot-water 25~0 bath. NaOH solution, Centrifi~ge Stir and digest and discard for 5 the supernatant solution. 4. The precipitate hydroxide HC1 and a volume volume The precipitate 6. The 7. The of 0.5 ~ H103 is added in a minimal of the order volume of 3 ~ of 4-5 times the of HC1 solution. 5. after is then dissolved is then digested sample is centrifuged which the precipitate sample is again for 10 min in a hot water and the supernatant is washed centrifuged 116 with O. 1 ~ solution bath. is decanted, H103 . and the supernatant solution decanted. a. 9. A minimal amount precipitate with After of concentrated HC1 is used to di6solve the stirring. dissolution the sample is precipitated with sodium hydroxide and centrifuged. 10. The supernatant with H20 solution is discarded and centrifuged after and the precipitate which the supernatant is washed solution is again discarded. 11. To precipitate, 12. Pipet the solution anion exchange -5-10 add enough drop6) HN03) to di6solve. HN03 Heat resin column effluent. and twice with saturated in hot-water onto a 3 mm id. and discard each time, 8~ with H3B03 bath if necessary, X 6 cm long (previously Wa6h Dowex washed column A-1 (1 X 8) thoroughly twice one ml portions (usually with with 8 ~ 2 ml 8 ~ HN03 of 10 ~ HC1. Discard all washe6. 13. To column add 2 ml of a solution ing eluate 14. Either a. of two alternatives Boil the solution b. Carefully Evacuate system disc Evaporate three for drops 2~ diameter of cone. solution point of cone. HC1. With 1 to 2 ml, min. plate Before off current, with acetone. 1/4 in. plates. Rinse a l-in. at 5-6 volts stopping remove Mild solution flaming 117 acidity barely as cathode, with the current, to dryness about onto a residue adding and wash more the rinses to the and a volume the disc suitable with three red end with two drops for add 1 ml cone. of the plate with cell to the methyl acidic 2.5 amps in filament. successively of water bell filament. to an electrolysis adjust Pt disc solution of the fflament tube then make of vacuum through and redissolve drops Carefully NH40H, tube. the remainder filament - 1/2 in. from Transfer HC1 and three cone. of current to dryness HC1. in the cell. with and pipet the remaining the contents about the solution drops 1 -in. boil and flash located volume of the tungsten in air by application platinum collect- or a 40 ml centrifuge now be followed: small depression apparatus. the filament flask may to a very onto the central jar 10 ~ in HC1 and 0.5 ~ in HI, in a 50 ml Erlenmeyer first is desirable. roughly NH40H. of of roughly fifteen Shut with water, then Procedure 5. Plutonium Outline carrying essentially of Pu(IV) cycles in 12 ~ usually gives (notably the resin column. After adsorption from pg of U235 was background which usually The Pu is collected a-counted, very clean one of two ways. analysis, are at least five expected of the four times as active samples. The The simultaneously strength ditions resulting chemical is constant the yields are the lanthanum can be performed divided to within somewhat fluoride on 2-in. The with a resolution of yield. + 1%. lower to one-half may from determined (90-97yo), is less of the be determined average the average which probably gives aliquots of very because efficient. by is of the number in the two a set of four of solutions on by pulse of Pu activity of cpm in the spike and for In analysis step also in aliquote. is determine The are of 1 - 1. 5Y0. one-fourth to be analyzed. 9’77. Pt plates plates are solution by the number ) and yields Yields 15 tbe usual column of about about carrying above pulse-analyzed. is subtracted is usually NTP is not to one or two of the original as the aliquot value yield counts Pu containing the resin with a standardized samples acid; (A solution of PU236 in the sample the calculation the column. be detected. run in quadruplicate samples in 12 ~ of Fe and U could -analyzed to the extent precipitate through many of Pu on = 10-6 mg) from may be added products. eliminates with hydriodic and no fission of resin. and two adsorption and any traces behind. if necessary, the fraction of cpm in the two unspiked yield. directly PU236 tracer thus permitting two to Pu(IH) anion out in the presence and also and Cm pass quantitatively (1 smidgin usually of the analysis, spiking Am in ability A-1 fission fluoride Pu, quantitative a-emitters, carried step of Np, reduction and may be a-pulse Pu @ -activity completion column and, other in the subsequent the procedure, flamed, Samples total after difference ~-emitting of the lanthanum resin of 0.1 - 0.2 smidgins are interfere and remains run through Pu from from the almost on a Dowex precipitation, the rare-earths the column to the +3 state the great volume-reducing dissolution while and also fluoride may on the anion is effected, is eluted which Pu utilizes to be absorbed decontamination lanthanum iron) for to separate is an excellent elements reduced fluoride serves complete initial of hydroxylamine, present 185) procedure HC1 medium of the procedure The HC1, specific on lanthanum and Pu (IV) One cycle (Ref. of Method The Pu(III) D. C, Hoffman ~der Quadruplicate spiked the analyzed high ionic these con- analyses in 3 h, Reagents La carrier: PU236 5 mg La/ml standardized tracer (added as La(N03)3 solution (in 3 ~ . 6H20 in H20) HC1), or Pu standardized HC1: cone. HC1: 3~ spike solution (12~) 118 (any mixture of Pu isotopes in 3 ~ HC1), HF: cone. HF-HN03: equal H3B03: volumes saturated NH20H. HC1: Solution I: 0.1 ml cone. Dowex A-1 of 2 — M solutions solution by weight 35~o in H20 HN03 per (10% cross-link, 15 ml cone. Nalcite SBR) HC1 anion resin slurry in H20, Preparation The portions 200-400 of water the liquid stirred and cone, decanted thoroughly cylinder, rates: <5 solution disks of 64-84% is about 4.4 ~ in a large successive to settle resin and is then graduated of sedimentation The <10 cm/min reagent grade, after The appears to cause usually storage under by the addition in H20) HI cannot unsuitable preservative Even N2H4 analytical the samples is inhibited tbe eluted for pulse contain to analysis. free distilled HI is hydrazine the HI solution. with- drops enough nitrogen, of sufficient to decolonize be used (up to The final in HI. elutriant . 1 ml of HI stock in HI. by centrifugation is permitted the solution The on the basis nitrogen. preservative and make about 0.44 ~ is removed solution under of HI witbout Oxidation a solution present since the H3P02 unsuitable. HI-HC1 to give with is allowed and > 10 cm/min. HI (Mallinckrodt preservative) preparations 207. by volume times pipet. of water withdrawn cm/min Distill solution. since oxidized. are the resin of a vacuum its volume <10 about three in the procedure. to mak,e them slowly fractions cm/min, the Pt collection iodine The several 1.570 H3P02 Commercial each wash times HI stock out distillation, After is washed with and the following in HI, attack HC1. solid or by means is employed 5.5~ moist by siphoning < (1 cm/min, fraction mesh to come is readily solution The precipitate is added which and the supernate to equilibrium oxidized, fresh is at room reagent to 9 ml of cone. results from saturated with gaseous temperature is required every before few HC1 the hydrazine HC1. use and days. Equipment Centrifuge Block for Fisher Heat holding centrifuge tubes burner lamp Pt disks: Pt wire Transfer Vacuum 2 in. diameter stirring rods pipets trap 10-cm glass 40-ml conical and syringes for withdrawing ion exchange supernates columns (see (optional) Note 4, Np procedure) sample) centrifuges tubes: 119 Pyrex 8140 (one per sample) (one per Procedure Pipet m. conical centrifuge large tubes. samples (1 -ml as 25 ml can be taken the samples, identical make ml of solution. reagent tion (Note of each H3B03 solution Note The and discard Dissolve washes 3). may wash and remove column Wash =. through these remaining transfer column helps Dowex with 1 drop with A-1 the addi- ~ HN03 of saturated of 1.5- 2.0 ml. resin 1-2 column tube with two may be used The column volumes 1 -ml’ aliquots air for pressure the Am (see (Note 2) of of Solution I. if so desired. The and Cm determinations; discarded. of the centrifuge rods, may migrating a few tube with centrifuge and pass of ~20H” HC1 direc~y 1.5 ml of cone. the solution HC1, through the will oxidation ) Wash tube with and permit to run dry while air into the column to the top of the resin of the HI solution the centrifuge to the column, be forced 1-2 ml of tie is applied during down the column. to obtain quantitative is about 0.8 cm from HI-HC1 elution. The them by any traces 1.5 ml of cone. to pass pressure through. is being and channeling yields, drop elutriant The dark activity band and most The applied and erratic to it, elution collection of and those The reaches which drops are expected on a 2-in. and collection regarding the end of the column are is begun to contain not permitted are most is continued This arranged allows However, when the band for for The 10-15 possible drops on the periphery of the activity to run together. 120 about the lower peak. Pt disk its position. and may be seen to be concentrated off in a 6- to 8-drop the end of the column. in the band or misjudgements the band is put on the top of the col~n band of the elutriant appears of it comes the end of the column, the band has reached irregularities the center. immediate occur, of the elutriant after cryst~s to prevent not be permitted &I& disk, are on the column. air bubbles no pressure before HF-2 HC1 to a volume to a 5-cm the column washes the sides the washings should activity drops Wash Add of HN03 edge 5 min after 0.5 ml of 2 ~ by adding cone. washed the centrifuge the Pt stirring (This since for HC1 of cone. with the use of pressure. column. HC1, to stand precipitate has been if not to be so used the washes Step 7. of NH20H” in HF by addition the supernate. the solution which from ~ strength if necessary. be driven solutions of acid then 2-4 drops 2.5 ~ with about and then adding Transfer I (Note as to 1 or 2 of the supernate. the LaF3 stirring, 4 of Np procedure) effluent and discard the precipitate may be warmed Solution aliquots is added with a solution ad and permit centrifuge =. although or spike taper Stir. of La carrier the solution Centrifuge solution, long reagents. Wash 5. into 40-ml if possible. volume at least Step 4. Step used If tracer the solution =. Stir, solution. Agitate of the above are or spike. 1-2 drops Make 1). aliquots HC1 or HN03) up to the same to that of the tracer Add (2~in if necessary). the others =. per tie are collected taken of the Pt near evaporate. original Step 10. Heat the plate aliquot employed Place was (Notes the Pt disk to red heat spiked, under a heat lamp in an open flame and pulse analyze and allow and cool; and a-count the drops a-count to if the if PU236 tracer was 4 and 5). Notes 1, added When precipitate The tbe actual measured 3. decolonizing directly giving too low. following The but the filament as about The enough HF must be the solution) one-half column but also HN03 resin the volume volwe if the interfaces may, to in Solution be seen. I is necessary premature calculated of course, can be clearly and thus avoid to fission from to destroy reduction the of Pu(IV) is employed. is evaporated The readily in position the filament is heated then flamed and mounted but are having for for fission usually counting. the sample and checking apparatus rapidly to several times collector (1/4 to 1/2- in. away) Pu- vary, control The between O. 1~0 are is upon the the filament of the W filament to within and Pt disk depending upon the distance By careful about 40q0. a heat lamp, diameter to volatilize The yields and also deposit is heated are the is evacuated A 1 -in. seconds permitted thickness, under by results evaporating of the apparatus above a few evaporated no visible W filament in a vacuum materisl. are counting to sample and the filament volatile directly to 2000°C being and the disk, chamber of Hg pressure if any drops on a 1 -roil It is then pla’ced may be prepared the fission preparation Laboratory. tures, effect,” for or less of the sample “bathtub attributable plate plates However, the column. such effects Pu activity is then placed count the Pu, To avoid 1300”C to remove plates of cone. is not flamed. at this 5 X 10-4 mm case an extreme procedure constructed in each of the original the activity invariably is defined of the column. If it is desired to run together size of Fe is present, (thus state. 4. to about quantity element volume The presence properties to the tripositive plate column dimensions experimentally reducing taking this La carrier. 2. from an appreciable not only to complex tempera- ordinarily obtained. 5. elution The Np activity Step drops of HN03 Discard bubbling, per 1: By means the effluent, etc., (During to rebed one elution HC1 and cone. this run cone. until the dark process the column by means Wash the resin Elute the Np with remains with on the column after manner: of pressure, the column but can be resettled may has been separate several removed. as a result of HC1 and pressure, permitting the If the yield low of pressure. cone. HC1 containing color ) itself. Step 3. O~y quantitatively in the following ml through Step 2. column whcih of Pu may be removed with O. I ~ HC1 usually HC1, give 0.1 ~ HC1. about three yields cycles up to 8 5%. 121 of elution is very alternately after with 0.1 ~ Procedure 6. Irradiated Reactor F. Girardi Separation (Ref. Outline of Plutonium Targets from R. G. Hart, Uranium Pu is adsorbed on anion exti.ange products eluted HN03 by reduction solved in HN03 NH20H - HN03 1~ NH20H. as Pu(III). and extracted spectrograph analysis. passing Finally, Corriveau, are and (2) isotopic are described Pu is then extracted into TBP as the hydroxide, in HN03 types by analysis. to be done on 240 dilution by Pu followed 238 followed by a by Pu dilution before for dis - of analyses (1) isotopic analyses The are 7-11 ~ the Pu is back-extracted two specific These 1) from through. and dissolved analysis, These (Dowex Pu is then precipitated describes U targets. resion and impurities as hydroxide, procedure irradiated, The into TBP. , precipitated This pulse with the Pu remains by mass in L. P. V. of .Method HN03 , the U and most of the fission dissolved, Products C. B. Bigham, 167) The while and Fission M. Lounsbury, the separation procedure is given. Procedure Total Pu, isotopic - 80C Hg of Pu and the other solution. Only the second is added aliquot -400 dilution of the heavier measured The the Separation sample procedure. Total isotopic #g of Pu and tie other Only the second rate carried through as described spiked sample and unspiked calculation lNo detailed reach isotopic See Footnote section. the total composition of the total 238 . are removed from and a-counting Pu content in the unknown. one containing equilibrium. the ratios disintegration the isotopic Pu content aliquots, allowed of unspiked From To the second measured known. Both to stand for The two z discs are to through Two be accurately From composi- 4 or 5 days and the total Pu concentration accurately. and are isotopic method analysed. must be accurately must acid, to reach samples, accurate Pu for and are then carried - 50 pg of Pu, aliquot nitric in the following and the isotopic 2 This the Separation solution, with containing of the solution to 15 ml with 7 ~ the spiked dilution need be measured pg of PU238. disintegration allow Pu, the total This and isotopic and the mixt~me, to calculate the dissolver isotopes. to stand Pu is then mass the unknown it is possible allowed equilibrium The purified of the standard, of the standard, isotopic are from To the second” aliquot and the Pu concentration samples one containing removed a high percentage to reach diluted aliquots, are ,ug of Pu containing the spiked -0.19 Two accurately. allow added . pg of Pu, need be measured must be accurately s oluti on. 240 aliquot known. -100 -400 containing tion must be accurately compositions with Pu the dissolver aliquot is and the PU238 samples are 4 or 5 days samples prepared are to now from each of PU238 to PU239 in the rate sample, of the standard PU238 it is possible to make an of the solution. study has been made to determine the length of time required to equilibrium, but it is known that some considerable time is necessary. 1. 122 Preparation was transferred used nitric tray (4 drops three The (1) acid. Two The take to three aliquot, The acid). very are The lamp slowly solution micropipette (TEG) in dilute on the source and the disc for 50 pg of U The glycol to avoid necessary about manner. of tetraethylene an infrared hours containing in the usual nitric place in 7-11 ~ Dowex was ignited decomposition of the drying. and fission with 20 ml of with 1 ml of 1 .M nitric An aliquot The nitric acid, was passed 1 in the nitrate form through to absorb a l-ml tbe anionic column Pu complex. uranium isotopic (4) tray a solution under must An aliquot procedure nitrate (3) source with to dryness of 250-mesh (2) plates. in 10 ml of 1 ~ evaporation by hot nitric Separation steel times of TEG was then evaporated to redness. TEG to a stainless was then washed acid of a - counting 7.5 ~ products nitric Pu was -40 containing and the remainder eluted washed strong through acid the column was then displaced acid. of the effluent analysis were The acid. from mg of U was retained for U was discarded. the column with 4 ml of 1.0 ~ hydroxylamine nitrate. (5) The PU solution TBP-soltrol (6) The was extracted to remove PU was precipitated ammonium diluted hydroxide, to 0.5 rd five any U left from times with the aqueous dissolved and extracted 2 ml portions of 30% with the Pu. phase with concentrated in 100 k of concentrated with two O. 5-ml nitric portions acid, of 31)~0TBP- soltrol.3 (7) The 1~ RI was then backwashes hydroxylamine xide, washed nitric acid. nitrate once The from the organic washes, precipitated with water, solution and dissolved was then diluted phase with 3 half-volume with ammonium hydro- in 20 h of concentrated to 1001 with 1 ~ nitric acid. 3 The TBP extraction sition products. is necessary to separate 123 the plutotium from resin decompo- Procedure 7. Outline Determination from (Ref. 447) of Method This of Pu(VI) of Pu procedure into hexone, concentrated used an oxidized in addition to two HC1 and resorption CeF4-reduced cycles LaF3 of adsorption by reduction cycle and extraction of Pu(IV) on anion resin with NH41. Procedure 1. 2. Add 5 mg Fe+++ activity. Boil lusteroid tube. Make few 5. containing volume of 15 ml (Note Stir b). Stir with 2rnll 50-ml Make the solution fuge. Wash Add Dissolve for at a time, Add supernate a. a few 10. Add NH40H few minutes. in 3 drops the precipitate and wash into a stand 3 min and centri- Discard the supernate bath. Add Heat 20 mg NaHS03 Continue and heat for 2 ml and of HN03. to 10 ml with water. reduction. with to heat a few for minutes. 1 ~ HC1 . I ~ HF. the a little 5 min. Cool Discard and the to precipitate Centrifuge, 1 drop H BO and heat on a 7 5°C water 33 1 ml HC1 and 1 ml water and continue bath to obtain La(OH)3. Prepare solution, Transfer Digest Discard in a hot water the supernate in 1 ml HC1 and 2 drops with HC1 gas. bath. to a prepared a wash 124 Cool Allow solution the washes. and wash the precipitate 3 min in a hot water the solution a clear tube with water NH40H. the La(OH)3 for Add glass and saturate column. Cool in 1 ml saturated to a 40-ml Transfer Wash Let 10 ml water. and dilute complete minutes. on the water solution bath. and wash. solution bath, and wash. with bichromate the supernate 8 ~ NaOH. with the LaF3 to heat Dissolve HF treated Decant with stirring, Wash containing 9. HF the LaF3 bath for with the hydroxide to insure a temperature. immediately. 3 min on a 75°C water cent rif uge. Slurry basic 1 mg of Zr 10 drops for 5 ml tube. the Fe(OH)3 5 mg La, with 5 min on a 75°C water 10 drops 1 ~ HF. lusteroid Digest the supernate room and centrifuge NHN03. — clean to a 50-ml and dfiute with water to a +++ 3 mg Ce and 2 granules of reaches by adding well the Pu HN03 and heat for sample Fe(OH)3. the hydroxide Discard Add containing 3 ml and transfer Wash NH40H. a). solution to precipitate bath. in 3 drops well until CeF4 (Note solution 7. 1 drop the Fe(OH)3 wash. 6. ammoniacal Dissolve Precipitate to the acid down to about on a 75°C water ‘a2cr207 . in tap water 4. the solution the solution minutes water 3. and 1 ml HN03 Heat the solution AG containing bath for a 5 ml water and wash. HN03. to come Dowex with to room l-X8 the in an ice temperature. (100-200 mesh) 15 ml HC1 and l/2-ml HN03 . Rinse Transfer remaining solution Discard Elute of pressure tape to 50-ml a Add 10 drops Cool HF in an ice Xl~HF. for Repeat 15. Evaporate Steps of HNO a the tape portions through. and continue 6 ml of HC1 in 2-ml and dflute to to 5 ml. volume a of portions. approximately to Add with a piece of 10 ml. time. and Wow to stand a few for and wash the LaF3 with minutes. 2 ml 1 ~ HC1 and wash. in the 50-ml beaker off all iodine. and precipitate with with 2-ml pass to 11. to drive in a hot water tb~ precipitate tube at the supernate 3 tube. 5 mg Fe+++ portion the solution centrifuge, the solution addition and 75 mg NH41, beaker Remove through stirring, with 7 through ml centrifuge Digest little solution. with the 15 ml HC1 in Z-ml 20 ml HCl 2 -ml 5 min. lusteroid bath, with into a 50-ml Pass a Discard 14. Add containing 2 mg of La and evaporate 20 mg NaHS03 Wash of this the column and plug the top of the column portions. Add portions Wash and washes. the first portion -senfiitive in 2-ml Transfer 16. solution allowing 2-ml 1 -ml portions. the column solution, elute Add in 2-ml an eluting this several the column. to the effluents the Pu from the second 13. washes portions. 11. Prepare 12. the tube tith these bath for 5 ml water approximately Transfer Fe(OH)3 few a to the solution by addition minutes. containing 5 rnls 1 drop to a 40 of NH40H Centrifuge, with . and wash NH40H. Discard the supernate. 17. Dissolve the Fe(OH)3 solution. Warm solution with ketone) and stir transfer pipet. and more 19. Record Am241 21. of extraction the hexone phases withdraw the Pu from O.1~ Centrifuge, The solution Saturate (methyl for 3 min. Centrifuge to (upper) layer a to a dry clean, 1 drop 40-ml with centrifuge of saturated NaBr03 as the by stirring “ Final with the acid (lower) Separation 5 ml 6 ~ HN03 phase 241 of Pu . Stir twice the hexone by stirring and transfer and combine is now ready procedure Do not continue completely b. and rapidly Dissolve and for and combine for for the aqueous the aqueous 3 min with phase 2 with step 3 unless phases. electroplating. through 1 granule step there time to carry the 5. of Na2CR207 125 is enough with 1/2 ml HF 5 ml into a 50-ml Notes a. the isobutyl phase. Back-extract Repeat minutes. NaBr03 if necessary. centrifuge, beaker. few adding twice, saturated the hexone the hexone Wash HN03. 4 drops stirrer and withdraw rein, aqueous a Add add 5 ml hexone mechanical a . bath for crystals, extraction NH4N03 6 ~ HN03 hot water Transfer the the time ,, original 20. with the phases, Repeat a NTH4N03 separate tube.. 18. on in 5 ml in a Pt dish. Procedure 8. Uranium and Plutonium Analysis et al , (Ref. —. B. F. Rider, 332) of Method Outline Sample products. For described here this of dissolved reason, gives irradiated fuel U and Pu are a good yield, separated together highly contain with before a good radioactive analysis. fission The decontamination procedure factor. Reagents 1. Distilled 2. cone. HN03 . 4. 2 ~ HN03 - distfiled cone. HN03 U233 solution, standardized. PU236 solution, standardized. 5. KBr03 3. 6. 8~ - crystals, NH4N03 ml double solution until basic to mixing ml. Hexone 8. HC1 - C.P. 9. 1~ HN03 - Place H20 Transfer to.400 grade. in 2 ~ distilled 7. reagent Low to pH paper. density distilled natural H20. U blank. 200 ml distilled in a large cylinder, Check , double beaker. Boil 16 ~ Bubble off excess NH3 add 50 ml of distflled of solution (1.31 HN03 + 100 NH3 gas through (solution neutral). 16 — -M HN03 , dilute * 0.01 @20”C). - distilled. HNo 10. 307. H202 11. 0.2 ~ reagent. 3 Low - distilled - meets TTA natural cone. HN03 U blank. , double distiJled A. C. S. specification, in xylene - 4.44 g= low TTA dissolved HN03 , double H20. natural U blank. in 100 ml dist~ed x yl ene. 12. Xylene 13. Ether - distilled. 14. 0.05 ~ 15. H20 - distilled. HN09 - double - distilled cone. distilled H20. distilled. Glassware All HN03 double and rinsed distilled Separation 1. glassware used with double water before is Pyrex distiJled being the aliquot 1 ml. Add acid, and several oxidation 2. Add 3. Prepare until soaked are rinsed overnight with in 50y0 50% HN03 and Procedure for analysis in a 15-ml cone and evaporate 233 U one drop cone. and PU236 spike, a suitable KBr O 3+ Allow crystals. to stand for to about nitric 1 hr to allow of Pu to PU02. 1.5 ml 8 ~NH4N03 of 8 ~ about has been Pipets used. and Decontamination Place which water. two scrub NH4N03 in 2 ~ 10 ml Hexone ready for in2 solutions Hh-03 with ~HN03, and about 2 ml of 2 ~ use. 126 and evaporate in separate 15-ml 10 mg KBr03 HN03 to about cones, and KBr03 2 ml. containing . 1 ml Preoxidize . Keep covered 4. Extract the U and Pu four hexone (methyl original with the two 5. Strip and HC1, a gental Prepare aqueous of pure HN03 from 1 drop portions of 16 ~ each of HN03 to the extract in turn portions of H20. 3. with five portions 2-ml to dryness, Evaporate nitrogen add a few to dryness on a boiling and 1 drop step 2-ml Scrub in step extracts to dryness. stream 3 ml of 1 ~ Pu and U residue adding prepared take 5 min with extraction. hexone the combined of HN03 under each solutions for ketone), after the combined Evaporate 6. isobutyl solution times drops with HN03 water bath. of 30y0 H202 , add 1 ml to the 5 and two 1 -ml portions to separate 15 ml cones. 7. Extract immediately 0.2 ~ with TTA (thenoyltrifluor solutions Combine the Pu two times oacetone) prepared the TTA in step extracts for 20 min with in xylene. 6. Scrub Save the aqueous and add a few crystals 2-ml portions of e ach in turn phase for U. of trichloroacetic acid. 8. Mount 9. After the combined pulse Cover disk with HI? and evaporate cone. nitric, Evaporate with aqua regia dryness with cone. mass drop for 1/2 hour Pipette three 1 -ml cones 2-ml 3 before solutions the combined Evaporate sample Treat Evaporate bath several to times. and submit (step Add sample 7) with xylene. for ether HN03 Evaporate in 2 ~ Place 1 to and dissolve to dryness portion. Add and reflux the on a water bath. , dissolve the HN03 the other 2 portions solutions. portions prepared 127 matter of 8 — M NH4N03 each extraction. to dryness. 1~ present. organic and evaporate in one 1 -ml the U with four scrub cone. portions scrub HNO with a to dryness. to dryness. the organic of HN03 for with two Evaporate refluxes U fraction to destroy 1--fraction of cone. cone. Cover times. of HC1 to the washed to destroy 2 drops Extract HN03 gently with 15-ml with times. and transfer water Again analysis. 1~ residue in two disc or four or four on a boiling and 3 drops flame evaporated HN03 analysis. as follows: a heat lamp. Cover seconds, HhT03 to the evaporated of HN03 about cone. under three three and evaporate HN03 spectrographic dryness, a few Repeat the combined residue 11. Wash the original 14. reflux cone. analysis to dryness. Repeat to dryness. for a-pulse mass to dryness and evaporate 50 ~ of 0.01 ~ 13. Evaporate cover to a 15-ml on a Pt plate the Pu for HN03 pipette 12. extracts remove disk with HF. disk with 10. TTA analysis, of diethyl Scrub in step extracts ether, each adding extract 100 k in turn 12. over 1 ml of H20 in a 15-ml 15. Add 3 drops repeatedly until the organic ammonium on a water sample Plutonium for ratio in a Frisch of Pu23’ salts. bath. mass Then Add Flame in HN03 spectrographic the amount chamber and Pu240 to dryness gently and evaporate HN03 to the dry to expel to dryness cone and submit analysis. of Pu in the original the a spectrum activity obtained. The specific isotopes. The PU239 plus this Uranium The activity activity of the plate analysis activity by the specific prepared is calcdated. to Pu23’ activity 236 added, of Pu of the mixture Pu240 sample, in step 8. ~ the ratio the original activity of Pu 239 to Pu240 atom ratio a Pu is calculated from can be converted activity it is necessary to Pu to The is 239 plus is that of the individual 239 240 plus Pu weight of the mixture. Calculation ratio data is multiplied the amount and evaporate is destroyed. dissolve 501 of 0.05 ~ multiplied by the original activity PU240 can be obtained. From the mass by dividing of HN03, Calculation To determine measure of HC1 and 1 drop of each of the various by the amount U isotope U isotopes 233 spike of U present to U originally in the original 128 233 from the mass added sample. spectrometer to the sample to obtain Procedure (Ref. 9a. Separation of Plutonium from Irradiated Uranium R. O. Lingjaerde 255) Outline from 0.3-0.5 then eluted adsorbed of Method The Pu, ~ HN03 with U and fission 2.0 ~ onto anion products and washed HC1, are with 0.5 ~ adsorbed and the Pu is stripped exchange washed resin, on a cation The HN03. with with 8 ~ exchange U and fission 8~ HC1. HC1, column products The are Pu is then and finally stripped with 2 — M HC1. Procedure 5 ml of stock and 5 ml of 1.0 ~ with water. of HN03 quently coagulate ing fission close were reduces is not allowed was washed was X02- solution NaN02 Pu(VI) to fall this solution with 0.5 ~ products, was HN03. to Pu(IV). below Care O. 1 ~, 15 pg Pu), and made since 5 ml of 4.0 ~ up to a volume has to be taken Pu then will that HN03 of 50 ml concentration hydrolyse and conse- The adsorbed Then washing on Dowex 2.0 ~ with 50 (140-160 HC1 was 2.0 ~ applied HC1 was mesh) and the column to elute continued U and accompany- until the ~-activity to background. of concentrated fraction which about in a flask, on the column. This Pu and remaining amount (containing mixed fission HN03 was transferred beforehand had been products were NaN02 added + some to another washed with column eluted containing concentrated with (to oxidize 8 ~ HC1, Pu(LH) Dowex a small to Pu(IV)), and 1 (50- 100 mesh), HC1 containing a little concentrated HN03 . After little Finally the sorption concentrated HN03) the Pu was eluted step, the column was washed until the effluent with 2.8 ~ HC1. 129 with was practically 8 ~ HC1 (containing free from ~ -activity. a Procedure 9b. Outline Separation carry step from Uranium Metal. J. Rydberg (Ref. 341) of Method This oxidation of Plutonium states on BiP04, is provided procedure makes use of the co-precipitation The of Pu on BiP04. and then reduced by extraction Pu is first to Pu(IV) into TTA. oxidized which Yield properties to Pu(VI) carries. of the different which An additional is greater does not purification than 60~0. Procedure 1. The U sample rein, giving 2. The solution 3. The oxidize is dissolved a soItition is diluted is made precipitate fission in HN03 in HN03 is clear) is centrifuged products, and kept at 90”C for 30 and solid NaBi03 is added to state. 0.1 ~ until the solution HN03 and Pu(IV). to 5 ~ Pu to the +6 valency solution added in hot cone, of U(VI) (if it becomes and 0.1 ~ This off. and especially precipitate those turbid, in phosphate. with carries HN03 is The BiP04 most of the a chemistry similar to is made in HN03 Pu(rv). 4. The supernatant 0.05 ~ in N2H4 reduced 5. The and 0.005 ~ is diluted M then added precipitate contaminated phosphates treating drawn Pu(VI) In this in FeH. to 0.1 ~ (1 drop , which BiP04 is usually The containing 1~ solution , Pu is rapidly to Pu(III). solution Bi+H 6. solution carries with -10 ~ and made KOH. and the precipitate for each all the Pu. some in the precipitate with warm off, in HN03 O. 1 M Bi+H The U is centrifuged are converted After in phosphate. to precipitate, which off and washed. into hydroxides centrifuging is washed 0.1 ~ ml solution) by the solution and dissolved is in hot cone. HN03. 7. After some LMHY03, — acetone phase, hours at room and extracted in benzene. leaving with This the rest temperature, an equal gives a pure the solution volume Pu(IV) of the U and the fission is diluted to 1 of 0.3 ~ thenoyltrifluoro- solution in the benzene products in the aqueous phase. 8. If desired, with phase 10 ~ the Pu(IV) HN03 can be back- etiracted or HC104 after with benzene. 130 a two-fold in to the aqueous dilution phase of the organic Procedure J. Purification 10. Rydberg (Ref. Outline on silica method takes gel from fission products Pu(IV) does than 907’.. from Uranium and Fission Products of Method The well of Plutonium 341) advantage strong is achieved not carry. nitric and Nb are Further of CUS from the Pu(IV) is approximately that Zr solutions. by precipitation Finally Purification of the fact acid is extracted 106 from a 0.5 ~ into adsorbed decontamination HN03 solution. Yield is greater TTA. ~ -’y radiation very from of fission products. Procedure 1. The U03 sample 30 rein, 2. The giving acidity solution of the cooled is run through of the Zr 3. and Nb. length of 10 cm. CUH, La+++ are added products with The solution 5. The gel. a dimeter 0.1 ~ insoluble This for , and the removes each most ml of solution) to 0.5 ~ and carries in 0.5 ~ in HN03 of 0.8 cm and a carrier CUS precipitates M HN03. — is diluted of O. 3 ~ almost This to 1 ~ thenoyltrifluor practically Th(UX1) After of Si02 have at 90°C for HN03. in HN03 most , On of the fission The precipitate to dryness removes and then kept for H2S and restores 30 the Pu(IV) state. conditions 6. columns to 6 ~ and it is then diluted is evaporated solution volume U, is adjusted and kept off. min in hot -10 valency solution ( 1 drop sulfides i’s centrifuged HN03 and Pu(IV). columns and ZrOH of H2S, in hot cone. of U(VI) two The to the solution, the addition 4. is dissolved a solution a two -fold HC104 . This practice it has back provides an additional not proved necessary 131 are products of the organic into an aqueous with in benzene. and Zr(IV) of the fission dilution and extracted oacetone orily Pu(IV) and the rest can be etiracted in HN03 phase phase an equal Under extracted, these leaving in the aqueous with benzene, with purification to use this 10 ~ from step. Pu(IV) HN03 Zr. phase. or In Procedure 11. Uranium and Water E. L. Geiger Outline (Ref. from Environmental Samples of Soil, Vegetation 144) of Method The samples A1(N03) ~ - HN03. washed with and Pu. and Plutonium are The to bring the Pu into solution U and Pu is then extracted and back-extracted 4 ~ HNC)3, Yield pre-treated is approximately together into water as Pu(IV) into 50% TBP for mountirig in in tetradecane, and counting as total 80 + 15 (S, D. of mean)%. Procedure Preparation of samples Cut oven-dried Vegetation. into a 150-ml When only beaker. white Heat Carefully tion, Cover cool, add 1 ml of 2 ~ tube. Use 4 ~ HN03 into a 125-rnl with acid normality entire sample into a 50-ml to cool with a watch glass through and repeat Proceed and heat Wash combined a watch separator 1.5- liter solution glass, to the separator does not exceed 1 liter acid. Add this 40, volume ~ in a 200°C being Allow Cover and decant cylindrical as possible Allow step. solution. to cool into a 125-ml sand treatment, A1(N03)3 Allow soil the sample to the next treatment. of the sample beaker, the residue in the 100 -ml graduated funnel, The and 10 ml of 4870 HN03-HF proceeding the separator in the crucible to cool and then filter. being careful No. 40, and if basic, to 30-40 with 4 ~ HN03. to 5 ml. 20 ml of 4 ~ HN03, Wash Add the sample the beaker that the total to the extraction 132 to a 125-ml volume beaker. Evaporate cover the with cylindrical with 4 ~ HN03 procedure. ml. into a 100-ml and the filter Transfer at 30 ml. beaker and evaporate such as Whatman beaker 5 min. Proceed in a 1.5-liter 15 ml of 70~0 HN03 a filter, 29 ml. funnel. until the Remove the sample of the residue AI(N03)3 through and heat for funnel ~ centrifuge the residue and pestle 4 hr. Heat 5 min. No. to procedure. Place with nitric the as much the hot 6 ~ HN03-0.25 the solution dry before Allow 1.0 g of the 200-mesh for Repeat removed. to solu- the supernate Wash 3 ml of 707i HN03 in the sand bath for Leave 5 min. to the s eparatory Weigh 2-3 min with a Pt rod. are Al(N03)3 to a 100-ml with a mortar Add furnace. and allow is 4-6 ~ and the total at 600”C to cool. 10.0 g procedure. sieve. such as Whatman at 30 ml.. Water. Decant sod ~ for at 30 ml. point muffle furnace and decant solution and then add 15 ml of 6 ~ HN03-0.25 to the extraction neutralize at this the sample is completely a filter, graduated the sample graduated a 200-mesh of moisture and weigh a cold the solution to the extraction and heat for with the muffle Centrifuge the wash solutions and allow the sample all traces funnel 5 g of oven-dried furnace that the sample solution and transfer through from and boil the transfer. and decant Pt crucible then stir funnel solution Proceed Grind can pass the muffle the sample glass separator 29 ml. Soil. careful a watch of the combined not exceed bath until KN02 starting the beaker pieces then add 10 ml of 8 ~ HN03-0.5 to complete centrifuge, should HF. with cylindrical 4 ~ HN03, from remove add 2 ml of water, the beaker into small at 6000C, the sample ash remains, cool. vegetation and transfer in the separator funnel U Extraction. Add funnel. Dilute 30 ml of 5~o an air-driven 1 ml of 2 ~ to the 30-ml TBP KN02 mark to the sample with Agitate in n-tetradecsne. stirrer. Discard 4 ~ HN03 the in the 125-ml and stir the solution acid portion (lower cylindrical separator the solution briefly. vigorously for layer). Wash the TBP with 4 — N HI$03 and again discard the acid portion, Back extract with seven pw-tions of distiJled water, collecting the strip solution in a 150-ml beaker. the combined a flamed aqueous stainless to burn off organic if the a-count portions steel planchet. residue, exceeds to 10-15 Allow ml, then quantitatively to dry under and count on an a-counter. a specified level. 133 transfer a heat lamp, Retain for Add 4 min with flame portion 15-ml Evaporate the solution to the planchet pulse-height analysis Procedure L. 12. Plutonium Messanguiral, Outline and A. great, is spearated and further has been Environment Meiraneisio al Water (Ref. Samples J. Scheidhauer, 352) of Method Pu(IV) step, from M. purified shown as low by chemisorption with two TTA to be quantitative and very as 0.7 X 10-11 p Ci/ml on solid C aF2 cycles. The extraction efficient. by taking The a large as the concentration chemisorption sensitivity step can be made very sample. Reagents Concentrated nitric 10 — N nitric acid 2 — h’ nitric 1 — N nitric acid acid Concentrated hydrofluoric Concentrated perchloric Ferric hydrochloride hydroxylamine Sodium hydrochloride nitrite Ammonium 2 ~ acid acid nitrate Hydroxylamtie 1~ (d = 1.38) acid thiocyanate A1(N03)3 - 0.5 & HN03 Calcium fluoride Solution of 111 g/1 TTA in xylene Procedure 1. Place 3 liters of ferric 2. Heat 3. Let ad and agitate Pour with this a glass cool down, several solution add water water to be analyzed ~ydroxylamine with the solution testing 4. of filtered nitrate stirring making crystals rod to about sure the Fe ‘++ of ammonium in a plexiglass to within in a beaker and add 5 g each hydrochloride. column 0.5 cm of the top. 60-7@C. is reduced thiocyanate which Start from is closed agitation by spot time to time. at one end and with a magnetic stirrer. 5. 6. Add 10 g sodium HN03 ( d = 1.38), solved the ferric Then After (see agitating vessel. 8. The Fig. minutes for 1 hr, filtration pump. cake the tube under which fuloride add 60 ml concentrated HF when the HN03 has redis- has formed. powder and place the filtration system on 58). Wash the filter several then 45 ml concentrated hydroxide of a laboratory into After add 0.2 g calcium the column 7. nitrite. invert may the column be speeded two times pressure. 134 with over a 5-10 liter by maintaining 250 ml of distilled plastic pressure water receitig by means introduced Fig. 58. Cross sectional view of the agitation column. The material is “Altuglas MZD” throughout except for the brass screws. The diffuser plate has a total of 213 holes drilled on 8 concentric circles. The inside dimensions of the column are 8.0 cm diameter by 60 cm high. The reader is referred to the original paper for a more detailed drawing. 135 9. After disassembly in a 100-ml which 10. Add of the filtration beaker. is poured The is reduced with water. - HN03 Fe ‘~ Add Continue to evaporate is completely 0.5 sodium make sure nitrous 13. Add for membrane is placed with distilled water to about 15 ml. and let (with agitation. Add that the ferrous to a boil. When the the filter cool. and wash Make ammonium 1.5 ml sure it the thiocyanate ). 10 ~ HNC)3 and Expel ion is oxidized. the solution. Agitate so that the two phases are well 1/2 hr. Permit 15. Back-extract the phases two times to separate with phase 10 ~ HN03 and draw off the aqueous phase with a pipette. 5 ml 1 ~ HN03. the Pu(IV) the organic The remove by spot testing and start by spot testing and brihg 20 ml, hydrochloride reduced nitrite 15 ml TTA-xylene 14. 16. briefly vapors. mixed Wash solution to approximately 11. Add 4 ml 1 ~ hydroxylamine 12. the filter is washed into the beaker. 4 ml of the Al(N03)3 volume apparatus apparatus by agitation two times phases are with with 5 ml 10 ~ HN03 for 1/2 hr. Wash 3 ml 10 ~ HN03. combined in a 30-rnl beaker and evaporated to dryness, 17. Take 18. Stop heating up with perature 19. Let Add Add cool thin glass 1 ml beaker 21. Stir 23. Add 24. Let 1 &J HN03 two times The 26. The and 3 ml HC104 hydroxylarnine and evaporate hydrochloride slowly for and transfer for Pu is next and the organic combined is reduced to a 30-ml to dryness. when the tem- by spot testing using these for funnel, washing the re-extracted with 1 ml 2 ~ HN03 at maximum the aqueous speed. phase. Wash two times 3 ml of 1 & HN03. by agitation is washed phase again in the funnel. vapors. 20 min and eliminate 10 min with the beaker washes the nitrous and stir separate phase Wash Combine 5 min to expel aqueous separator 1 ml of 1 ~ HN03. to the funnel. 5 ml TTA-xylene the phases that Fe ‘++ and verify with 0.15 g NaN02 by agitation 25. 1~ rod. and 0.5 ml 2~HN03. 22. HN03 permits, the solution a very 20. 2 ml fuming and add 1 ml two times is evaporated 136 for 20 min with with 5 ml of 10 — N HN03, 2 ml of 10 — N HN03. on a watch glass and counted. Procedure (Ref. 13. Piutonium Outline Environmental Water Samples J. Kooi and U. Hollstein of Method BiP04 gas. from 237). The solution Pu is further is used to concentrate the Pu after is heated several purified nitric acid, HN03 and the Fe+++ to 100’C by co-extraction Finally, the organic 99uj’ofrom to Pu(IV) to expel cupferride is destroyed as the hydroxide, Approximately reduction minutes into ferric matter precipitated Yield. for as Pu(IH) by wet-ashing mounted solutions with S02 excess S02. from The dilute with H2S04 and and counted. containing 0.8 X 10-6 p CiPu/ ml. Procedure 1. Acidify a 500 ml sample of water with 15 ml of 2 ~ nitric acid and add 10.4 mg of Bi3+. 2. 3. Bubble S02 gas, technical, wide capillary. Heat the solution to expel to boiling the excess orthophosphoric precipitate 4. Filter capillary. h 5. through a filtering Transfer little rod at least Use with distilled water for some using a minutes in total resting to a 250-rnl the has been to rtise drawn the beaker on the funnel. Suck the narrow-necked flask on a ground-glass beiker, rinse placed plate. the flask prepared 15 min make Allow overnight. of which into a 50-ml bottom, After stirring. by preference the stem and add 5 ml of freshly solution, 20 rein, at 10@C the precipitate directly cut-off solution for 60 ml of a 1 — M solution of stirring with a glass rod and leave 25 ml of 6 — N HCL the funnel the Bi-Pu hydrochloride 2 hr, funnel, and to dissolve flask it boiling 30 rnin with occasional a fine-fritted and the glass solution for the solution Add slowly umder continuous to settle into a wide S02. at 90”C for through through and keep of the acid the suspension gently with a 10~. hydroxylarnine up to about 100 ml with distilled water. 6. Using a pH met-er, ammonia. 7. Transfer with 8. Add adjust the solution into any kind of grease described in 14-16. h water, shake, Add Add and let 30 ml of purified into by addition a 250-rnl a 1-1 s eparatory funnel, that can be completely 2 ml of a freshly stand for of 70-90 extract separator lubricating removed ml of 2 ~ prepared the stopcock by the otidation 57. cup ferron aa solution 45 min. Shake the mixture chloroform, and run the chloroform paper the pH to 0.7-0.8 0.1 rng of Fe+H. through a 4-5 cm No. funnel, using repeatedly for 41 Whatmsn the same 1 min filter kind of grease for the stopcock. 9. Shake taining a No. joint. the chloroform solution 1.5 g of cupferron 41 Whatman Transfer ffiter the water per with liter, paper layer one. 137 20 ml of 0.3 ~ hydrochloric and run the chloroform into a 250-rnl of the lower roundbotiom sepsratory acid layer flask funnel con- through with ground into the upper 10. Add to the solution cupferron 11. Repeat solution, the whole chloroform. from 12. Transfer the lower after Wash down the sides Add 15. 16. Add a 15-cm Remove nitrous sucking air through until or suction, suJfuric acid in upper (C. P. iron- and remove and with cupferrate. the remainder in Fig. grade) for flask of red-brown afi shown (C. P. Reflux acid vapors and sulfur 59. and attach to the round- 30 min. grade) and heat until the solution an attachable bottom. If the dry repeat 14 and remove residue time flask. heating slight the dry not appear trioxide by heating, Two before be used, to a red snow-white glow, of the round- after cooling, as above. in 1 ml of concentrated may be needed by in the should in the neck by heating later turbulence burners residue condensation does sulfur first creating tube, to prevent residue the white Some trioxide of the roundbottom and the other heating. repetition into the roundbottom traces about 20 ml is left one to keep the bulb hot, without 17. Dissolve 25 ml of purified the first yellow. bulb and the neck however; from both water-layers papers to remove blowing nitric light Discard condenser. 2 ml of fuming appe~s (8 and 9) with repetition. of the two filter 1 ml of concentrated and 2 ml of a 5% 45 min. resulting funnel. as possible by gentle flast for twice the water-layer off the chloroform bottom 0.1 mg Fe+++ procedure the second chloroform Distill funnel and let stand to the upper funnel of chloroform 14. shake, extraction lower as little 13. in the upper HCL the solid while gently is completely dis- solved. 16. The final sample for and 1/8 cm thick. counting position. drawn-off HCL of water. Enclose large formation 20. Place for 21. Count and two upside the tray Rinse to near 10-ml Let beakers in a porcelain under dish, and satisfactory. Calculate c where Pu Repeat with at least it with drops ml of conwith provided off the high 10-15~0 ammonia 138 in a the to dryness. a second counting with voltage, up to 47-50 in counts of counter. 1 ml of water. 5 min to ensure A simple the Pu concentration of sample a dish, and ignite to oxides. an a-counter. Efficiencies add a few filled using according device a light showed percent trap consisting for to be very may easily to the formula = 9.01 X 10-s ~pc/ml A = activity efficiency onto the tray. cover switching and, in onto the tray, a second Evaporate the hydroxides and a ZnS screen, without heater with stand for ing samples tained. the flask of 35 mm diameter with the tray solution dryness, of a photomultiplier liable a radiant to be completed, min to convert the sample under the washing down. of Fe(OH)3 10-15 background of the area. evaporation the tray beaker on a Pt tray the counter the green-yellow and transfer After is deposited the tray transfer about half centrated 19. Place pipette, covering counting Determine per minute and E = percentage insertrebe ob- (b) (a) Roundbottom flask used for destruction of organic matter. (a) Set-up Fig. 59. (b) Set-up used for removing used for refluxing (----) and removal (—) of nitric acidchloroform and sulfur -trioxide vapors. 139 Procedure Alloys 14. Separation by TBP (Ref. of Plutonium Extraction from in Uranium-Plutonium Chloride Solutions R. P. Fission Larsen Element and C. A. Seils, Jr. 249) Outline of Method The U and Pu are in a 2 — M HC1 solution. Pu(IV) with NaN03 The reduced and extracted Pu is then precipitated to U(IV) and Pu(III) U is then extracted into TBP as the hydroxide by contact into TBP. The and back-extracted and taken with Mg turnings Pu is then oxidized with 0.1 — M HC1. to The up in HN03 for spectrophotometric materials are used. determination. Reagents Unless otherwise stated, reagent grade 1. Tributyl phosphate, 30-volume ~. in carbon 2. Tributyl phosphate, 30 volume ~, in Amsco-140 3. Dilute liter 300 ml of tributyl with carbon of O,5 ~ sodium phate. Scrub filter paper phosphate tetrachloride hydroxide four to remove (a kerosine (Commercial (or Amsco to remove times tetrachloride. traces with distilled Solvents - 140). Scrub of mono- water distillate). Corp. once ) to 1 with 200 ml and dibutyl and filer through phos- a large dry cloudiness. Procedure Dissolve this type the slloy of material, Pipette flask. For with 12~ Convert minutes. assembly, phate transfer funnel. Treat paragraph. and shake phase Add into a 60-ml the stripping solutions separator funnel. R. P. , Anal. Chem. ~, Allow phases acid and filtering separator Add 10 ml of O.2~ phase Add phosphate from into 545 (1959). 140 assem- outlined in carbon separator in the next organic extracts the stripped organic and combine acid the aqueous tetrachloride the aqueous phosand funnel. hydrochloric 5 ml of carbon the to separate in the second to the combined of chimney and catch the phases and drain acid 15 ml of 3070 tributyl by the procedtire to separate its (3X) a period in a filter the flask Add 60-ml organic funnel. tributyl paper over 10 ml of 30~0 tribut yl phosphate phase for dryness by filtration, Rinse acid. 1 min. the organic the U solution filter elements funnel. hydrochloric Discard out dissolved fiber VIII for to near to 10 ml and the hydrochloric to a second the phases separator Rinse Group aqueous operation. layer. ‘; Larsen, Allow, for Erlemneyer than enough O. 1 g of Mg turnings of glass with in the second 30 sec to wash organic layer phase 15 ml of 0.5~ 1 min. by evaporation the volume the U-bearing the Pu-bearing for medium and shake the extraction and combine by Larsen* 10 to 20 mg of Pu into a 50-ml separator organic described be 35 to 70 mg of U, more of 12M_ hydrochloric tetrachloride Repeat the procedure approximately a double portions the U-bearing tetrachloride Adjust Add cylindrical 5-ml in carbon will the precipitated in a 60-ml bly with three 2 ~. Using separate filtrate containing there acid. to about using to volume. to a chloride hydrochloric concentration several an aliquot 207” Pu alloys, determination. sample, and dilute phase. and repeat strip and shake Discard the a 50-ml Erlenmeyer of 2-ml portions Transfer flask of 16M — nitric to a 50-rrd spectrometrically. smaller volumes O.2~ to otidize -Amsco-140 a light organic phase phase transfer chloride wire, 2 ml. pipette of sodium occur. ) nitric boil~g and stir may be present state would flask step 20 min. and ensure occur. ) Allow with water. prepared width from Heat treatment oxidation to cool Read the absorbance a series Calculate of standards only. 141 solutions, the volume centrifuge mixing cone with hydroxide stand for with will the nitric some solution any polymeric and dilute oxidation blank the Pu present carried through in a Pu which state. E to the sexivalent to volume vs a reagent the would 2.0 ml of 16~ of the Pu to the quadrivalent acid, With state the precipitate Add acid Add (Evaporation chloride. Wash destroy a Pt stirring 5 min. solution. a hydro- precipitates. not remove supernate. the wash in hot 3M — nitric of 0.02 mm, While and let the clear the precipitate. the solution to the strip of the Pu to the s exivalent and discard complete dissolved glass plutonium as it does oxidation (This and trans- of 0.2M — HCL the aqueous diluent 15 ml of on a s and bath to reduce mixing. in excess and discard Add to separate 10 d from as the inert raffinate. the phases to a 15-ml until step, step, 3 rein, to dissolve were 475 nq.I and a slit factor 5 min for bath for the precipitate etric for centrifuge water dropwise solution in the next Centrifuge acid hydroxide raffinate 20 ml of tributyl Add 0.5 ml of 207. hydroxylamine 15 min with occasional volume-reduction introduced with water, the solution Add Combine and evaporate the U. Determine use proportionately is used Add operation. to 7 ml with water. hydroxide is not a satisfactory nitrate acid, flask. acid to dissolve to the aqueous aqueous Allow Erlenmeyer Transfer and let stand the lower addition to 5 ml). state. (Amsco-140 1 min. the stripping and dilute add 10M — sodium 10 drops Discard to a 50’-rnl add 2 ml of 12M — hydrochloric to approximately ) U, (down nitrite after up to volume. less flasks 100 mg of sodium and equilibrate and repeat containing 1 min. nitric and make the Pu to the quadrivalent phase. acid fer the aqueous samples and equilibrate organic hydrochloric (2X) “on a sand bath 5.0 ml of 16~ with water and volumetric approximately the U separation to give acid to dryness Add flask For of nitric Add acid. volumetric U x-ray phosphate and evaporate in a 10Tml in l-cm from cells volumat a calibration the hydroxide precipitation Procedure 15. Exchange Method Outline Separation F. with in 6 — M HC1, Mg, Mn, Spectrographic Analysis of Impurities Anion 405) is dissolved on an anion is washed (Ref. of Method Pu metal is adsorbed of Pu before Trowell 8 ~ in HC1 and an excess exchange HN’03. column The solution and spectrographically Mo, Ni, Ti, from and wash analyzed of 8 — kl HN03 the resulting for is evaporated Al, Be, is added. mixture Ca, to dryness, Cd, Pu and the column Co, Cr, taken Cu, up Fe, and U. Reagents 1. 8 — M HN03 2. 6~ 3. Resin (Note HC1 (Note (Note a). b). c). Procedure 1, Weigh into 2. all traces 4. Place the resulting 50 ml sfiica drain Add of metal silica have and dissolve each by tipping beakers. M Hh’03 add 5 ml 8 — dissolved, green USing the minimum the columns 5. of 0.25 g of Pu metal and mix well. (d). Transfer (e)) portions 1 ml 6 — M HC1 in 50-rnl When Note 3. duplicate solutions volume beakers to collect to the ion exchange of 8 ~ HN03 containing the eluted to rinse 1 ml of 100 ~g/ml solutions. Allow colurnne (Note out the beakers. Sc solution under the Pu solutions to down to the top of the resin. 15 ml 8 ~ HN03 to the columns and allow this eluting acid to drain through. 6. Transfer 7. Add tions Prepare Note draw duplicate cupboard and evaporate the solu- (f). residues into polythene reagent blanks and warm ampules. using slightly Note to ensure com- (g) the procedure and reagents above the Pu. Pass 0.3 ~ been removed HN03. to the fume HC1 to the dry solution; but omitting 9. beakers to dryness. 1 ml 6 ~ plete 8. the silica HN03 Note through (N&e the columns (h) ), Recondition until all traces the column for of green further color have use with 8 ~ (i). Not es (a) Prepared from concentrated HN03 (redistilled from silica) and deionised water. (b) Prepared from (c) Deacidite FF settle 10 min for gaseous (SRA 68). HC1 and deionised Remove and decant off 142 fines water. by etirring any resin still with water. in suspension; Allow repeat to this procedure bore for (d) (e) untfi silica column dimensions. At this stage Condition HN03 all fines fitted the wool 3 ml wet plug. resin (See in a 6-mm Fig. 60). solution contains (g) This solution is ready (h) Collect (i) Add the washings Allow immediately blue to green. before use by allowing for free analysis HN03 to settle Add fresh for the resin with and all air funnel bottle. a pointed l/8-in. bubbles and decant off any resin the total resin volume SORE 4cm SORE 6mm BORE -- 20 cm QUARTZ --- 60. have 10 tin --- 0 cm method. e residue to bring 1.5cm 4cm Pu. by the polythene and stir resin from to the appropriate it is in suspension Fig. 10 ml 8 ~ --I: the impurities and transfer 10 ml 8 ~ rod until from them. This removed. Use a quartz changes the columns suspension. with color (f) perspex removed. ) to run through about are Ion exchange 143 column. WOOL PLUG been still in to 3 ml. Procedure 16. Impurities. Separation Extraction Outline HN03 solution and the impurities to the eluted graphite solution spark eluted which Spectro~aphic Method Using technique concentration for may be restricted Al, This range is adsorbed with 8 ~ Analysis TBP F. of Trowell on a KelF/ TBP HN03. Sc is added is then concentrated Applicability. The Before (Ref. 405) of Method Pu in 8 ~ column of Plutonium Chromatography Co, Cr, method covered Ga, Mn, is intended for is from by the reagent by evaporation Fe, Ni, chromatographic as an internal by the and Ti. the analysis 0.5 to 10 ppm. standard and analyzed The of high-purity lower limit Pu. of analysis blank. Equipment 1. Column (for dimensions and preparation see Appendix). Reagents 1. 6 ~ HC1. Note (a). 2. 16 ~ HN03. 8 ~ HN03. Note (b). 0,32 ~HN03. 3. 2 ~HF. 4. CC14. 5. Tri-n-butyl phosphate. 6. KelF. (f). 7. Grease Note Note (c). (d). Note solution. Note Note (e). (g). Procedure 1. Weigh 2 g of Pu and dissolve silica 2. beaker. When all traces clock glass, solution 3. Cool (Note Redissolve complete 5. Transfer volume 6. Place solution of the metal rtise into 5 ml by tipping with a clock have down the sides glass 6~ and warm. dissolved, rinse of the beaker, HC1 in a 50-ml Note (h). and remove the and evaporate the to dryness. to ensure 4. Cover (i)), add 5 ml complete this 16 ~ solution. residue HN03, warm Evaporate in 10 ml 8 ~ and add 5 drops to a moist HN03, residue. warming 2~ HF Note to ensure solution. the solution of 8 — M HN03 a 50-ml under to the KelF to rinse tall-form silica the column. 144 / TBP column out the beaker. beaker Note (l). using Note containing the minimum (k). 1 ml 20 pg/ ml Sc (j). 7. Allow the solution from chromatographic column 0.5 ml/min. column 8. a flow rate and allow of approximately to drain through the to a 100-ml repeat CC14, separating the wash funnel and wash with two further CC14. in a fume Redissolve HN03 solution the washed dryness 10. 8~ rate. conditioned of 10-ml Transfer down to the top of the maintaining 40 ml the eluted 10 ml portions 9. Add at the same Transfer with (5) to drain solution to the 50-ml cupboard. the residue Note beaker and evaporate to (m). in 1 ml 6 — M HC1 while the beaker is still warm. 11. Duplicate agents 12. reagent above, Prepare from are the electrodes dividing the aliquot standard Remove HN03 equally (o)) Note HN03. using the procedure by pipetting and re- between and reagent blank Pu from and then wash 0.1 ml of the solution of waterproofed duplicate the adsorbed (Note sparking of a pair Prepare lamp. sample prepared the Pu. for (10) on to the tops an infrared 13. blanks but omitting graphite the two electrodes, pairs and dry under of electrodes solution. Note the column by eluting the column with electrodes, for each (n). with water O.32 y to remove the (p). Notes (a) Prepared from (b) HN03 redistilled AR gaseous HC1 and deionized from silica water, apparatus. Diluted with deionized water. (c) Prepared (d) CC14 AR 8~ from HF AR conditioned and deionized before water. use by shaking with an equal volume of HN03 . (e) Commercial (see Appendix). (f) Low density TBP purified by steam KelF modding powder, distillation less and alkaline than 100 mesh washing (see Appendix). (!3) 0.1% Apiezon (h) Each sample (i) A vigorous ~ in CC14. should reaction be done in duplicate. occurs if addition of concentrated HN03 is made to hot residue. (j) H the residue is allowed to go to dryness it will be difficult to re- dissolve. (k) See Appendix (1) Vitrosil tall-form volume of about for column beaker preparation. nominally 75 ml. 145 50 ml capacity in fact has a (m) The activity of the solution of the Pu metal. of solution this to be evaporated the tolerance limit (n) Each and reagent (o) Transfer (P) The column The effect sample each is due almost In general the solution life blank is limited of this will without four residue TBP is that the adsorbed becomes content a number exceeding cupboard. thus have as some to the Am low to allow at one time in a fume to the appropriate run and the column break-through to dryness allowed entirely is sufficiently exposures. bottle. is washed Pu layer must be replaced off with becomes each run. longer when the danger with of Pu apparent. Appendix Purification 1. of TBP 250 ml Place flask fitted commercial with to 80”C, but take 2. Remove the source 3. Pour distillate. care Note of hot Filter steam not to heat NaOH distillation. above this in a l-litre Heat temperature. distil for 3 hr, the mixture Note rejecting (a). the (b). aqueous deionized deionized and 100 ml 0.5 ~ head for of heat and steam the hot TBP/NaOH the (lower) 4. TBP a splash mixture phase. water water. Wash the TBP and then with two Note (Whatrnan into a separating funnel with two 100-ml and reject 100-ml portions portions of cold (c). 541 paper) the washed TBP into a clean with solid dry reagent bottle. Preparation 1. of KelF Chill Powder KelF low density microhammer 2. Sieve 3. Wet mill, the milled (BSS). Note powder powder C02 and grind in a (d). and collect the material passing 100 mesh (e). the powder excess molding Note of 6 ~ transfer with acetone, HC1 mote (f)). Allow to a 1- liter the KelF/HCl beaker and add suspension to stand over night. 4. Pour the KelF/HCl plug and allow by pouring 5. Finally, deionized and then spreading 1. into a ftmnel to drain water dry the washed the acetone Preparation suspension the acid away. through KelF Wash with a cotton the KelF free wool from acid the funnel. by pouring the powder fitted acetone out onto a polythene through sheet the funnel and allowing to evaporate. of Column Mix ml 12 g KelF deionized powder water and 12 g TBP and mix to a smooth to a slurry. 146 paste, add about 10 2. Transfer about with water glass plunger Note 3. Repeat Keep with of this press slurry small so that an evenly to the column quantities packed of this column (Note slurry (g)) filled down with a of the KelF/ TBP is formed. (h). this column 4. a quarter and gently procedure with further portions of the slurry until the is complete. the column 40 ml 8~ filled with water HN03 until required for use and condition when required. Notes (a) TBP/NaOH (b) This (c) mixtures removes most bump violently. of the free n-butyl remainder is removed by washing. The initial separation and washings alcohol must from the TBP; the be done hot to avoid emtisification. (d) (e) Chilling Making assists the grinding the powder process. just moist with acetone will prevent to it sticking the sieve. (f) To remove (g) 28 cm X 1.2 cm Pyrex (h) Care must may result quartz a very wool slow any metallic impurities. column, 2-mm bore tap and fitted with a plug. be taken in the preparation in Pu breakthrough flow rate. 147 during of the column, elution; tight loose packing packing will give Procedure Short 17. (Ref. Separation procedure that Pu(III) adsorbed adsorption N. Jackson and J. F. of Method This strongly Exchange 204) Outline on the fact of Np and Pu by Anion has been HC1. The for is not adsorbed macro on anion by dissolving saturated separation with amotmts exchange the hydroxides is quantitative while from It is based Np(lY) adjustment is is done before in a concentrated The Np is removed NH41. of Pu and Np. resin, The valence at high HC1 concentrations. on the column which is described HC1 solution the column with 2 — M and complete. Procedure The purification then undertaken. dissolved for The h’p and Pu were in 210 ml of cone. 30 min and poured 2.5 cm diameter effluent were HC1 and the wash HC1 sat. precipitated a flow blue rate [ Pu(III) collected FF anion of 1 ml/min ]. The approtimately50 column Pu 239 centrifuged, was allowed was and to stand 20 cm 10ng and The first was then washed No activity separately. solution was maintained. column mgof as hydroxides, The with NH41. onto a Deacidite while pale from of 2.3 g of NP237 was found with 200 ml of 100 ml cone. in a drop collected at to follow the dark green the end of the washing. The Np was finally eluted band of the Np down the column cone. HC1 wash. activity was found the glass wool daughter of Np The whole with 2~ of tbe Np was in any eluate after at the top of the resin 237 . this It was HC1. and the first possible 40 ml of eluate collected stage. column 148 with the in the next 50 ml of eluate. Some and was was included ~ -y activity assumed was detected to be Pa 233, the No on Procedure Zagrai 18. Separation and L. I, Sel!chenkov Outline HC1 solution with (Ref. Exchange Chromatography V. D. 435). of Method Np(IV) ~ of Np and Pu by Cation and Pu(III) after reduction are adsorbed with on the cation S02 at boiling 0.02 ~ HF and the Pu stripped with water resin KU1 or KU2 temperatures. from 0.25 Np is eluted 0.5 ~ HF. Procedure 1. To 6-8 ml of 0.25 ~ HC1 containing about half 2. glasfi column Pass S02 gas through heating 3. of the resin Allow ( 1 mm on a boiling the solution to the column and pass pg amounts in the hydrogen diameter to cool vigorously to room Plug solution Wash the resin Elute the Np into a Pt dish or a Teflon 10 ml of 0.25 the Pu with min while 4-5 ml of 0.5 — N HF. 149 and transfer the resin with cotton the column, ~ HC1, HF. Elute 15-20 the top of the column through 4. 6. add the pleti- and 1-2 ml of water. for temperature 5. with to fill bath. with a pipette. the remaining of Np and Pu, required X 90 mm high) the solution water form followed beaker with by 10 ml of H20. 40-60 ml of 0.02 ~ Procedure 19. Outline Determination sample HC1 and adjusted hydrochloride extracted chloroform, with precipitated ammonium procedures R. are iron carrying O. R. Brooks (Ref. and the residue 56) is distilled the Pu is finally hydroxide, dried at the end of this on iron off, et al. state in with cupferride. This and the cupferrides mounted again, by Smales dissolved to the trivalent and co-precipitated on that described given and ashed Pu is reduced the chloroform The with is dried The solution is wet oxidized. is based of urine to a pH of 1. hydroxylamine procedure in Urine of Method A 24-hr dil. of Plutonium with cone. is residue HC1, dried, and flamed off to Fe203. This 233 Differences in the two procedure. Reagents Ferric chloride 145 mg of FeC13/liter solution. Hydroxylamine hydrochloride 5 ~. aqueous Cup ferron. solution, (i. e. 50 mg Fe/liter). 50 g of NH20H- solution. renewed HC1/liter . weekly. Procedure 1. 2. Evaporate a 24-hr basin under When dry, 200-ml 3. scrape silica infrared sample infrared of urine overnight in a 2-liter porcelain lamps. out and quantitatively dish with washings transfer of 4 ~ HC1, the residue and re-dry to a it under lamps. Place the sample by periodic in a muffle additions furnace of 3-ml lots at 5 OO”C, and hasten of cone. HN03 oxidation to the dish when it is cool. 4. Dissolve beaker the white and make about 100 ml to a final silica residue NH20H” 5. Adjust burette with constant forms, as this solution. 3/4 hr to allow 41 filter chloroform paper reduce and shake to settle with of Pu(VI) 150 from a Allow the solution to Pu(III). fmmel thoroughly of iron separating dropwise that no phosphate recoveries. 20 ml of distilled indicator. until the operator added the funnel to an insoluble and 10 ml of and add 2 ml of and let stand cupferride. thoroughly. and then run it off through into a 100-ml by shaking a pH meter Shake the contents to a 250-ml washings of cresol-red separating formation only solution drops It is essential reduction complete WItil 2 — N NH40H to a 500-ml 30 ml of chloroform layer by a few may 1 hr to ensure Stir 5 ml of FeC13 with transfer 4 ~ HC1 and water of 2 ~. stirring. the solution chloroform ml of 4 ~ HC1, to 1 (with do it visually) 5 ~. cup ferron No. Add solution Transfer Add remains. the pH of the to stand for 7. acidity followed precipitate for in ’30 HC1 solution can correctly 6. residue up with alternate funnel. water Allow a 7-cm Wash the Whatman the and run the chloroform h-o. into a 250-ml 41 filter solution paper round-bottomed and add a further a scavenge. Return as before. After flask leave a 7 cm to the original aqueous and 2 ml of 5 % cupferron 5 ml of FeC13 shaking, through the water the solution to stand for as another 3/4 hr. 8. Extract until the cupf errides the chloroform into the 100-ml a pipette 9. and collect Add 20 ml of distilled they Evaporate flask 11. 3 ml of cone. H2S04 heat. Evaporate the final ness is not white, to a pt further 3-ml using Dry this rod the tray, of the acids in air. and If the and take to ensure HC1 and transfer for to dry- evenly with a fine over drops transfer. of water precipitation of a Use two a quantitative up in a few complete by means background. HC1 to obtain then take and finally before the tray Maximum Maximum rate and add of ferric hydroxide. the tray (15 cmz effective a bunsen to form the red surface) tip. heat it over oxide counting. and sample “background” With Maximum level Level level is 0.01% a method permissive Permissive permissive assumed Corresponding maximum in air. to the residue each for one period of 8 hr in an counter. Calculating Excretion an Procedure Count a- scintillation using by blowing aliquots counted of cone. precipitation a glass Fe203 Counting cupboard by blowing of cone. previously solution, 2— N NH40H Spread in 3 ml tray aliquots the final enough 14. the residue pipette Dry the chloroform. 6 of H2S04 add further and shake into the 250-ml drops HN03 the funnel. with the fiml from around extracts, paper and 1 ml of cone. trace forms the extracts in a fume Remove lot separately again. Dissolve 13. the filter chloroform mantle. Add residue 12. and wash filter – or chloroform separating to the chloroform out, each with which in the 100-ml settled off the excess “Electro-Thermal” of chloroform paper of cupferrides water have lots — and filter the filter the washings After 15-ml colorless Wash the ring top, round-bottomed 10. three remains fumel. to remove funnel. with per in the body in urine is 0.04 EC for Pu 239 (solution). day. Permissive recovery in Urine Level in Urine of 90% and a counter z 2.8 cpm above 151 is :, 4 p~c efficiency “background, of (say) ” ss~o, the Reporting Results Results < <1 are reported in p~c/24-hr sample in the following ranges: 0.1 ppc > 0,1 p~c > 1 PWC (exact figure reported with standard deviation). NOTE: Deviations of economy. affect in step from this report in steps The use of smaller the overall 11 above, recovery. a more 4, 7, and 8 above quantities By using rapid oxidation 152 of reagents the amounts were were of H2S04 was achieved. made for reasons found not to and HN03 quoted Procedure 20. Procedure) Determination R. W. Outline Perkins procedure smaller) on an 8-mm2 85.2 percent (Ref. in Urine (Small Area Electrodeposition 316) of Method This 200 ml (or 239 of Pu area describes urine samples, of a stainless ?3. 6 percent a method for the rapid and the subsequent steel standard disk. The separation electrodeposition yield for 239 of Pu from 239 of the Pu a set of five samples was deviation. Procedure 1. Place the urine sample (200 ml or less) add 50 ml of concentrated evaporate to about 20 ml. then transfer water, about 20-30 HN03, Add water) Erlenmeyer carrier (Note 20 ml of H20 and cool under to a 100-ml Lusteroid test the solution ml of wash in a l-liter 40 mg of Pr containing flask, (a)) and running tube (using 5 ml concentrated HF and stir. 2. Allow the sample to stand nate and dissolve concentrated HF centrifuge 3. Transfer (or clear). 5. TTA (100 g/liter) the aqueous of 0.5 ~ HN03, phase 5 min. Collect Combine Add Wash the residue policeman evaporate 7. Add the 8. Electrodeposit 9. The Add 20 min. with two Collect the aqueous phase add 5 ml of concentrated KN03 10-ml layer in and shake to make sure adding water, HN03, and evaporate 3 ml of to dryness. ) (Note 2). all of the residue washings Rub sides of is in solution. to the sample, then to 3-4 ml. (O. 25 ~ cell (NH4)2 with C 204), an 8-mm2 overnight electrodeposited transferring stainless steel the solution cathode area a counter, under at 110 d. sample or exposed a microscope* may be counted to a nuclear to provide * Schwendiman phase for 3). counted C. 5 min 15 min. and shake the organic 15 min. evaporation. 4 ml of electrolyte ground L. and shake each. 1 ml of 0.1 ~ to an electrodeposition (Note funnel in 7 ml of 0.5 ~ HN03 with 5 rein, phase. layers, solution 5 ml of the precipitate and shake 5 ml of 8 ~ HC1 to the orgsnic with policeman the super- Add ~ HN03. NaN02 and wash 5 min the aqueous the aqueous Dissolve beaker to stand in benzene 10 ml of 8 ~ HC1 and shake beaker. discard and dissolve separator 0.25 ml of 2 ~ concentrated ‘c 104’ (Use low heat for final 6. the sample the supernate to a 120-ml Add Discard a 50-ml 2 rein, and 20 ml of 2 ~Al(N03)3-0.5 portions Add centrifuge in 50 ml of 2 ~ HN03. Allow discard the solution until 10 ml of 0.45 ~ 4. and stir. 2 rein, in 5 ml of H20 30 rein, the precipitate and J. W. Healy, 153 Nucleonics @ directly track a greater No. film on a low backand the a tracks sensitivity. 6, 78, 80-82 (1958) June. Notes 1. The element Division Chicago, ground; praseodymium as purchased of the American Illinois) whereas, could Potash be used the use of (from the Lindsey and Chemical directly without lanthanw Chemical Corporation, West causing a high back- as a carrier resulted in a high background. 2. At this direct 3. The point, the sample counting if small electrolytic cells at one end for cathode and cylinder deposition consist of lucite stainless plating can be evaporated area steel surfaces. and “defines cylindegs which ,., ., 154 which contact lucite the electrodeposition ,. .. caps A beveled on a counting dish for is not required. disk are threaded the stainless fits area. between steel the cap Procedure 21, Determination Outline in Urine R. 125 J. Everett et al. of Method Micro amounts thenoyltrifluoroacetone measured of Plutonium of Pu are (TTA) by proportional Evaporation isolated extraction, counting by lanthanum fluoride and electrodeposition. coprecipitation, The a activity is or by autoradiography. and Electrodeposition Reagents and equipment. Electrodeposition Stainless less apparatus steel disks, and cells, 0.5-in. diam Aluminum nitrate solution distilled water; add 23 ml cone. distilled water. Cone. X 0.005-in. thick, polished stain- steel. ammonium Ammonium hydroxide hydroxide, 100 ml with – Dissolve HN03 distilled acid, 36% HC1. Cone. hydrofluoric acid, 487’. HF. nitric phosphoric acid, in 800 ml to 1 liter with Dilute 10 ml cone. NH4CH to water. hydrochloric Cone. and dilute 9H20 – hTH40H(3 O% NH3). 10~. solution– Cone. Cone. 378 g A1(N03)3- HN03. TO~o acid, 85% H3P04. 1— N nitric water. acid – Dilute 63 ml cone. 2 — N nitric acid – Dilute 125 ml cone. HN03 to 1 liter HN03 to 1 liter with distilled with distilled water. 8 ~ hydrochloric tilled acid – Dilute 667 ml cone. HC1 to 1 liter with dis- water. 8 ~ potassium hydroxide – Dissolve 112 g KOH 2— N potassium hydroxide – Dissolve 28 g KOH Sodium hypochlorite Sodium nitrite water. – 5 ~. solution solution Prepare Hydroxyl~mine Lanthanum solution – NH20H. 1 ml = 20 mg La. solution (TTA) before – Dissolve Thenoyltrifluoroacetone 1 ~ HN03. 1.2 g NaN02 immediately hydrochloride nitrate distilled water. water. NaOC1. – Dissolve fresh in 250 ml in 250 ml distilled in 10 ml distilled use. HC1. 6.2 g La(N03 – Dissolve )3. 6H20 in 100 ml 5 g thenoyltrifluoroacetone in 100 ml benzene. Procedure 1. 2. To 1 liter urine cone. H3P04, While stirring, 10 ml excess in a 2-liter beaker, add 20 ml cone. HN03, 5 ml occurs. Add and heat to 850C. add cone. and continue 155 NH40H until precipitation heat and stirring for 1 hr. the beaker 3. Cover 4. Decant 5. Filter Place 7. Cool filter 9000C for overnight. careful not to disturb onto Whatman with 10% NH40H. and precipitate No. Discard in 50-ml the precipitate. 50 filter paper. Wash the filtrate. Vycor crucible and ignite at 1 hr. residue Transfer 8. settle being the precipitate the precipitate 6. and let the supernate, and add 25 ml 2~ HN03. to centrifuge less than 50 ml. Cool to room Warm tube with 2N — HN03 temperature to dissolve wash, and add 1 g NH20H. residue. and keep HC1. volume Stir until it dissolves. 9. Add 1 ml La(N03)3 solution and adjust volume to 75 ml with 2N — HN03. 10. Stir and add 7 ml cone. stirring 11. Let stand 3 min more, supernate. 12. 13. Break stand for Stir Transfer Add 10 ml Note: Add TTA For HC1 layer Carefully analysis, water color Cool appears. Evaporate electrodeposition 5 ml the TTA cell, solution and three cell to electroplate times 22. Remove cell without 23. Remove disk from 5 min. Add 10 ml 20 min. beaker. 2~ KOH phases with disk 156 to step Let distilled Let separate separate until a pale volume. once or let reddish-brofi solution. Transfer with to 1 ml NaOCl water, current. with and Do not boil and 2 ml 57. NaOCl distilled separate and repeat. extraction. and electrolyte and wash phases to 1 ml. the beaker on a 17. water phases Repeat original interrupting cell The )3 NaN02 can be evaporated and extract washing Connect lightly. 9, )3. 5 drops Let proceed to one-half 21. flame Add 20 min. and add 83 KOH by drops carefully A1(N03 funnel. the two HC1 extracts Add as in step the supernate. and add 2 ml A1(N03 Otherwise, layer. into 50-ml evaporate rod and extract counting. aqueous HF is 75 ml. 15 min. Add 10 ml 8~ HC1 and extract go dry. 20. stand volume and discard the vigorously. layer. a rapid for until and add 38 ml more solution 20 ml distilled drain 19. stirring discard and stir 7 ml cone. to a separator Let aqueous and discard 18. then remove 2~ HN03 stirring, by adding with the solution planchet 17. 2 rein, and carefully ml Centrifuge, vigorously and mix. and discard while 3 min. up precipitate solution 16. add a few 2N — HN03 in portions, Repeat LaF3 precipitation solution. 15. stand then centrifuge To residue, Add then let 14, Let HF. rods. 5 hr at 80 rd. Discard distilled can now be a-counted water. solution. Let dry and or autoradiographed. Autoradiography Reagents and equipment. Developer, Fixer, Kodak Kodak D- 19. F-5 Nuclear-track alpha (NTA) plates – l-in. X 3-in. glass slide with 25-P emulsion. NTA exposure camera. Microprojector Chromic Plate acid – arc illuminated, solution – Dissolve with 21X objective 0.2 g Cr03 and 20X ocular. in 1 liter distilled water. preparation 1. Fill 2. In darkroom staining in staining- dish rack. Let 4 min. Remove rack In darkroom Lmmerse drain of Cr03 solution. remove slides rack Turn 5 sec. from with disks from and slides off red tank and let Series face- Fit top securely for 1 week. After wash safe Rinse develop Wash 5. Count the a tracks plates an area for box and place in C r03 light solution and wash in dry. spiked load NTA plate in slide over NTA plates, of positioner. camera 10 min in D-19 and fix 20 min Expose in dark box. developer in F-5 at fixer. 1 hr and let dry. with the microprojector. which h’TA plate compared with known is called is 38.82 mm2 coumted on a predetermined are plates water of O. 1409 mmz, the exposed filter, and place NTA in distilled 4. found slides disk positioner down into holes on camera, exposwre, 68”F. AO light Place of camera. and drop 3. full light, procedure depression 2. safe tank 20 min. Autoradiographic 1. red for rinse 3. dish two-thirds with number with a standard amounts Each one field. or 277 fields. of fields curve projection The total Tracks are on each plate. prepared from covers area Tracks urine of Pu. Calculation Since from standard 1 liter urine sample was used, dpm Pu/liter urine = dpm curve. References S. LM. Sanders. L. C. Determination Schwendiman Plutonium in Urine, of Plutonium and J. W. Healy, ” Nucleonics @ in Urine, “Nuclear78 (1958). 157 Track DP- 146, March Technique for 1956. Low- Level of Procedure D. L. 22. Determination Bowkowski Outline (Ref. wet-ashed solution. KOH. Pu is co-precipitated with The in the Presence extract is repeated is mounted is included ants. for of Plutonium acidified with The procedure in urine, urine, LaF3 and the fluoride acid the BiP04 from an HC1 is metathesized from a 2 ~ HN03 with solution, counting. to illustrate of Pu and Am or a reducing from into di(2- ethylhexyl)phosphoric phase procedure determination with BiP04 and the Pu is co-precipitated co-precipitation Pu is extracted phosphate acid HN03, LaF3 and the aqueous This in Urine of Method The is of Americium 53). the extraction could presumably of Pu(IV) be used for by back-extraction into acidic a simultaneous of the Pu either into strong solution. Reagents Bromthymol indicator blue indicator in 500 ml of distilled Bismuth nitrate solution solution water made – Dissolve HNO and dilute 3 O. 1 g of Bi per ml. contains 4 ~ HC1 – Add a volumetric flask one g of reagent one pellet to one liter with distilled [ Bi(N03 distilled HC1 to approximately up to 1 liter nitrate with grade of sodium water. 500 ml of distilled 510 ml of cone. HC1 to 1 liter in a volumetric flask. 688 ml of cone. HC1 to 1 liter in a volmnetric flask. Company, Dowex nitrate La++/ West solution Chicago, Illinois, 50X12 cation stock solution ml. Only exchange is freed resin obtained solutions – La(N03 )3, as received from column from actinum by the method is used to prepare containing working 0.05 d/rein water or less the Lindsey Chemical a-emitting impurities of Farabee. * solutions containing of a activity per on a The lanthanum 25 mg of mg of La+++ used. 2— M Hydroxylamine hydrochloride distilled water Prepare fresh nitrite to one liter. solution in a 100-ml before O. 1 — M D2EHPA Chemical hydrochloride and dilute 2 ~ Sodium Company) – Dissolve Store – Dissolve volumetric flask 139.0 g of C. P. in brown grade hydroxylamine bottle. 13.8 g of sodium and make nitrite to volume (NaN02-AR) with distilled in water. use. – Add 32.3 g of di(2-ethylhexyl) to chloroform-AR in a 1-liter phosphoric volumetric acid flask (Union Carbide and make to volume with chloroform. 8 ~ KOH – Dissolve water in water. 6 ~ HCl – Dilute nitrate hydroxide. )3. 5H20-AR] This 8 ~ HC1 – Dilute Lanthanum are 344 ml of cone. and make with 231.2 g of bismuth in 660 ml of concentrated solution – Dissolve alkaline and dilute All other 65.3 g of potassium hydroxide (KOH 86% -AR) in distilled to 1 liter. chemicals are either of reagent or C. P. * L. B. Farabee, 5th Ann. Meeting-Bioassay 1,959 (USAEC Report TID-7591 Nov. 1960 p. 158 quality. and Analyt. 78). Chem. Grp. , Oct. 1-2, Sample Pretreatment The volume evening voidings) volume and the liquid or marking nitric asbestos is measured pen. acid are of a “ 24-hr level Several added. BiPOa are added in HN03 the solution 1 ml of octyl aicohol is added The of bismuth dropwise followed sample by gentle is digested nitrate and rapid of concentrated an boiling nitric acid in a steam solution, to the heated, stirred for additional The Urine volume (ml) Cone. HN03 for 0.15 M (ml) — 500 600 700 800 900 4.8 5.9 6.8 7.5 8.7 3.0 3.6 4.2 4.8 5.4 3.0 3.6 4.2 4.8 5.4 9.6 10.5 11.6 12.45 13.50 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 6.0 6.6 7.2 7.8 8.4 14.4 15.0 16.4 17.3 18.5 19.2 Wet-aahing Several it is placed The Bi(N03)3 (ml) soln, 9.0 9.6 10.2 10.8 11.4 12,0 of Bismuth drops to per (Table VIIf - 1). 100 ml, ia is digested of stirrin”g beaker is removed bath and allowed disturbed for supernatant aspirated off (avoid water rinse. supernate carefully rinse transferred volume mately to a 90a distilled is cenand the discarded. walls with 4 ~ HC1 from final tube with 5 min at 2000 rpm beaker The precipitate transferred The precipitate for samPle of 3 hr. disturbing centrifuge trifuged the is carefully and the precipitate ml Pyrex from to stand W- a minimum solution by an at 80 + 50C. are The then rinsed a wash bottle to the 90-ml in the tube should down and the tube. The be approxi- 50 ml. Phosphate of octyl sample added Concentrated 0.09 ~ precipitate hour sample water (ml) 9.0 9.6 10.2 10.8 11.4 12.0 in an aluminum dried are solution. Requirements H3P04 the solution to 80 +5”C. to 60 mg bismuth to the to its original to make of approximately equivalent solution. hydroxide hydrochloride bath heated to a concentration indicator is readjusted is added initiated ammonium blue ammonium volume The to dryness. over stirring 130 ml of concentrated 500 mg of hydroxylamine placed is then added solution the sample Concentrated VIII-1). TABLE VIII-1. Solution BiP04 Precipitation. tube; pencil and 200 ml of concentrated by 1 ml of bromthyrnol by addition and the beaker An amount 1500 1600 1700 1800 1900 2000 The beaker. a china-marking and placed to the cooled If necessary, water. (Table acid 1000 1100 1200 1300 1400 and two with a Speede-Vap Approximately cautiously, phosphoric added beads, motor. endpoint. with distilled 0.15 ~ with at high heat. is completed green value bar stirring Neutralization yellow- tb a 2-liter on the beaker is covered morning Coprecipitation a magnetic hydroxide transferred (two appearance. A stirring over glass sample denoted The beaker a clear urine and the sample are pad on a hot plate until it attains equivalent” alcohol block are added to the HC1 solution at approximately is then repeatedly 159 100”C, wet-ashed with in the 90-ml and the solution several taken ctrops of ) concentrated nitric whiteness, acid in a block it is evaporated Lanthanum twice Fluoride rinsed After Two addition 2 ml solved for addition The of 2 ml of 27 ~ heated supernatant D2EHPA Following 70”C for 5 min. acid thrice chloroform The min with a 5-ml stem are tube are mixed cone. thoroughly. and the solution 5 min and then centrifuged and the precipitate LaF3 is reprecipitated and centrifugation added dis- for by steps to the precipitate is centrifuged of the precipitate the precipitate with are and care- three minutes and of toluene. with for Aspirate conical KF. D2EHPA portion ml of 1:100 hydrofluoric aqueous layer is allowed acid layer for Lanthanum drawn with is for 3 through fluoride is pre- to stand 5 min off and discarded. wash is 3 ml 5-rein is shaken is then withdrawn tube. solution once in chloroform and the aqueous centrifuge The The sodium the solution tube is rinsed furmel, 3 min and the aupernatant solution Shake and centrifuge ing the supernatant Drain steel lamp removed ceases, 5 min. Planchett tissue. 25 -ml evolution centrifuge The aqueous of 2 ml of 27 ~ 10-15 The of 0.1 ~ are one ml of 2 — M bath at in a water the “water bath and 2 ml of 2 ~ to the separator portions extracts for from is heated When bubble funnel. added in 6 ml of 2 ~ HN03, and the sample swirling. 5-ml into another at 2000 rpm Sample are aspirated water, the mixture is added, with portion by addition an infrared off. and the rinse then extracted sorbent cooling separator periods. to a stainless After added of 2~ nitric at 2000 rpm of the 90-ml to the centrifuge then added, digestion The tube is then removed are to a 30-ml cipitated walls added to stand for hydroxide drawn solution transferred centrifuged are is carefully The preceding hydrochloride solution the funnel to Extraction hydroxylamine nitrite The the tube contents (273) of 2 ml of distilled HF. carefully has ashed HC1. ml of 8 ~ potassium to boiling. the supernate acid The tube is allowed the addition Five )3 solution, hydrofluoric 3 min. Following the sample in 8 ml of 8 ~ HC1 and the solution tube. of 4 ~ HC1 and the rinse in 2 ml of concentrated repeated. centrifuge of 0.1 ml of La(N03 with a Pt stirrer. at 2000 rpm ash is dissolved conical an additional ml of concentrated stirred fully chloride to a 25-ml with After to 350”C. 8 ~ HC1. Coprecipitation The bismuth is transferred heated with 15 min. planchet and flame with a low-background with Slurry the centrifuge the precipitate a disposable the dried proportional and invert planchet counter 160 with capillary 150 min. distilled pipette. to red heat. for cone quickly water over ab- and transfer Dry the disk under The a activity is then counted Procedure 23. Campbell Determination and W. Outline D. Moss of Plutonium (Ref. Pu is concentrated that sorbed with The are prepared Exchange by co-precipitation in 7.5 ~ nitric 1 X 2 anion removed with hydrochloric planchetting counting urine is dissolved onto Dowex on the column specially from precipitate solution by direct by Anion E. D. of Method phosphates. from in Urine 74) exchange resin. 12 ~ HC1. earth and the Pu absorbed Interfering anions The Pu is eluted and hydriodic or by electrodeposition with alkaline acid from ab- the column and the a activity acids, of the eluate, followed determined by standard Q- techniques. Equipment Ion exchange reservoir, glass graphic column. 2-5/8 column in. tube 3 in. The ion exchange long by 1-3/32 in, long by 5/16 in. column i. d., container capacity 40 ml, i. d. , constricted consists of a on a chromato- at the tip. Solutions Hydriodic (analytical reagent servative ) under nitrogen. electrodeposition Oxidation acid grade, acid solution. in hydriodic acid, The hypophosphoroua step and also of the prepaced (up to 20% by volume Prepared stock 5.5 ~ by distilling acid with the preparation hydriodic acid solution of 647. to 847. hydrazine hydriodic acid 1.5 ~. hypophosphorous preservative interferes of satisfactory is inhibited in water) acid pre- with the planchetted by adding to decolonize samples. enough hydrazine the hydriodic solution. Hydrochloric hydriodic cipitate acid stock formed saturated with by hydrazine with days because acid-hydriodic solution gaseous is removed hydrogen it decomposes acid Prepared by mixing hydrochloric acid. elutriant. 9 ml of concentrated by centrifuging; chloride. The the super natant reagent must 1 ml of The pre- then is be prepared every few easily. Reagents All grade other reagents used in the procedure are prepared from analytical chemicals. Preparation of Ion Exchange A glass with from 50 to 80 mesh, Richmond., washing solution. wool 2-1/ 2 to 3 in. anion Calif. ). with at least The pledget in the tube of a distilled exchange The Column resin resin column (Bio-Rad in the column two 5 ml portions resulting water flow supports slurry the resin. of Dowex Laboratories, is converted of 7.5 ~ nitric rate 161 is 1 ml/ min. acid The tube is filled AG1-X2. chloride form, 32nd and Griffin, to the nitrate before adding form by the sample Preparation of Sample The cylinder with in a steam 24-hr nitric bath at 75 to 80”C, ml of phosphoric hydroxide acid to form stirring, for allowed or equivalent concentrated to settle After for precipitate, several form, of ammonium 30 min. stirring bar from at room temperature. The tube with distilled is washed cipitate with water dilute heating centrated nitric The acid Isolation The but will acid solution and allowed residue each next is added. The column acid, which trated is allowed hydrochloric the resin, dilution acid to drain hydrochloric steps are at room The being into the centrifuge from the column NOTE: immediate to dryness is whitened in an with con- overnight (preferred ion exchange with three through the column doivn with completely. acid Three from column 5-ml portions before the ml of concen- without to a minimum, effluents method). 5 ml of 7.5 — N nitric to the top of the resin the 7.5 ~ nitric is dis- with heat if of a prepared the column All precipitate tube is rinsed to drain carefully completely. tube. Finally, disturbing and allowing the absorption to the top of the column, retained the and washing the first centrifuge of 0.5 ~ HC1 and allowed crystals several in a 15-ml of hydroxylamine and 2 ml of hydriodic-hydro chloric .- acid several tube. to drain The completely hydrochloride solution are drained and collected. The hydroxylamine oxidation added eluate with two 5 ml portions to the top of the resin through allowed through added and the remaining then is eluted added with the pre- discarded. discarded, column centrifuge the cylinder combined be dissolved temperature then is washed One to two ml of 0.5 ~ HC1 are drops and dis- to a 90-ml phosphat,p may centrifuge reservoir are earth residue to the reservoir rinse keeping The easily to drain acid the alkaline acid. completely. acid, overnight the precipitate is discarded, finally for bath and the undisturbed from are several precipitate is continued the water supernattmt with Should more 300”C. from is transferred of 7.5 ~ nitric is treated is of the Pu dissolve to drain with continuous is transferred and the residue One ammonium the precipitate to remain is aspirated 30 min. is stopped, from is allowed is heated is digested, and the stirring is removed The for in the tube then is evaporated at 85 to 90”C, in 25 ml of 7.5 — N nitric necessary, is added, and the washings at approximately The ashed solved the stirrer precipitate acid, material stirrer, graduated cylinder concentrated supernatant and centrifuged. block Ion Exchange phosphate The is complete. the sample {20~0 ) nitric in the tube. aluminum a magnetic then enough the supernatant earth to a 2-liter liter). and the clear hydroxide morning alkaline per precipitation the cylinder the cylinder, The following carded. to be sure After is transferred and the sample minutes, hydrofide an excess with to the sample, 30 min of digestion ml of ammonium the remaining sample (50 ml of acid and stirred is added a copious 1 hr. urine acid hydrochloride of the hydriodic acid. 162 is added An excess to the column to prevent of hydriodic-hydrochloric acid solution should step. The heating not be used because eluate block of possible interference in the tube then is evaporated in the electrodeposition to approximately 1 ml in an aluminum at 75°C. Electrodeposition The residue hydroxide sodium using (The final polished .. the vaporation phenolphthalein hypochlorite the contents from as indicator. concentration stainless the electrodeposition disks Determination of Alpha The a activity counting method. The background cell with distilled Pu is electrodeposited 5 hr. The 2 ml of to the tube, apparatus and water. on 1/2 in. and techniques for et al.* Alpha) steel emulsion of choice of the NTA for plates method more method rapid can be determined or by the standard is 0.007 dpm, evaluation either by” electronic with an accuracy of results is the electronic of the a activity by the phosphor-coated mylar method described by *Xc The phosphor method uses a 1-in. photomultiplier tube and an of the Los described amplifier Alamos by Grave adjusted factory is neutral, added and Harley. all-transistorized Group are by Schwendiman on the stainless Track determination 8 ~ potassium Activity (Nuclear Hallden The for described the NTA A method is 1 ~.) at 200 mA of Pu are hydroxide to an electrodeposition of the alkali steel with When the solution and 5 ml of 2 — N potassium of the tube transferred of 1.6 dpm. is neutralized son to an optimum for *L. C. (1951). and counter Scientific *3 system Laboratory!s designed Physics et al. The background efficiency of 45 ~.. of this The precision by P-1 (the Electronics Division), system of this similar to that is 0.015 cpm when counting is satis - 0.1 dpm. Schwendiman, J. W. Healy, D. L. Reid, and G. E. Hanford, 1861 (1960). **N. A. Hallden and J. H. Harley, Analy-t. Chem. ~, *3 Office, Rpt. NYO R. T. Grave son et al. , AEC New York Operations (TID ORE, Oak Ridge, Term, ) 163 HW-22680 1523 (1950). Procedure 24. Potassium Rhodizonate Outline Determination of Plutonium W. H. Shipman of ethyl purified by Co-crystallization Weiss (Ref. with 374) of Method Pu is co-crystallized volume in Urine and H. V. alcohol by co-precipitation The Pu is eluted with with potassium to a pH 9 solution with LaF3 rhodizonate of the reagent and adsorption 6 ~ HC1 - 0.2 ~ HF, by adding in urine. on an anion electrodeposited and an equal The Pu is further exchange resin. a-counted. Reagents Potassium Dowex anion Lanthanum purified after from was All exchange carrier resin dissolved Richmond, was dissolve through the anion HC1 was grade Calif. d in water exchange removed concentration of reagent Ohio). Laboratories, nitrate Excess to a final either Co. , Bryan, (Bio-Rad be passage to 10 ~. were Elder Lanthanum in 2 ~ HN03 chemicals B. AG1 -X8 a activity the HC1 content other (Paul solution. interfering adjusting the salt rhodizonate column by evaporation of 5 mg of La++ or C. P. ). and and per ml. quality. Procedure Based was evolved: ferent volume, Add upon the experimental The procedure reagents are 1 g of potassium for rhodizonate of the sample with HC 1 to pH 2 to 3 effects for several minutes Dissolve mg of La ‘++ separating and isolate the crystals per ml) Add from with solution. Add Without separating stirring to the supernatant acidification to pH 9 with ethyl alcohol. 5 — NT Let stand and make the precipitate (5 Without carrier with the supernatant liquid. and 5 ml of concentrated alkaline from liquid. carrier Centrifuge. add 0.5 ml of lanthanum H3B03 water is not fresh, 1 ml of lanthanum Discard carrier ) Adjust 30 ml of 27 ~ HF. and centrifuge. Centrifuge. with (Lf the urine in 5 ml of saturated 10 ml of distilled a dif- by centrifugation. the liquid, liquid For such circumstances 500 ml of absclute the crystals and precipitate the precipitate about Under rapid with procedure volume. amounts. in 50 ml of 2 ~ HN03. to the supernatant Dissolve HC1. the rhodizonate the precipitate stirring may be difficult. analytical sample to the sample. of the reagent and crystallize a 500-ml used in proportionate solubilization NaOH the following results, is described with concentrated the liquid, Centrifuge. NH40H. add O.5 ml of lanthanum Discard the supernatant liquid. Dissolve ml of water, separating stirring make in a small and reprecipitate the precipitate with from to the supernatant Dissolve H2S04 the precipitate concentrated the liquid, liquid. the precipitate volume of concentrated NH40H. HN03, Centrifuge. add 0.5 ml of lanthanum Centrifuge. in concentrated Discard HN03. with liquid. about 3 ml of concentrated and heat to dryness. Dissolve the salts 9— N with concentrated in 10 to 15 ml of 6 — N HC1. HC1. Let stand 5 min. 164 Add 15 Without carrier the supernalant Add add about 0.5 ml of 0.4 “N — NaN02 and Pour AG l-x8 the flow the solution (Cl-: rate Wash Collect the column with in a Teflon Dissolve Dissolve fitted 0.297 to 0.144 mm) column, previously 4 X 0.62 cm anion waahed the salt with a tantalum 15 ml of 9 ~ HC1. beaker which the salt in concentrated 2 ml of H2S04J HC104, a Teflon with exchange 10 ml of 9 — N HC1. resin Adjust to 2 ml/ min. the eluate drynese, through Elute contains HN03 with 30 ml of 6 — N HC1-O.2 15 mg of NaC1. and transfer Evaporate to glass. Add N HF. — to 3 ml of and heat to dryness. in 1 ml of water disk. Add and transfer 4 ml of 6 — N NH4C1 to the electrodeposition solution and 2 drops cell of concentrated HC1. Electrodeposit centrated tantalum NH40H. disk Alpha at 2.5 to 3.0 A for Wash the solution 20 min. from on a hot plate. count. 165 Quench the cell with the cell with distilled water 1 ml of conand dry the Procedure 25. Primary Determination Amines Outline F. W. of Plutonium Bruenger, Concentrated urine, by a mixture back-extracted with Reagents 8 ~ Ash R. by Extraction Atherton (Ref. with 61) of bone branched ash is made primary alkyl 1— M in H2S04 amines. and The Pu is then HC1 and counted. with a U308 purchased from with half 2-in. standard J.M - T, is a 27r proportional instrument of accepting Prirnene washed or a solution of highly The a-detection was and Bone and D. and Equipment capable checked in Urine J. Stover, of Method Pu is extracted design B. stainless supplied a mixture Rohm steel by the National of tert-alkyl and Haas, its volume of 1 ~ analysis. Urine of conventional counter Bureau primary performance 5 ~. by volume The Prirnene in polyethylene bottles Pa. before is of Standards. amines, Philadelphia, H2S04 counter planchettes; in xylene, solution is use. Procedure Urine concentrated formic the specimen basic tainer. to attain boiled without extracted. The following cool washed twice with are of 8 y destroyed is dissolved planchette by heating dried over Bone from under aliquot analysis. Bone HN03 of this is ashed as possible solution is taken every 75-ml evaporated to dryness under a heat lamp in solution with to a separator Any CaS04 to the organic phase phase with is with 20 ml of 20 ml of 8 — M HC1. -diameter is of the two organic at 5000C. to a Z-in. is in xylene and then the organic or in a furnace 4 ml of concentrated solution funnel. that forms is heated Transfer does for 4 hr at 600°C and diluted 250 mg for This JM-T extracted with been sample separation The from the Prirnene and transferred The After is again a heat lamp an open flame HN03 phase is and is allowed extraction. Pu is removed 5~ solution proportionally. of Primene 15 min. second a aqueous not exceed added. funnel for of the con- enough The contaminants The Pu residue stainless steel a counting, in as little suitable are in concentrated for dissolved The increased aliquots. for The render up to 500 ml have are 100-rnl is shaken and Pu is back-extracted HC1 fractions volumes into a separator H2S04. HCL containing sample. ml of a 57’. solution is put aside 25 ml of 1 g portions 5 ~. Primene, combined Twenty far, of reagents used for wool and the mixture phase Thus 10 ml of would on the wall flask in the final over which of Pu by adsorption of 2 ~ are of urea, to a Kjeldahl 1 hr. glass temperature. the aqueous two 20-ml in loss amounts of reagents borosilicate to the sample phases, about volumes, amounts to room result hydrolysis is transferred for larger through excessive concentration charring For filtered of urine an acid is collected to avoid and could An aliquot H2S04 added acid for analysis, volume HCOOH, is completed not interfere. with a 10-ml volume. of bone of HN03 portion it is clear, cooling, is and a ash should The aliquots the amount Pu is extracted 166 after to a known phase. and a 6 O-ml bath until and, The. amount of the aqueous to minimize in a water with H20 are and then put of 2.5 ~ H2S04 and then transferred rinse of distilled as described above. water. is Glossary A/coNF.8/ 1-17 Vols. ful Uses New York, A&CONF. Energy, September Ed. in Geneva, Energy 1-33 Vols. Conference Conference August – Proceedings on Peaceful 1958 (United – Atomic AEC of the International held on Peace- 1955 (United Nations, 1958). 15/1 English International AEC – Proceedings of Atomic Nations, Uses of the Second of Atomic Geneva, Energy, United held Nations in Geneva, 1958). Commission – Manhattan District and later Washington, D. C. AEC declassified reports. MDDS -.Manhattan TID AECL District, - Technical – Atomic (ilso CEI- ANL - Argonne CEA - France. CEA-TR Oak Ridge, Information Energy Division, of Canada, and CRDCNational DP - E, I. du Pent EUR4EC – United Hw - General Aiken, So. Chalk followed Laboratory, assigned Oak Ridge, Ltd., prefixes Comrnissariat – Series Term. Term. River, Ontario. by number. ) Illinois. a 1’ Energie Atomique, by the AEC to translations de Nemours Paris. received and Co. , Savannah River from CEA. Laboratory, Carolina. States - Euratom Electric Joint Hanford Co., Research Atomic and Development Products Program. Operation, Richland, Wash. JENER - Joint KAPL - Knolls LASL - Los (LA -, Establishment Atomic Alamos LAMS-, - Oak Ridge USNRDL - U. S. Naval UKAEA - United AERE - Atomic Atomic Group, Energy – Health New followed Energy and Safety by number. ) San Francisco, Calif. Authority. Establishment, Establishment, Branch, Norway. York. Mexico. Laboratory, Energy Research Kj eller, New Tennessee. Defense Atomic Research, Schenectady. Laboratory, Radiological Kingdom - Research Energy Laboratory, - prefixes National AEEW Nuclear Laboratory, Scientific and LADC ORNL AHSB(RP) for Power Winfrith, Harwell, Dorset. Berks. Ra~~ogical Protection Research Establishment, Div. , Harwell. Berks. AWRE –“ Great Britain Atomic Weapons Aldermaston, Berks. DEG-INF-SER IGO & IGR PG – Industrial - Production Books “The - Development Group Group, and Engineering Hdqtrs. Risley, , Risley, Warrington, Group, Risley, Warrington, Warrington, Lanes. Lanes. Lanes. Referenced: Transuranium G. T. Seaborg, Elements” (McGraw-Hill J. J. and W. Katz M. Book Manning, 167 Co. , Inc. , h’ew York, Eds. 1949). “The Actinide G. “Progress co. “Progress T. Elements” Seaborg in Nuclear , Inc. , New in Nuclear Ltd. , London, (McGraw-HiJl and J. J. Katz, Energy York, Series Book Co. , Inc. , New York, 1954). Eds. III. Process Chemistry” (McGraw-Hill Book 1956-61). Energy Series V. Metallurgy 1956-61). 168 and Fuels” (Pergamon Press, References NOTE: The first 19 references ning of this monograph. 20. A. Adamson, W. Clinton are Labs. contained in Sections , Oak Ridge, Term. I and II at the begin- CN-2224, Jan. 1945. 21. S. Ahrland, I. Grenthe, and B. Noren, Acts Chem. Stand. @ 1077 (1960). 22. S. Ahrland, I. Grenthe, and B. Noren, Acts Chem. Stand. ~ 1059 (1960). 23. A, M. Aiken, Chem. 24. A. M. Aiken, M. 25. K. Alcock, Nucl. 26. K. Alcock, Chem. 27. I. V. F. Chem. F. V. ~, C. ~, and T. Bedford, W. ~, 82 (1957). Bruce, H. AECL-1786, Hardwick, 1951. and H. A. C. McKay, J. Inorg. 100 (1957). G. F. Form-in, transl. 28. H. W. Alter, H. W. Alter Best, E. Hesford, and H. A. C. McKay, J. Inorg. Nucl. L. L. Zaitseva, and N. T. Chebotared, L. V. Lipis, ~ N. S. Nikolayev, Neorgan. Khim. ~, 951 (1 958). AEC-tr-3505. W. D. and 30. F. Anselin, 31. C. B. Amphlett, 32. G. J. Appleton 33. M. E. 34. R. J. F. Baroncelli, D, Progg, 328 (1958). 29. 35. Moss, Alendrikova, English Engr. P. Haas, and E. Zebroski, Faugeras, and H. J. Zebroski, Vol. Compt. 28, p. UKAEA, Dunster, ‘AEEW-R-292, Anal. Chem. ~ KAPL-442, 1950. 1950. Grison, 15/1, UK.AEA, Bsltisberger, I. and E. A/CONF. Bains, E. KAPL-314, Rend. ~, 17, Paper 1996 (1956). 271. AHSB(RP) R. 6, 1961. 1963. 2369 (1964). G. ScibonaJ and M. Zifferero, G. Scibona, and M. Zifferero, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. ~, 205 (1963) 36. l?. Baroncelli, 37. L. J. Beaufait, Vol. Analysis, II. Inc. , Richmond, 38. M. Beran (1963). and Jr. H. R. Lukens, Radiochemical Calif. Acts ” NP-5056 Procedures, ~, 75 (1963). of Radiochemical (del. ), Tracerlab, , 1952. Havelka, and S. Radiochim. Jr. , “Handbook Collection Czech. Chem, Commun. ~, 2510 In German. 39. K. S. Bergstresser 40. M. G. 41. B. Bernstrom 42. U. Bertocci. 43. G. F. Berkman Best, and G. R. and L Kaplan, and J. Rydborg, UKAEA, Waterbury, LASL, ANL-4573, Jan. Acts Chem. AERE-R-2933, E. Hesford, May and H. A. C. LA-3091, 1964. 1951. Stand. Q, 1173 (1957). 1959. McKay, J. Inor,g. Nucl. Chem. ~, 136 (1959). 44. G. F. Best, H. A. ~, 315 (1957). 45. T, K. Bierlein, 46. R. E. Biggers 4’7. H. Bildestein Fuels” L. C. F. McKay, Kendall, and D. A. ~., Osterreichische and P. and H. Costanzo, “Destructive R. Woodgate, H. van Tuyl, ORNL-TM-580, Analysis Studiengesellschaft SGAE-CH-8/1964. 169 J. Inorg. HW-25074, Chem. 1952. 1963. of Lnirradiated fuer Nuc1. Atomenergie, and Irradiated Vienna, 48. D. 49. hr. A , Bonner H. Boase, Wiley J. K. Foreman, and M, and Sons, New 50. M. Bonnevie-Svendsen, 51. Z. Borkowska, and J. L. Kahn, York, y Applied 1951) Chap. Millcarski, Talanta ~ 53 (1962). to Chemistry” (John 6. “Reprocessing M. Drummond, ‘‘ Radioactitit Analysis”, and M. Taube, JENER-59, J. Inorg. 1959. h’ucl. Chem. ~, 359 (1964). 52. D. F. 53. D. Bowkowski, Bowersox, 54. M. Branica 55. J. K. LASL, Am. and E. Brody, J. LAMS-2884, Indust. Bona, P. Feb. Hygiene A/ CONF. Faria, and R. 1963. Assoc. J. , ~, 15/1 Vol. F. 59 (1964). 17, p 172, Buchanm, Anal. Paper 2412. Chem. ~, 1909 (1958). 56. R. O. R. Brooks, UKAEA, AERE-AM-60, (see slso, Smalea ~. , AERE-c/R-533). 57. R. E. Brooksbank 58, K. B. Brown, Progr. 59. K. B. Brown, K. A. T. Gresky, 60. F. R. Bruce, F. W. Bruengerr A. C. A. J. Bruenger, p 58. E. Bruns W. Nilsen, A. Brunstad, HW-51655, July 64. A. Brunstad, HW-54203, 1957. 65. A, Brunstad 66. R. F. and C. and R. Buchanan, Div. of Tech. Infer. 67. J. S. Buckingham, 68. L. R. May Bunney, HW-52796, Faris, K. A. , Oak Ridge, N. E. Coleman, -119, Vol. 2, Chapt. Anal. AEC June IV, p 557. D, J. Crouse, 1960. Atherton, HW-70084, Smith, A. 2, Appendix 8-3, p 363. Chem. Chicago ~. Opns, 1671 Office. 1961. 1957. P. C. F. III, R. C. J. C. CCC1226, ~., (1962) 63. Blake, and D. 1964. I-H, Vol. Energ y Ser. Stover, L. 62. ORNL-3566, 0RNL-CF-60-1 Weaver, Nucl. B. also McDuffee, Ener gy Ser. Allen, Progr. (See T. Nucl. and B. 61. (1963). and W. 1957. and J. Term. , TID-7560, Cavin, Ballou, Sept. Orlandini, and C. J. A. Pascual, P. Hughes, June 1958, Goodall, HW-59283, and S. Foti, AEC pp 179-88. Feb 1959. USNRDL-TR-228, 1958. 69. L. L. Burger, HW-44888, 70. L. L. Burger, J. Phys. .71. L. L. Burger, I. M. 72. J. P. Butler 73. F. A. Cafasso, H. M. 74. E. E. Campbell and W. 75. M. H. Campbell, 76. G. Carleson, A/ CONF. 77. G. Carleson, Svensk 78. S. C. 79. W. 80. D. J.. Carswell, N. and J. Carniglia, Carson, 1957. Chem. Rehn ~, and C. S. Merritt, D. Jan. 8/17, Clinton p 111, Labs. Nucl. J. 1952, 1956. Phys. LADC-5922, Chem. @ 1944 (1964). 1963. 1961. Paper/137. Tidskrift Jr. , H. S. Gile, J. Inor g. LASL, HW-19949, Aug. and 1. Johnson, Moss, Kemish Slansky, AECL-353, Feder, HW-68003, 590 (1958). M. ~ 55 (1958), , Oak Ridge, Term., CN-3339, and”J. W. Vandewater, Chem. ~, 384 (1957). 170 Aug. HW-3911O, 1945. Sept. 1955. 81. D. J. 82. M. Cefola Carswell 83. R. B. and J. and W. Chenley, Milstead, J. S. Andrus, G. J. Nucl. Energy KAPL-M-MC-2, Hunter, and T. ~, 51 (1957). Sept. J. Webber, 1949. UKAEA, AERE-C/M-327, 1958. 84. A. Chesnk, ~ 85, A. Chesn6, 86. A. Chetham-Strode, No. 66, pp 58-64, NOV. 1962. In French. Calif. 87. M. 88. 89. Chmutova, L. O. Christenson, M. C. and Physical Publishers, New G. Nucl. Radiation Sci. Eng. ~, Laboratory, 557 (1963). Berkeley, Petrukhin, and Yu. A. Zolotov, Zh. Analit. Khim. In Russian. “ Extractive E. Bathellier, 1956. 588 (1983). E. and A. Jr. , Lawrence UCRL-3322, K. ~, G. Koehly, W. York, Chudinov Kellrey, A. Metallurgy 1960) W. and G. N. J. Bearmint, and J. of Pu and its Alloys” D. Wtiliams, Yakovlev, Ed. R. Humphrey, (Inter science pp 75-88. Radiokhimiya ~ 506 (1962). In Russian. 90. 91, F. Clanet, J. Chromatog. F. Clanet, J. Clarence, ~, 85 (July and M. 1961). Verry, J. In French. Chromatog. @ 440 (1964). In French. 92, J. W. 93. J. W. Nov. 94. Codding, W. O. Haas, Jr. , and F. K. Heumann, KAPL-602, W. O. Haas, Jr. , and F. K. Heumann, Ind. 1951. Codding, ~, 145 (1958). A. S. Coffinberry and M. B. Wsldron, Pro13r. Nucl. Enp. Energ y Ser. Chem. V, Vol. 1, pp 354-410. 95. C. F. Coleman, Chem. ~, A/ CONF. K. B. Brown, 1756 (1958). 15/1, Vol. (See C. A, Colvin, 97. A. E. Comyns, Chem. 98. W. V. Conner, Dow Chemical 99. R. E. Connick, 100. R. E. Connick Feb. 101. 0. A. Cook, 102. G. P. Cook 103. J. Corpel (English HW-79354, Oct. Rev. in “The and F. D. A. Costanzo 105. H. W. Crandall, 106. L 107. H. W. H. Crocker, Crocker, Moore, Ind, and K. Eng. A. Allen, 510.) 1963. ~ 115 (1960). Co. , Rocky Chem. H. Sot. McVey, Transuranium and O. Jones 104. and D. J. Crouse, Brown, Flats Div. , Golden, Colo. 1964. J. Am. and W. transl. Moore, Coleman, 28, p 278 Paper/ 96. RFP-356, J. G. also Regnaud, UKAEA Anal. HW-TR-45. ) and R. Biggers, J. R. AECL, E. Thomas, CRDC-697, HW-68655, Feb. ~, J. Am, 1528 (1949). Chem. Vol. Elements”, IGO-AM/W-68, Chim. Acts ~, ORNL-TM-585, and E. May 1961. 171 Sot. Zebroski, 7fi, 14B, 474 (1953). p 147, Jan, 1957. 36-9 (1962). July In French. 1963. AEC-TID-1OO22, 1957 (AECL-488). Paper/3.5. Aug. 1947. 108. 109. E. A. F. C. L. Crouch Culler, and G. Progr. 5-4, 110. J. G. Cuninghame and G. 111. J. G. Cuninghame and G. 112. 113, also (See of Silica D. Cvjetcanin and N. H. W. 115. C. Deptula and S. Mine, 116. M. deTrentinian Rappt. No. 1426, R. Diamond, M. ~, G. A. Dupetit 119. R. Durham W. July R. Pu(VI), ~, ” JENER-45, NukleonikS France. ~, ~, ) 54 (1956). 72 (1957). from Zr of U and Pu from and Nb Zr, Nb, 1958. the Isolation of Pu by a Solvent 1956. ~ 197 (1961). “Extraction Chesn6, p 172; 54 (1956 ).] April “On Oct. Chem. (1956). 1958. “Separation 1. Dizdar, 5-2, Paper/822. and Pu(IV) Aug. 223-8 and Purification Comrnissariat A l’lihergie of Pu with Atomique, Paris, 1960. K. Jr. , and G. Street, T. Seaborg, J. Am. Chem. Sot. 1461 (1954). 118. 120. Chem. Chem. ~, 1, Chap. 560, J. Appl. Nucl. of Mn02,’’JENER-54, and A. Amine,’1 Vol. Nucl. of U(VI), and Z. a Tertiary Miles, Inorg. Cvjetcanin, Procedure, III, Chem. J. Inorg. Gel, ” JENER-57, den Boer Nucl. P 464, Miles, L. J. Extraction 117. L. and Cs on a Column D. Inorp. ~ “Separation on a Columr. J. Ener .gy Ser. also authors, D. Cvjetcanin, Ru, 114. same Cook, Nucl. Chap. [See P201. B. and A. H. W. Jr. , Radiochim. Aten and A. M, Aiken, AECL, and R. Mills, AECL, Oct. 1961. Acts CEI-55, ~, Feb. 48 (1962). 1953. (Reprinted 1960. ) W. Durham reprinted, AECL-1399, 121. Ph. and G. 122. M. A. 123. F. Elliott 124. H, Eschrich, 125. R. J. R. O. Mills, 126. L. B. Farabee, 127. J. P. Faris, Dreze Duyckaetis, El Guebely and T. and G. W. Everett, L. Liege for W. Sandia Atomenergi, Corp. Clinton ~ and Faris and R. and EUR-436.f. ~, 1963. 473 (1957). 78 (1963). N. , Oak Ridge, Revised Stand. Norway, Edwards, , Albuquerque, ), Brussels, Chem. Kj eller, G. W. Labs. ANL-6275; Acts Nucleonics Brewer, (Rev. University, Sikkeland, Pearson, Institutt CEI-62, A. Mex. Term. F. KR - 11 —J J. Jack, SC-4783 T. 1961. A. (RR), , MON-H-218, Buchanan, Linn, Feb. Jr. , and 1964. 1947. ANL-6811, 1964. 128. P. 129. C. Ferradini 130. J. R. Faugeras (Masson ~ 131. R. et tie, 1962) Vol. Corpel, W. Mason, F. Fink, XV, cle Chemie hlinerslej” p 661. CEA-791, and D. Traite 1958. F. Peppard, J. Inorg. of California, Los Nucl. Chem. 291 (1961). Fink UCLA-30, G. ll~Touveau Heuberger, Paris, and J. Ferraro, 285, M. and M. and K. University Angeles, 1949. 132. J. R. Flanary, 133. J. M. Fletcher, A/ CONF. Progr. 8/9, Nucl. pp 528-31, Paper/539. Ener PY Ser. III, 172 Vol. 1, Chap. 4-1, p 105. 134. V. 135. A. 136. S. C. V. Fomin, R. E. Kartushova, and T. I. Rudenko, J. Nucl. Energy ~, 247 (1957). Fontaine, Foti Talsnta L. Baude-Mslfosse, and E. n_, C. and M. Freiling, Cunz, CEA-1977, USNRDL-TR-444, July 1961. 1960. [See also 385 (1964 ).] 137. E. L. Francis, UKAEA, 138. N. H. Furman, W. IGR-161 B. Mason, (Rd/R), and J. 1959. S. Pekola, Anal. Chem. ~ 1325 (1949). 139. I. J. 140. I. Gal and O. S. Gal, Gal and Aleksandar (Belgrade), ~; ~, No. 1, 1-17 M. Ganivet, 142. H. B. ~ Garden (Annual (Apr. June and E. Reviews, Vol. Inst. 1962). N. R. Geary, UKAEA, 144. E. L. Geiger, Health 145. A. S. Ghosh Radiation Tranal. E. 1960. Nielsen, 28, p 24, Nucl. Sci. Paper/468. “Boris In English. [See Kidrich” also J. Chromatog. In French. in “Annual Inc. , Palo 143. J. Bull. 549 (1964 ).] 141. 146. A/ CONF/15/1, Ruvarac, Alto, RISLEY-8142, Phys. Mazumder, ~, P. Laboratory, V. Vijnana Gindler, J. Parishad of Nuclear 1957) Vol. “Science, ” 7, p 47. 1955, 405 (1959). Belakrishnan, and R. California, Livermore, from Review California, Anusandhan Gray, Jr. , and J. Glendenin, K. Flynn. Chem. 59 (1955). R. N. Singh, Lawrence UCRL-trans-938(L). Patrika Huizenga, ~, 149 (1961). Phys. Rev. 11~, 1271 (1959), 147. L. E. Anal. 148. B. ~, Golds chmidt, F. P. R. F. and I. Regnaut, Buchanan, PrevotJ and E. A/ CONF. P. Steinberg, 8/9, pp 492-7, Paper/349. 149. P. D. Goulden, (also 150. D. W. 151. V. R. AECL-348) Grant, I. J. W. Durham, March 1955. Inorg. Nucl. Grebenshchikova and V. Chem. Corriveau, ~, AECL, CRDC-640, 69 (1958). and V. N. Bobrova, Radiokhimiya and N. B. Chernyavskaya, and C. M. ~, 544 (1961). In Russian. 152. V. I. Grebenshchikova (1962). 153. C. Groot, 154. D. M. Vol. 1. M. Gruen, 155. J. E. 156. R. Gwozdz Guthrie Rehn, S. Fried, 28, p 112, Nuclear Radiokhimiya ~ 232 In Russian. E. Haeffner 158. G. R. Hall Slansky, Graf, HW-19303, and R. L. Dec. McBeth, 1950. A/ CONF. 15/1, Paper/940. and W. E. Grummitt, and S. Siekierski, Research, 157. P. and A. and R. 168/V, 1960. Hdtgren, Hurst, AECL, Polish Also Nucl. UKAEA, AECL-1745, Academy Nukleonika Sci. AERE 173 and Eng. C/M May of Sciences, 1963. Inst. ~ 671 (1960). ~ 471 (1958). 88 (Rev), 1950. of , 159. J. W. Handshuh, 160. G. Hanna, C. New York, ~ 1960. in “Experimental 1959), E. 161. W. 162. C. J. Hardy, Progr. 163. C. J. Hardy, D. Scargill H. Hardwick Nuclear Segr6, and F. Ed. Physics” Vol. Bedford, III, UKAEA, and J. M. and Sons, AERE-C/M-112, Ener gy Ser. Nucl. (John Wiley p 54. UI, Vol. Fletcher, J. 1961. 2, Chap. Inorg. 8-2, Nucl. p 357. Chem. ~, 257 (1958). 164. K, M. Harmon and W. H. Reas, Chap. 4-8, 165. R. G. Hart, AECL, CRDC-630, 1957. 166. R. G. Hart, AECL, CRDC-822, 1959. R. G. Hart, F. Girardi, 167. 168. p 184. (Also Progr. M. S. Havelka HW-49597 Lounsbury, C. AECL. CRP-761, and M. Beran, 1603 (1963). III, Vol. 2, A. ) B. Bigham, 1959. [See Collection L, V. also Czech. P. Corriveau, Talanta Chem. ~ and 94 (1960 ).] Common. , Z&J, In German. 413 Sci.- Eng. , ~, 169. T. V. Healy, 170. T. V. Healy and H. A. C. 171. T. V. Healy and A. Gardner, 172. A. Nucl. (See also UKAEA, H. Ener FY Ser. Nucl. W. McKay, J. AERE-C/R-800. Heimbuch and H. Y. (1963). Trans. Inorg. UKAEA, (Also Faraday Nucl. Sot. ~ Chem. ~ AERE-R-4191. 633 (1956). 245 (1958). ) Gee, AEC ISew York Opns. Office, NYO-9138, 1962. 173. D. L, 174. D. Calif. L. Calif. 175. F. 177. E. E. , GCRL-1169Z Heisig Hicks, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Berkeley, Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Berkeley, 1952. and T. E. , UCRL-1664, Hicks, Feb. “Ion 1952. Exchange” (McGraw-Hill Book Co. , Inc. . New 1952). A. HeUer, Tel and T. Helfferich, York, 176. Heisig Aviv, R. Elson and Y. Marcus, Israel Atomic Energy Comm. , IA-736. Hesford, E. Jackson and H. A. C. McKay, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. ~, 279 (1959). 178. E. Hesford 179. E. Hesford, 180. T. and H. A. H, A. C. C. McKay, McKay, Faraday Trans. and D. Scargill, Sot. ~ J. Inorg. 573 (1958). Nucl. Chem. ~ 321 (1957). E. Calif. 181. Hicks and H. W. , UCRL-912, Higgins, Crandall, Sept. W. Lawrence Radiation Laboratory, Berkeley, 1950. C. E. H. Baldwin, 182. 0. F. Hill and F. J. Leitz, HW-21663, 1951. 183. 0. F, Hill and F. J. Leitz, HW-23160, pp 24-5. 184. J. C. Hindman, A/ CONF. 185. D. C, Hoffman, LASL, LA 15/1, and J. Vol. M. Ruth, 28, p 349, 1721 (Rev), 174 1954, ~ Paper/941. pp 271-279. Aug. 1952. ) 186. D. E. Homer and C. F. Coleman, ORNL-2830, Nov. 187. D. E. Homer and C. F. Coleman, ORNL-3051, March 188. G. R, Howells, Ser. III, Vol. p 3, Paper/ 189. D. L. T, 3, Chap. and B. Paper/ 3-2, and K. P 151. Saddin@on, (See also 1961. Progr. A/ CONF. Nucl. 15/1, Enerpy Vol. 17, F. Scott, in “The Transuranium Elements,ll 16.l. 190. A. Hultgren 191. G. J. Hunter and R. E. K. Hyde, “The 192. Hughes, 307.) Hufford p 1149, G. 1959. and E. Radioactivity Haeffner, B. A/ CONF. Chenley, Nuclear Properties Properties” Vol. 15/1, UK-AIM, 17, p 324, AERE-AM-19, of the Heavy (Prentice Hall, Paper/ Elements. Inc. , New 144. 1959. II. Jersey, Detailed 1964) pp 804-838. 193. C. 194. M. G. Inghram, D. ~u240 as Determined C. 195. E. H. April 1957. 196. H. Irving and D. N. Edgington, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. ~, 158 (1960). 197. H. Irving and D. N. Edgington, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. ~, 321 (1961). 198. H. Irving and D. N. Edgington, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. ~, 314 (1961), 197. Edgington, J. Inor g . Nucl, H. Ice, R. Irish 199. See 200. H. Irving 201. N. ~, Ref. M. HW-10277, and D. N. Isaac, P. ~ 507 (1961). T. Ishimori 204. N. Jackson 205. W. R. R. K. Rease, Fields, Watanabe, and J. Jacobsen, National and T. M. Chem. Gruen, F. Short, 1962, and Analytical J. USA EC, A. H. Jaffey, D. B. James 208. E. N. Jenkins and G. W. Jenkins and R. J. W. “The 209. E. N. W. J. Jenkins, 211. E. R. 212. N. R. Johnson, Jette, (Inters J. 21, Inorg. of 169 (1961). h’ucl. Chem. M. E. Pubs. 214. M. 215. M. Kasha 216. R. E. E. Pubs. Jones, 24 (1958). , New and G. E. In Russian. I. 1959. Annual 12-13, ” pp 596-732. Streeton, 1961. Meeting Argonne ~ 1963. hTov. AERE-R-3158, Dec. 1954. 1959. 463 (1963). D. OIKelley, 1963) Vol. York, in “Inorganic 2, Chap, D. O’Kelley, 1963) Vol Chemistry” VII. in “Inorganic 2, Chaps. Chemistry” III and VI. 1953. in “The Rudenko, English March AERE-C-R-1399, 365 (1955). and G. Dec. ~ , LADC-5424, UKAEA. Chem. York, Sheline, T. Oct. UKAEA, and G. Eidiler, July Seventh LASL, Sneddon, Phys. , New Japan 1962. Nucl. HW-30384, Kartushova, AERE-M-444, Elements, Eidiler, Ener gy Sot. At. ~, 11 (1962). pp33-42. Christensen, Chem. Johnson, cience L. J. Inorg. (Interscience R. Actinide and E. J, Acts Chemistry, 206. 210. UKAEA, ANL-6637, Laboratory. Fujino, Radiochim. 207. N. HW-49483, and D. and J. Akatsu, on Bio-assay 213. P. R. Fields, and G. L. Pyle, “Half-life 236 Daughter, ” briefly noted in ANL-4653. 152 (1960). Ishimori, 203. Hess, by its U and W. T. 202. June 1948. Transuranium and V. trans. 175 V. Elements, Fomin, Soviet J. At. Atomnaya Energy ” Paper/3. Energ. ~, 14. ~, 831 (1958). 217. W. E. Keder, J. Inorg. 218. W. E. J. C. Ryan, 219. W. J. C. Sheppard, Keder, Nucl. Chem. and A. ~, 561 (1962). S. Wilson, J. Inor~. Nucl. Chem. ~, 131 (1961). E. Keder, and A. S. Wilson, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. ~, 327 (1960). 220. D. M. Kemp, UKAEA, 221. J. Kennedy, UKAEA, 222. J. Kennedy, R. V. Davies, 223. J. Kennedy, J. W. Peckett, 224. V. A. P. N. Khalkin, AERE-R-4119, July ~ Aug. and B. K. and R. Palei, and A. A. 225. K. Kimura, Chem. Sot. Japan J. K. Kimura, Chem. Sot. Japan J. ~, 227. E. L. ANL-JJK-14B-45, Term. CN-2726, 228. E. L. King 229. P. Kirk Dec. and W. and C. Manhattan Dist; Reas, Redden, 230. J. Kleinberg, 231. W. Knoch 232. W. Knoch, 233. R. Ko,’ ~ Jan. 234. R. Ko, 1963. 235. R. J. Kofoed, 236. J. Kooi, 237. 238. LASL, Z. J. Kooi A. H. V. N. Kosyakov, nl. , May Chem. 1947, (Supp. Health 1), Phys. Kooi, S. Gureyev, N, Nelson, A/CONF. 241, K. A. Kraus and F. Nelson, Ann. K. A. Kraus, 245. L. Kressin Ku~a, 8/7, Phillips, p 245, in Alkyl Argonne of Phosphoric National Acids, Laboratory, T. Paper/731. 8/7, Rev. A. p 113, Nucl. Carlson, R. Waterbury, Analyt. et al J Radiokhimiya —- Collection U. Hollstein, Paper/837. Sci. ~, 31 (1957). and J. S. Johnson, 26, p 3, Paper/1832. and G. E. Krevinskaya 1962); not published.) and F. K. Czech. Chem. ~ Chem. ~, 1598 (1962). 545 (1959). Commun. 27, 2372 (Oct. 1962). In German. 246. L. Ku~a, 247. V. I. 248. W. also Jaderna Kuznetsov Sotiet J. At. H. Langham, 1947. (~”SO Energie and T. ~ 286 (1962). G. Akimow, Ener HS, Manhattan LAMS-603. ” 1954. In German. 8, 49 (1 962). — Yakolev, “Separation Symposium, Kraus, I. Nov. 1021 (1960). 41 (Feb. Extraction Kraus M. A/ CONF. Q, and G. by Solution A, 243. Chemistry, TID-5002; 1963. Phys, A. Vol. 1804 (1951). Analytical Report U, Health K. H. O. ~, 525 (1961). K. 244. Oak Ridge, 1956. (Proceedings 15/1, Labs., 1954. 239. A/CONF. Sot. Elektrochem. 240. 242. Clinton AEC at Transplutonium 1963. 215 (1963). 1956. ~ements given also Term. ~, and J. E. (See Elements: Z. Hollstein, Hoogma, ~, 1038 (1960). J. Am. Jr. , HW-53368 and U. 1956. 1964. 63 (1961). 1721 (Rev), JENER-Pub-11, M. ~, AERE-C/R-1896, AERE-R-4516, Radiokhimiya “Transuranic Naturforsch. Transuranium Paper LA Lindner, HW-79738, Nemodruk, 1946. Oak Ridge, and R. UKAEAJ UKAEA, 1944). H. J. 1962. Robinson, Perkins, 226. King. 1962. In Czech. Radiokhimiya ~, 357 (1 960). [See 135 (1960 ).] Dist. Oak Ridge, ) 176 Term. AEC Report ~ ” 249. R. P. 250. W. M. Larsen 251. S. Lawroski in Aqueous Chap. Solutions” T. Chem. ~, 253. Gordon Leader, 254. S. C. S. Laxminarayanan, Leidt July J. D. 257. J. McClelland, 1952). Energ y Ser. IH, Vol. 2, D. Sharma, J. Inorg. Nucl. not available). Jr. , USA EC, Tech.’ Info. Serv. , A ECU-4414, LASL, H. A. C. Energ y Ser. H. A. C. McKay, McKay HI, March LA 1858, A/CONF. 8/7, III, Vol. and T. 1960. 2nd Ed. p 314, 1, for V. 1958, Chap. Paper/441. an amended Healy, 23. Progr. (See version. Nucl. slso Progr. ) Ener .gy Ser. III, Vol. 2, p 546. 260. D. R. MacKenzie, 261. W. J. Maeck, ~, 1957, HW-64170, Nucl. AECL-1787, G. L. Booman, L. Booman, 1951. M. E. Kussy, and J. E. Rein, Anal. Chem. E. and J. E. Rein, And. Chem. 1874 (1960). W. J. ~ Maeck, G. M. Kussy, 1775 (1961). 263. C. J. Mandleberg, 264. C. J. Mandleberg 265. W. J. Jan. UKAEA, and K. Maraman, A. J. AERE-C/M-104. E. Beaumont, Marcus, Isarel Atomic Chem. Rev, ~, and H. A. C. 267. Y. Marcus, 268. T. L. 269. B. Martin Markin J. Inor%, and D. W. G. W. Mason 271. A. R, Matheson 272. E. Maxwell, E. Merz, 274. C. F. 275. H. W. 276. H. W. 1951. AERE-C/R-1088, L. Nances, Feb. LASL, 1953. LA-1991, Metz, Miller Miller HW-17265, F. J. 139-170 McKay, ~ F. and I. Aviv, Pub/UP/R-20, 1960. (1963). J. Nucl. Inorg. UKAEA, Chem. PG-165-W, ~, 1960. 298 (1958). [See also 96 (1961 ).] Peppard, M. Fryall, , Tel Comm. Rehn, and W. Nucl. Sci. Eng. HW-13760~ ~, 247 (Oct. 1963). 1949. H. Langham, AEC, Oak Ridge, Term. , 1947. Z. HW-17266, Plant, and D. R, MDDC-1167, 273. Jan. and R. Energy Ockenden, Chem. Nucl. 270. G. Feb. UKAEA, Francis, 1956. Y. F. and H. (Date Sanders, JENER-48, Ludwick, Appendix 278. Potentials 1959. 256. 277. York, Nucl. Patil, ANL-WMM-125 D. Lingjaerde, 266. S. K. and S. M. R. 262. New Progr. and Their 1301 (1964). 255. 259. Levinson, 1863 (1960). p 258. 252. 258. (Prentice-Hall, and M. 7-2, Chem. ~, Jr. , Anal. States of the Elements and C. A. Seils, I!The Ofidation Latimer, Mills Anal. Chem. ~ 417 (1959). Anal. Chem. ~ 1748 (1957). and R. J. Brouns, Anal. Chem. 2A, 536 (1952). [See also J. Brouns, Anal. Chem. ~, 536 (1952). [See also (1950 ).] and R. (1950 ).] and H. Oak Ridge, Miner, In German. B. Whetsel, Carbide Term. , K-1064, Dow Chem. Co. Sept. Rocky Flats 1964. 17’7 and Carbon Chemicals Co. K-25 1953. Plant, Denver, Colo. RFP-357, 279. F. J. Miner, R. P. DeGrazio, and J. R. P. DeGrazio, R. T. Byrne, Anal. Chem. ~ 1218 (1963). 280. F. J. Anal. 281. Miner, Chim. Acta~, E. I. Moiseenko from Radiokhimiya, and A. Moore, M. No. 282. F. L. 283. F. L. Moore, 284. F. L. Moore, 285. F. L, Moore, Anal. 286. F. L. Moore, Natll Anal. Chem. ~; 908 (1958). Chem. ~ 1369 (1958). Chem. ~, 1075 (1960). Acad. 288. F. L. Moore and G. W. 289. R. H. Moore, 290. R. H. Moore 291. K. Z. Morgan, E. of Sciences, Anal. Smith, Nucleonics and Sons, (John Wiley L. March Lyon, New and H. and Sons, Morrow, M. 294. A. I. and V. 295. M. N. 296. N. H, Nachtrieb, 297. D. Moskvin Myers, Inc. , New Linder, Ed. P. H. A. LA-387 (Del.), Joint [Transl. York, Naumsnn, Zaitseva, O. Z. W. J. F. Nelson, 301. T. W. Newton and F. 302. T. W. Newton and S. W. Rabideau, 303. J. M. Nielsen and T. Beasley, 304. J. P. N’igon 305. D. W. Ockenden 306. D. A. Orth, 307. R. and I. T. Overman 309. J. F. Peppard, A. Chim. Simi, ~, Chemistry” at Livermore, ” 73 (1961). S. Wexler, In Russian. and B. S. Wildi, New York, JPRS -11184, In German. Dec. Kraus, J. J. J. LADC-5517, Phys. Phys. @ Chap. 365 (1959). (Del.), March Develo p. ~ Techniques Sept. 1950. 1956. 121 (1963). “ (McGraw-Hill 5. 63 (1962). A/CONF. ~ Sot. , 3358-63, Design 503 (1964). 1963. LA-1079 ‘Radioisotope 1960). . ~ 1962. Chem. Chem, , Process Clark, 1958. Chromatog HW-SA-3337, York Haissinsky, Service, LASL, Welch, Chem. and H. M. and M. (AEC-tr-3535. D. Eng. R. LASL, Penneman, and G. Ind. A. Baker, M. Used ORNL-2592, and K. B, 7, p 391. in Analytical 1957). 81 (1963). Higgins, and R. A. Co. , Inc. , New Pag~s, 310. R. ~, Murase, 1, Chap. l_, 247 (1961 ).] 300. Neill Extraction Research Chem. Kernerergie Vol. Ed. 1945. Publications from Uses,!’ 1956. Patratz, Sept. 1767 (1957). H. SneU, Radiokhirniya Aug. 299. Pag~s Series 1963. D. M. (1952 ).] 1959. Procedures 298. M, ORYL-1314, 66 (1955). and Their !! Solvent Freiser, HW-44987, Naumann, 308. [Transl. 1963. 1962) A. York, ~ ~ HIV-59147, in “Radiochemical UCRL-14258, T. also Science Chem. in !ThTuclear Instruments H. Morrison Pub. [See ,~uclear Hudgens, HW-SA-2804, and W. (John Wiley 1961. Jones, 1960. and J. LASL, C. Deg-Inf-Ser-315-R. Anal. Moore J. UKAEA, Anal. L. R. Jr. , and T. (1960 ).] 1660 (1957). F. 293. Rozen, 3, 274-80 @, NAS-NS-3101, G. Forrey, Chem. 287. 292. P. 214 (1960). In French. 15/1 Vol. 29, p 44, Paper/1156. ) J. R. Ferraro, and G. W. 231 (1958). 178 Mason, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. ~, 311. D. F. ~, 312. D. F. ~, 313. D, 315. W. Mason, and C. G. W. Mason, and S. McCarty, G. W. Mason, and R. S. W. Moline, and G. W. G. Peppard, M. Andrejasich, J. Inorg. Nud. Chem. J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 138 (1960). F. g, 314. Peppard, 1175 (1963). Peppard, J. Sironen, J. Inorg, Nucl. Chem. Mason, J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. 117 (1959). D. F. Peppard, ~, 344 (1957). D. F. Peppard, and J. F. SOC. ~, M. Mech, H. Studier, AEC, R. W. Perkins, Private 317. W. C. Perkins, DP-8741 318. K, A. Petrov INeorg. 319. G. Phillips 320. N. I. G. W. AECD-3016, and E. (1958). V. Communication, Feb. J Russ. et al —. Khim. Popov, Mason, J. See also C. J. Am. Sullivan, Chem. J. Inorg. ~ 498 (1960 ).] N. Jenkins, transl. J. Chem. J. A. Porter, DP-388, July 1959. 322. J. A. Porter, DP-389, July 1959. 323. J. A. Porter, DP-621, Aug. 324. A. 325. I. and B. M. ~ Inorg. Nucl. and N. A. AEC-tr-3459. 321. Poskanzer 1961. 1964. 1. NIedvedovskii, (English M. V. Gergel, D. C., 2529 (1951). 316. Zh. M. Wash. 237 (1960). Chem. Bakh, ~, [Transl. from 220 (1957). Atornnaya Energ. ~ 154 ) 1961. Foreman, Jr. , J. Inorg. Nucl. Chem. @ 323 (1961). Prevot, J. Corpel, and P. Regnaud, A/CONF. 15/1, Vol. 17, p 96, Paper/1171. 326. S. W. June Rabideau, M. J. Bradley, and H. D. Cowan, LASL, LAMS-2236, 1958. 327. R. H. Rainey, 328. M. J. 329. J. E. Feb. ORNL, Rasmussen Rein, A. CF-59-12-95, and H. W. L. Dec. Crocker, 1959. HW-72285, Jr. , and M. Langhorst, C. Jan. 1962. Elliott, LASL, April 1959. LA-2291, 1953. 330. Reference 331. A. E. Reisenauer 332. B. F. Rider, Gen. March P. eliminated. and J. J. Electric L. Co. L. Russell, Vallectios Nelson, HW-59983, Jr. , D, Atomic L. Harris, and S: P. Lab. , Pleasanton, Peterson, Cslif. 1960. 333. F. Roberts and F. P. 334. A. M. Rozen and E. L 335. T. C. Runion and C. V. 336. E. R. Russell, DP-447, 337. J. L. Ryan, J. 338. J. L. Ryan, AEC, Phys. Brauer, HW-60552, Moiseenko, Russ. Ellison, OR NL-557, Feb. Chem. Oak Ridge, J. June Inor,q. Jan. 1959. Chem. ~, 1950. 1960. ~, 1375 (1960). Term. TID-7607, 179 1960, PP 2-20. Jr. , , GEAP-3373, (1959). 339. J. L. Ryan and E, J. Wheelwright, 340. J. L. 341. J. Rydberg, Acts 342. J. Rydberg, J. Inor g, 343. J. Rydberg 344. A. Ryan and E. J. Wheelwright, Chem. and B. Samartseva, ~, ~, J. Ener gy.~, At. 279 (1 960). G. Radiokhimiya ~, 647 (1962). 346. G. Samartseva, Radiokhimiya ~, 28 (1963). 347. A. G. Radiokhirniya ~, 526 (1962). 348. o samuel~on, S. M. D. Samart.seva, Samartseva, llIon x Separations Stockholm, Saders, Scargill, J. Inorg. Scheicfhauer 352. J. Scheidhauer, 353. C. S, Schlea, C. J. Chem. ~, and L. L. JX&Z39, R. Caverly, H. E. Henry, W. Sept. A. Schneider, Anal. 359. K. Schwabe 360. L. C. Schwendiman C. A. Seils, Clinton McKay, 462 (1961). CEA-2354, R. Jenkins, R. F. Shepard, 363. J. C. Sheppard, 364. V. B. Shevchenko from S er. Jenkins, 1953. DP-808< and W. C. Perkins, V. B. 929 (1960). V. B. ~, 1367 (1960). V. B. N. Shevchenko, Shevchenko, I. from [Transl. Shevchenko A. (USSR) (1962). Anal. Chem. ~, 1673 .) Radiochemistry and A. 3-6, (USSR) ~ 1 (1 961). Neorgan. and Y. Zh. Prorr. F. Mezhov, Khim. Soviet Nucl. ~, At. J. Inorg. Chem. 1911 (1960 ).] Russ, Khim. J. Russ. ~, Zhdanov, Neorgan. S. Smelov, S. Solovkin, S. Solovkin, p 217. and E. A. Zh. Energiys ~, 339-54 78 (1958). 6 (1960 ).] Shilin, from and V. Atomnaya Shevchenko, ~ S. Schmidt, V. Larsen, ) 1945. 1957. Federov, S. PovitskiJ V. P. @ Term. , TID-1883~ 3, Chap. [Transl. HW-SA-2216. 219-220, Nucleonics and R. Aug. and I. A. Vol. (Alfio 1955. HW-51958, HI, 1961. Term. , CN-1873, Chem. Hesly, J. Meyer, Feb. 522 (1962). Physik. Oak Ridge, Radiokhimiya ~, from Z. HW-3271O, Shevchenko, ~ , Oak Ridge, and J. W. AEC, HW-533 68, Harmon, Chem. Labs. Jr. , R. (Also Radiochemistry M. and D. Nebel, D. B. C. deleted. 362. V. and 1962. Schubert, 369. ~ Meiraneisio, M. R. [Transl. M. and W. J. 368. and A. (Paris) Henry, 358. 367. (Almq~st and H. A. Anal. E. 357. 366. Chim. H, and K. B. Hesford, E. Caverly, Schneider En errv Fletcher, Messainguiral, R. A. V. M. R. 356. 365. “ 304 (1957). M. Reference [Transl. In Russian. Chemistw 1963. S. Schlea, (1963). In Russian. In Russian. in Analytical Messtinguird, 355. 361. Atomnaya 1956. Alcock, Nucl. J. April from 1963). PL2!L K. 351. 354. [Transl. 324 (1960 ).] A. 350. Paper/1915. 79 (1957). A. 349. 17, p 137, 1252 (1955). Chem. 345. Wiksell, 1959. Vol. Bernstrbm, Soviet ~, Energiya, 15/1, A/ CONTF. Stand. Nucl. Feb. ~ ~, J. Inorg. Chem. 2832 (1960 ).] Ener,gy ~, 76 (1960). 140 (1959 ).] L. 186 (1962). 180 M. Kirillov, [Transl. from and A. I. Ivantsev, Radiokhimiya ~, 503 (1961 ).] 370. V. B. Shevchenko, RadioChemistry 371. V. B. Shevchenko, and V. V. V. B. Part 373. V. ~, B. M. S. Solovkin, I. V. Radiochemistry V. G. ~, and Y. W. H. Shipman T. H, Siddall Ill, ~ 376. T. H. Siddall III, J. Inorg. Nucl. 377. T. H. Siddall DI, J. Phys. Chem. and H. V. Weiss, Chem. ~, H. Siddall ILT, DP-541., Jan. 1961. H. Siddall III, Feb. 1961. 380. S. Siekierski, 383. T. Sikkeland G. S. Sinitsyna, A. 386. H. Sl~tis, 387. A. 389. Smales, 391. L. Smith, L. K, Sokhina Airey, J. Nucl. Energya (USSR) ~, 231 (1962). 1960. 151 (1960). Research, Warsaw, 489 (1961). Aug. 1956. M. Sukhodolov, Radiokhimiya UCRL-Trans-1083 (L), Livermore, Calif. ~, ) 1961. G. Ray Spectroscopy” Ed. , Chap. N. Dec. and A. S. Salovkin, 1307 (1959). A. S. Solovkin, 1. E. ~, transl. Siegbahn, DP-700J A. ~ Volkova, of Nucl. and G. (English Feb. K, French Walton, (Inters VIII and R, cience Pubs. Inc. , (II). O. R. Brooks, UKAEA, A. D. Shelman, “Extraction 393. D. C. Stewart, 394. D. C. Stewart P. Ratner, and T. Cslif. UCRL-861, 395. F. W. E. 396. M. Taube, Labs, E. Aug. Strelow, J. Inorg. M. transl. Clinton V. transl. A. Pasvik, NP-tr-741, , Oak Ridge, Hicks, from Nucl. ~ 1013 (1960). Lawrence Chem. Chem. ~, 181 Nitric J. Acid zovaniyu ) and F. L. UKAI?A, Term. Chem. Solutions by Curve s,” Atomnoi Ginzburg, Harwell, CN-3905, Radiation 174 (1959). Inor@, of the Distribution po Ispol! 1185 (1960). ~, Russ, AEC-tr-4671. 1950. Anal. Khim. Renard, Calculation Upravlenie (English (English Neorgan, of Electrolytes Glavnoe 1960. A. and E. Solvents. Ministrov. 545 (1959). Zh. CEA-TR/R-1515. I. Ivantsov, Moscow, Starik, 1962. transl. Organophosphoric USSR Soviet 392. JENER-44, Faddeev, and Gamma L. ~ Energii, Rodionov, from 1950. L. Neutral Nukleonika Laboratory, 1955). In Russian. 390. Juul, DP-554, AER.E-c/R-533, 388. V. 1955. S. L. in “Beta York, A. Taube, and J. Slade, ~, of Sci. , Inst. JENER-38, Radiation 385. A. [Transl. 1960. In Russian. Lawrence New Acad. and M. 295 (1959). L. DP-548, Polish 384. Kirilov, 1863 (1960). T. Sept. A. USNRDL-TR-451, T. Sikkeland, M. 77 (1961). 1957. 378. T. L. ~, Radiochemistry 379. 382. I. Ivantaov, 676 (1961 ).] 375. S. Siekierski Shilin, and A. Zhdanov, ~, 374. NP-9695, and A. 211 (1960). F. Radiokhimiya 381. Krilov, (USSR) Timoshev, Technol. Shevchenko from L. 186 (1962). 281 (1960 ).] Reactor [Tranal. ~ A. Shevchenko, B: S. Solovkin, Balandina, Radiokhimiya 372. A. (USSR) Radiokhimiya Berks, England. 1945 (Revised Laboratory, Berkeley, ) 1951). Nucl. Inorg. Chem. @ 171 (1960). 397. M. Taube, J. 398. M. Taube, Nukleonika ~, 531 (1960). In English. ~, 371 (1961). In English. 399. M. Taube, Nukleonika 400. M. Taube, CEA-TR-R-1672, 401. S. G. Vol. Thompson 5-1. and E. 402. F. W. Tober 403. T. Y. Toribara, Atomic 404. and G. 1, Chap. R. Energy Project, Toribara, C. Atomic Energy Project, Trowell, UKAEA, 406. D. G. Tuck, Anal. 407. D. G. Tuck, J. Inor,g. 408. H. Umezawa, Nippon 409. G. Valentini, Russel, DP-349, and C. UR-607, Chim. Taglioni, 11. H. Van Tuyl, HW-28530, and M. Vdovenko (See Paper/2216. V. M. ~, 143 (1962). V. M. ~, 44 (1960). 414. A. 415. A. l?. N. Y. Univ. Rochester, Hargrave, N. Y. Univ. 1962. 271 (1957). ~ 252 (1958). Gakkaishi ~, Mostin, 478 (1960). Centrc pour II Industrie d’Etude Nucleaire, de 1) Energie Brussels. Vdovenko, A. A. A. from A. Vorobev Radiokhimiya from Kant, h’. P. Sleight, Transuranium Kuzrnina, III, Vol. Vol. Nikitivo, ~, R. 15/1, Ser. Radiochemistry Nikitivo, (USSR) Radiochemistry ~, 307 (1960 ).] E. Hein, J. M. Wright, s,’i p 162, Element Gigiena 17, p 329, 3, p 221. ) 396 (1961 ).] and S. A. Radiokhimiya R. in “The and V. Ener~y and S. A. Lepovskii, [Transl. Voigt, Nucl. Lepovskii A. A/CONF. Kovalskaya, Progr. [Transl. Vdovenko, 1953. P. also and H. D. Brown, M. Rochester, 1964. V. 413. ~, and N. Beige 1959. 1964. Chem. Genshiryoku 411. 412. A. Jan, Acts III, 1962. and P. Nucl. 410. M. Feb. Jan. Enerp y Ser. hTucl. Predmore, AWRE-O-19/64, and Societe EURAEC-837, in Progr. Morken, UR-606, F. L. Seaborg, Predmore, 405. Nucleaire, T. D. A. Y. T. 1961. i Sanit. , No. F. (USSR) J. Walter, Paper/3.8. 9, 54 (Sept. 1963). In Russian. 416. R. Wagner. Atomique Process for Energie, Paris) 417. B. Warren, 418. C. G. Warren, LASL, 419. K. Watanabe, 420. B. Weaver 421. H. V. Weiss and W. 422. H. V. Weiss and W. Canadian LA-1567, LASL, J. At. and D. E. Homer, J. 626, 1954, July Ener,g y SOC. Japan. Rev. ~, Anal. Chem. H. Shipman, USNRDL-TR-541J Wenzel and C, AERE-CE/M-19, E. Pietri, 425. L. B. Werner and G, E. Moore, NOV. Anal. Clinton Nov. 29, ~ 1, 1961. 1955. 497 (1961). H. Shipman, W. Comfissariat Aug. 1953. Eng. I. WaJls, (t. 591, Chem. A. E. 10, (Del), 424. 426. of Plutonium. Patent Sept. LA-1843 423. ~ UKAEA, the Reduction Data ~, ~, 260 (1960). 37 (1961). Oct. 1961. 1950. Chem. Labs. X, 1324 (1963). , Oak Ridge, Term. 1944. F. Westrum, Jr, , in “The Transuranium 182 Elements,’! p 118,5, Paper/16.2. 427. J. C. White Series and W. 428. V. J. Wilkinson 429. A. S. Wilson, 430. A. S. Wilson, R. S. Winchester Nucl. 431. J. Ross, NAS-NS-3102, National Academy of Sciences, Nuclear Science 1961. and J. A. A/CONF. Ener gy Ser. Peacegood, 15/1, ~, Vol. UKAEA, VcJ. 17, p 341, 3, Chap. HW-68207, 3-5, RDB-(W)/TN-77, Paper/544. June (See also 1953. Progr. p 211. ) 1961. and W. J. Maraman, A/ CONF, 15/1, Vol. 17, p 168, Paper/530. 432. L. Wish, 433. L. Wish, 434. L. Wish 435. V. D. Anal. Y. Zagrai 437. (No author), (No p.47, 439, A. (No author), ~ 161 (1962). (USSR) ~, 217 (1962). (1962 ).] Progr. Report in DP-7MI, Tech. Div. 1951, ” ORNL “Quarterly “Report (No author), March, 241, (Quoted P 47, Quarterly 1141, Progress 1953, ” HW-27727, August-October 441. (USSR) February-April Ref. 28.) Progress 1952, Secret. 1951, ” Report (Quoted for Period in DP-700, 20. ) H. Bushey, March, 440. 20, 1956. Radiochemistry ~, Processes, “chemistry Oct. Radiochemistry 181 (1962 ).] Nishanov, p. 17 Secret. Ref. ~ Radiokhimiya August 1957. Sel!chenkov, “Separations author), Ending Oct. USNRDL-TR-117t I. and D. from KAPL-523, 438. 326 (1959). Radiokhimiya Zolotov [Transl. Rowell, and L. from A. ~, USNRDL-TR-185, and M. [Transl. 436. Chem. 1953, Report of the Chemistry 1953, ” I!Chemical - Chemistry & Chemical KAPL-1OO2, 1953, Engineering Division 1954, ” 4NL-5254, pp 11-15, 442. Reference 443. (No author), “ORNL 444. (No author), “Nuclear Safety “Special Report Unit, January- Secret. p 42, Engineering Section for Secret. Summa~ Report for January- Secret. deleted. Reactor Fuel Processing, AEC Guide, ” ” 1960, Vol. Oak Ridge, 3, p 16. Term. TID-7016, Rev. 1961. 445. (No author), & Societe Beige pour l! Industrie 446. (No author), UKAEA, 447, (No author), “Procedures Progress 448. (No Report, author), NR L-170, 449. (No 450. J. author), M. Aug. Nucleaire, de llEnergie Brussels, 1962, ” Nucleaire EURAEC-708. 1962. Np and Pu, ” excerpt Calif. Progress 1960, ” dlEtude , Oct. Report New 15, from Tracerlab (On Chemistry) Brunmvick Quarterly 1962. Lab. , AEC, for the Period New Jersey, 1961. UKAEA, Fletcher, Brussels, for “Richmond, December 11,!’ Centre PG-372-W, “Semiannual July through No. PG-309, in “Aqueous Belgium, 1963, 1962. Reprocessing Eurochemic. 183 Chemistry, ” Symposium at 1, 451. C. E. Honey, Ellinger, 452. 453. and C. R. F. E. Withers, Std. Mitchell. ~ 454. H. Evans, 455. R. Ko, G. Bjorklund, E. and C. communication. ~ Huber, 15/1, Jr., Vol. E. L. Head, 6, p 215, Paper F. H. 701. 326 (1960). 457 (1944). Chem. J. A/ CON3?. ~ Schlecht, 451, private Anal. W. Anal. Chem. W. 363, R. N. R. Mulford, Jr., 274 (1956). 164 L. Gordon, J. Research Nat Il. Bureau MONOGRAPHS IN THE R.ADIOCHEMISTRY TECHNIQUE AND THE RADIOCHEMICAL SERIES Copies of the following monogmphs are available from the Clearinghouse for Fedeml Scientific and Technical Information, National Bureau of Standards, U. S. Department of Commerce, Springfield, Va. 22151 Aluminum Americium $0.75 and Gallium, NAS-NS-3032, and Curium, NAS-NS-3006, $0.50 Antimony, NAS-NS-3033, $0.50 Arsenic, NAS-NS-3002, (Rev. )1965 $1.00 Astatine, NAS-NS-3012, $0.50 Barium, Calcium, and Strontium, NAS-NS- 3010, $1.25 Beryllium, NAS-NS-3013, $0.75 Cadmium, NAS-NS-3001, $0.75 Carbon, Nitrogen, and Oxygen, NAS-NS3019, $0.50 Cesium, NAS-NS-3035, $0.75 Chromium, NAS-NS-3007, (Rev. )1964 $0.75 Cobalt, NAS-NS-3041, $1,00 Copper, NAS-NS-3027, $0.75 Fluorine, Chlorine, Bromine, and Iodine, NAS-NS-3005, $0.50 Francium, NAS-NS-”3003, $0.50 Germanium, NAS-NS-3043, $0.50 Gold, NAS-NS-3036, $0.50 Iridium, NAS-NS-3014, $0.50 Iridium, NAS-NS-3045, $0.50 Iron, NAS-NS-3017, $0.50 Lead, NAs-NS-3040, $1.75 Magnesium, NAS-NS-3024, $0.50 Manganese, NAS-NS-3018, $0.50 Mercury, NAS-NS-3026, $0.50 Molybdenum, NAS-NS-3009, $0.50 Nickel, NAS-NS-3051, $0.50 Niobium and Tantalum, NAS-NS-3039, $0,75 Osmium, NAS-NS-3046, $0.50 Palladium, NAS-NS- 3052, $0.75 Phosphorus, NAS-NS-3056, $0,50 Platinum, NAS-NS-3044, $0,50 Plutonium, NAS-NS-3056, $2.00 Polonium, NAS-NS-3037, $0.75 Potassium, NAS-NS-3048, $0.50 Protactinium, NAS-NS-3016, $1,00 Radium, NAS-NS-3057, $2.25 Rare Earths— Scandium, Yttrium, and Actinium, NAS-NS-3020, $3.00 Rare Gases, NAS-NS-3025, $0.75 Rhenium, NAS-NS-3028, $0,50 Rhodium, NAS-NS-3008, (Rev. )1965 $1.00 Rubidium, NAS-NS-3053, $0.50 Ruthenium, NAS-NS-3029, $1.00 Selenium, NAS-NS-3030, (Rev. )1965 $1.00 Silicon, NAS-NS-3049, $0.50 Silver, NAS-NS-3047, $0.75 Sodium, NAS-NS-3055, $0.50 Sulfur, NAS-NS-3054, $0,50 Technetium, NAS-NS-3021, $0.50 Tellurium, NAS-NS-3038, $0.50 Thorium, NAS-NS-3004, $0.75 Tin, NAS-NS-3023, $0.75 Titanium, NAS-NS-30W, $0.50 Transcunurn Elements, NAS-NS-3031, $0.50 Tungsten, NAS-NS-3042, $0.50 Umnium, NAS-NS-3050, $3.50 Vanadium, NAS-NS-3022, $0.75 Zinc, NAS-NS-3015, $0.75 Zirconium and Hafrdum, NAS-NS-3011, $0.50 -, Activation Analysis with Charged Particles, NAS-NS-311O, $1.00 Applications of Computers to Nuclear and Radiochemistry, NAs-Ns-3107, $2.50 ‘ Application of Distillation Techniques to Radiochemical Sepamtions, NAS-NS3108, $0.50 Detection and Measurement of Nuclear Radiation, NAS-NS-3105, $1,50 Liquid-liquid Extraction with Highmolecular-weight Amines, NAS-NS3101, $1.00 Low-level Radiochemical Separations, NASNS-3103, $0.50 Paper Chromatographic and Electromigration Techniques in Radiochemistry, NASNS-3106, $0.50 Processing of Counting Data, NAS-NS3109, $1.75 Rapid Radiochemical Separations, NAS-NS3104, $1.25 Separations by Solvent Extinction with Trin-octylphosphine Oxide, NAS-NS-3102, $0.75